Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Exploration & Production / Calumet Specialty Products Partners,

Calumet Specialty Products Partners,

clmt · NASDAQ Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker clmt
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Exploration & Production
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Calumet Specialty Products Partners,
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
SOLIDIFYING THE FOUNDATION

2016 ANNUAL REPORT

Our Company 

$425.4

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (NASDAQ: CLMT) is a master 

Financial Highlights*

limited partnership and a leading independent producer of high-quality, 

specialty hydrocarbon products in North America. Calumet processes crude 

oil and other feedstocks into customized lubricating oils, solvents and waxes 

used in consumer, industrial and automotive products; produces fuel products 

Total Sales Volume (bpd) 

Total Facility Production (bpd) 

including gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, and asphalt; and provides oilfield services 

  Total Fuel Products Production 

and products to customers throughout the U.S.

  Total Specialty Product Production 

2016 

2015

   (kbpd) 

140.2 

134.9 

107.6 

27.3 

  126.2

  122.8

97.1

25.7

 ($ millions)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

158.2 

$  257.7

(328.6) 

$  (139.4)

122.3 

365.0 

$  425.4

$  239.1

Adjusted EBITDA 

Net Loss 

Capital Spending 

Total Cash and Available Liquidity 

* For a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures (including EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable  
   Cash Flow) to GAAP measures, please refer to our latest public disclosures filed with the Securities
   and Exchange Commission.

Calumet produces approximately 3,500 unique specialty products used in 

the development of the world’s most trusted brands and products. 

Calumet is vertically integrated and holds a comprehensive portfolio 

of specialty products for use in commercial, industrial, and 

consumer applications. Headquartered in Indianapolis, 

Indiana, the Partnership employs approximately 2,000 

people and operates thirteen facilities across the 

U.S., including nine specialty products 

manufacturing and production facilities. 

Calumet products and services are 

available in more than 50 countries, 

serving approximately 4,400 

customers globally.

$122.3

-71%

FUEL PRODUCTS

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS

2015

2016

SPECIALTY & FUEL PRODUCTS
CAPITAL
OILFIELD SERVICES
SPENDING

CAPITAL
SPENDING
DISTRIBUTION TERMINALS

160,000

160,000

155,000

155,000

150,000

150,000

145,000

145,000

140,000

140,000

135,000

135,000

130,000

130,000

125,000

125,000

121.4

121.4

Up 11% Y/Y

Up 11% Y/Y

154.3

154.3

134.3

134.3

141.5

141.5

140.5

140.5

124.4

124.4

124.6

124.6

124.4

124.4

Moving to more efficient operations…

1Q15

1Q15

2Q15

2Q15

3Q15

3Q15

4Q15

4Q15

1Q16

1Q16

2Q16

2Q16

3Q16

3Q16

4Q16

4Q16

120,000

120,000

160,000

155,000

150,000

145,000

140,000

135,000

130,000

125,000

120,000

Sales Volume (kbpd)

Inventory Volume (MM bbls)

SG&A ($ millions)

Up 11% Y/Y

154.3

5.28

5.28

$281.5

$281.5

134.3

141.5

140.5

124.4

124.6

121.4

124.4

1Q15

2Q15

3Q15

4Q15

1Q16

2Q16

3Q16

4Q16

4.87

4.87

-8%

-8%

$221.3

$221.3

-21%

-21%

YEAR END

YEAR END

2015

2015

YEAR END

YEAR END

2016

2016

2015

2015

ACTUAL

ACTUAL

2016

2016

ACTUAL

ACTUAL

5.28

4.87

-8%

….while hitting record volume, minimizing 
inventory and capital spending

$281.5

$221.3

-21%

YEAR END

2015

YEAR END

2016

2015

ACTUAL

2016

ACTUAL

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
CEO Tim Go

Dear Fellow Unitholders,

Our journey together began a little over one year ago, when I became your CEO 

and in 2016 we made significant progress towards our long-term goal to become the 

premier specialty petroleum products company in the world. We set the foundation for 

our recovery last year, and thanks to the hard work of our dedicated employees, we 

believe we are starting to turn the corner.

Given the ongoing headwinds that plagued the energy complex throughout most of 

2016, we chose to focus our efforts on critical building blocks that were within our power 

to both change and enhance. First, we took the tough but imperative steps to boost 

Calumet’s liquidity and extend the tenor of our debt obligations through our secured 

notes offering in April. This decision created time and optionality to ensure that we 

maximize the value of our strategic decisions over the next few years. We also began the 

process of rationalizing our asset footprint through the sale of our Dakota Prairie joint 

venture and by shedding some third-party terminal agreements.

We systematically targeted and eliminated waste to lower our costs and create future 
2016 

2015

efficiencies within our system. We also enhanced our leadership across a number 

   (kbpd) 

Capital Spending
($ millions)

$425.4

of critical positions and we began building a new culture focused on teamwork, 

Total Facility Production (bpd) 

140.2 

134.9 

  126.2

  122.8

Total Sales Volume (bpd) 

accountability, and application of best-in-

  Total Fuel Products Production 

107.6 

class practices companywide. I believe 

  Total Specialty Product Production 

27.3 

 ($ millions)

97.1

25.7

Adjusted EBITDA 
we now have one of the best teams in our 

$ 

158.2 

industry, all of whom are focused intently 
Capital Spending 

$ 

122.3 

Net Loss 

$ 

(328.6) 

$  257.7

$  (139.4)

$  425.4

on further enhancing our culture and 

Total Cash and Available Liquidity 

$ 

365.0 

$  239.1

repositioning the Partnership for future 

growth.

$122.3

These efforts helped us offset much of 

-71%

the margin pressure that impacted our 

three operating segments in 2016 and 

2016 RECORDS:

Record annual production, throughput and fuel products 

sales volume, driven primarily by the Great Falls, MT refinery 

expansion that we completed in February 2016.

Record sales volumes for diesel, asphalt, esters, lubricating 

oils, and Branded and Packaged products.

Record profit contribution from several of our specialty 

business lines, like our Branded and Packaged products, 

2015

CAPITAL
SPENDING

2016

CAPITAL
SPENDING

allowed us to drive several new operational 

which saw strong growth throughout 2016.

records. These included record production, 

throughput, and sales volume for our fuels 

segment. We also achieved record profit contribution from several specialty products 

business lines – the core of our business – as we achieved record sales volumes 

for lubricating oils, esters, and Branded and Packaged (B&P) products. In fact, our 

B&P offerings, which have the highest margins across our entire product line, grew 

meaningfully and had record profit contribution as a result.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
Focus portfolio on high-return, 
    niche specialty markets where 
        we are competitively advantaged

Strategic
M&A

Opportunistic Growth
Projects

Capture one-to-two-year 
      payouts with low capital 
           investment requirements

Operations Excellence

Reduce costs, optimize 
     raw materials and 
          engance margins

“Self-Help”

Operational Overview

Our operational focus in 2016 was encapsulated by the strategic “self-help” initiative I wrote about in last year’s annual report. The 

foundation of our “self-help” initiative, one that effectively enables the subsequent steps of the turnaround program, is what we refer 

to as our “Operations Excellence” plan. In many ways, Operations Excellence has come to define the progress we have made over 

the last year, and has been integral to setting the foundation for our recovery. In year one of the program, we exceeded our goal of 

$60 to $75 million in Adjusted EBITDA contribution, by delivering over $89 million in Adjusted EBITDA contribution over the full year.

There are three core components to our Operations Excellence program: Targeted Cost Reductions, Raw Material Optimization and 

Margin Enhancements.

Targeted Cost Reductions: We were judicious and deliberate with our uses of capital in 2016. This helped us reduce SG&A 
costs by 21% and total capital spend by 70%, the lowest levels Calumet has seen since 2012. Result: $54 million in “self-help.”

Raw Material Optimization: Our “heavy-up” strategy to run more cost-advantaged crude in our northern refineries continued 
to make strong progress as Western Canadian Select (WCS) crude oil averaged $13 per barrel below New York Mercantile 

Exchange (“NYMEX”) West Texas Intermediate in 2016. This allowed us to lower our overall cost of fuels feedstocks by nearly 

$1.50/bbl year-over-year. Result: $20 million in “self-help.”

Margin Enhancements: Increasing supply chain efficiencies and looking for ways to continually upgrade our products (i.e. better 
use of every part of the crude oil barrel), remained a relentless pursuit of our cross-functional teams as well. We just began to 

scratch the surface in 2016 and I expect to see continued success in this area in 2017. Result: $15 million in “self-help.”

To put last year’s operational performance simply, our sales and production volumes were up, while our inventories and costs of 

creating and selling our products were down. This demonstrates that our strategy is working. We have meaningfully reduced the 

costs of doing business, and more efficiently managed our working capital, all while boosting overall sales volumes.

2016 Results

As a leader of the business and a unitholder myself, 2016’s financial performance was not as robust as I had hoped. We reported 

annual Adjusted EBITDA of $158.2 million in fiscal year 2016 versus $257.7 million in 2015. While strong operating cost reductions, 

increased sales volume and self-help initiatives were beneficial, they could not overcome a very weak first quarter in 2016 and 

general margin pressures on all three operating segments throughout the year.

2

That reality was particularly evident on the fuel products side of our business, where the environment remained 

challenged as elevated end market inventories led to depressed crack spreads and margins. In 2016, the Gulf 

Coast 2/1/1 crack averaged roughly $12 per barrel compared to an average of $18 per barrel in 2015 and $17 

per barrel in 2014. As a result, our fuel products segment annual gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA were down 

significantly in 2016 compared to 2015. 

Within our specialty products segment, sales volumes were up 6% during 2016 compared to 2015, primarily 

driven by growth in our B&P products. However, crude oil prices, a critical feedstock in our specialties business, 

maintained a steady and upward trajectory throughout most of the year. While we took the opportunity to adjust 

our prices at various points during 2016, the increasing cost of our primary input impacted our margin capture 

in our specialty products segment throughout most of the year.

Lastly, our oilfield services segment continued to be hampered by reduced rig counts, which during the summer 

months fell to lows not seen since the last recession. However, in the second half of the year we saw a slow and 

steady recovery of rig counts which helped this segment reduce its year-over-year operating loss substantially.

Strategic Priorities in 2017

As we position Calumet for the future, I would like to revisit the three components of our overall strategy. As we 

execute on these, I believe we can achieve our vision of becoming the premier specialty petroleum products 

company in the world. The foundational phase of the strategy was instituting our Operations Excellence 

program, the first-year results of which I highlighted earlier. I want to make a point however that the concepts 

underlying our Operational Excellence program are an ongoing effort; they do not end with our three-year 

Adjusted EBITDA targets, but will continue to be a key element of how we do business in the future.

In 2017, we will turn the corner on phase two of our strategy, which is focused on opportunistic growth projects 

that we have developed internally. We expect they will have short payback periods of one-to-two years and have 

minimal capital requirements. They include:

Packaging Partnerships

Superior Flexibility Project

New Product Innovation 

At the end of 2016, we announced 

We are undertaking a flexibility project 

We are also constantly working on 

our new packaging agreement with 

at our Superior refinery, investing 

new product development, and our 

BP Lubricants USA, Inc. (“BP”) under 

capital to upgrade the refinery which 

innovation team has created a pipeline 

which the Shreveport packaging 

will allow us to better optimize our 

of new high-margin specialty products 

facility will blend between 10-15 

product yields, recovery, and overall 

that we believe have the potential for 

million gallons of BP branded 

operational performance of the entire 

meaningful financial contribution in 

lubricants, a partnership that is off 

refinery.

2018 and beyond. As 2017 progresses, 

to a great start and one we aim to 

expand upon over time.

we expect to release several product 

announcements from our innovation 

and marketing groups and we are 

looking forward to solving new needs 

for our customers with these 

innovative offerings.

3

3 Year
Self-Help Goal
$150MM - $200MM by 4Q 2018

More “self-help”
to reach goal

Predicting another 
$40MM - $60MM
in 2017

$89MM in cost 
reductions, margin 
enhancements, 
and raw material 
optimization 

Lastly, phase three of our strategy focuses on strategic M&A, where 

we will seek to drive value for the Partnership by improving our position 

in markets where we feel we are competitively advantaged. We have a 

great team that has worked diligently throughout the last year to help 

us better understand the value of our assets in the context of the entire 

Calumet system, and that knowledge will be particularly helpful in driving 

future value for the Partnership.

Looking Ahead – 
Solidifying Our Foundation

As we look to 2017 and beyond, we will continue to build on the 

foundation that we laid during the last year. Although commodity 

price movements and the macroeconomic environment are out of our 

control, we are cautiously optimistic, as we have already seen some of 

the underlying aspects of our end markets improve early in 2017. We 

do expect typical seasonality across our business segments, but crack 

spreads are better than they were a year ago, drilling rig counts are 

already showing marked improvement from last year’s levels, and early 

in the year we were able to make upward adjustments to pricing on our 

specialty products in reaction to the move upward in crude oil prices. We 

expect that these factors will help improve our margins and profitability. 

Additionally, our “self-help” efforts are estimated to add an additional $40 

to $60 million in Adjusted EBITDA in 2017.

We are, and will remain fully committed to, restoring our financial health 

and driving value for our unitholders. We have taken bold action to 

set the table for future profitability by consistently driving efficiencies, 

reducing waste and working to capture higher margins. These are 

concerted efforts which will help to gradually delever our balance sheet 

and restore our financial health. The last year was a learning experience 

from top to bottom, but I am proud to say that the experience was one 

that has proven our resolve.

Last year was a year of foundation-building and 2017 is the year to 

execute. As I look to the future, I can confidently say that we have the 

right strategy in place, a best-in-class group of managers that will lead 

that strategy forward, and the valued employees to get the job done. 

I’m very proud of the contribution of every member of our team and 

their performance in 2016. I look forward to building on our progress 

in the coming year, as we strive to make Calumet the premier specialty 

petroleum products company in the world and create meaningful value 

for our investors.

Tim Go

Chief Executive Officer

4

201620172018CALUMET GP, LLC BOARD OF DIRECTORS  

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
Chairman of the Board,

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 

Managing Trustee, The Heritage Group

James S. Carter 
Retired U.S. Regional Director, 

ExxonMobil Fuels Company

Robert E. Funk  
Retired Vice President of 

Corporate Planning and Economics, 

Citgo Petroleum Corp. 

Steve Mawer 
Retired President, 

Koch Supply & Trading

F. William Grube
Executive Vice Chairman of the Board

Amy M. Schumacher
Chief Executive Officer, 

Monument Chemicals, Inc. and 

Haltermann Solutions

Daniel J. Sajkowski
Executive Vice President, 

Growth and New Ventures, 

The Heritage Group

INVESTOR INFORMATION

Common Unit Listing:

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Symbol: CLMT

Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm:

Ernst & Young LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

Stock Transfer Agent: 

Computershare

Investor Relations:

Unitholders, securities analysts or portfolio managers seeking 

information are welcome to contact: 

Chris Hodges or Joe Caminiti 

Alpha IR Group

55 West Monroe Street, Suite 3490

Chicago, Illinois 60603

312-445-2870

Email: CLMT@alpha-ir.com

For more information, please visit our website at: www.calumetspecialty.com

Safe Harbor Statement
Certain statements and information in this press release may constitute “forward-looking statements.” The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “foresee,” “should,” “would,” “could” or other 
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning 
future developments and their potential effect on us. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments 
affecting us will be those that we anticipate. All comments concerning our expectations for future sales and operating results are based on our forecasts for our existing operations and do not include the potential 
impact of any future acquisitions. Our forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ 
materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include: the 
overall demand for specialty hydrocarbon products, fuels and other refined products; our ability to produce specialty products and fuels that meet our customers’ unique and precise specifications; the impact 
of fluctuations and rapid increases or decreases in crude oil and crack spread prices, including the resulting impact on our liquidity; the results of our hedging and other risk management activities; the costs 
of complying with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Renewable Fuel Standard, including the prices paid for Renewable Identification Numbers; the annual EBITDA contributions from our multi-year, 
self-help program; our ability to comply with financial covenants contained in our debt instruments; the availability of, and our ability to consummate, acquisition or combination opportunities and the impact of any 
completed acquisitions; labor relations; our access to capital to fund expansions, acquisitions and our working capital needs and our ability to obtain debt or equity financing on satisfactory terms; environmental 
liabilities or events that are not covered by an indemnity, insurance or existing reserves; maintenance of our credit ratings and ability to receive open credit lines from our suppliers; demand for various grades of 
crude oil and resulting changes in pricing conditions; fluctuations in refinery capacity; our ability to access sufficient crude oil supply through long-term or month-to- month evergreen contracts and on the spot 
market; the effects of competition; the impact of current and future laws, rulings and governmental regulations, including guidance related to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; 
shortages or cost increases of power supplies, natural gas, materials or labor; hurricane or other weather interference with business operations; accidents or other unscheduled shutdowns; and general economic, 
market or business conditions. For additional information regarding known material factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our projected results, please see our filings with Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”), including our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking 
statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise.

5

  
☑

☐

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 000-51734

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

35-1811116
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200
Indianapolis, Indiana 46214
(317) 328-5660
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, 
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of Each Class
Common units representing limited partner interests

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
NONE.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ☐  

No ☑

No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file
such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ☑      No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes ☑      No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

☐

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

☑

☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes ☐      No ☑
The aggregate market value of the common units held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $294.1 million
on June 30, 2016, based on $4.90 per unit, the closing price of the common units as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select
Market on such date.

On March 6, 2017, there were 76,691,864 common units outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
NONE.

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
FORM 10-K — 2016 ANNUAL REPORT

Table of Contents

PART I

Items 1 and 2. Business and Properties
Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance

Executive and Director Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits

PART IV

Page

3

27

48

48

48

49

50

57
86

91

155

155

155

156

160

184

186

190

191

1

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) includes certain “forward-looking statements.” These statements 
can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  forward-looking  terminology  including  “may,”  “intend,”  “believe,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,” 
“estimate,” “continue,” or other similar words. The statements regarding (i) estimated capital expenditures as a result of required 
audits or required operational changes or other environmental and regulatory liabilities, (ii) our expectations regarding annual 
EBITDA contributions from our multi-year, self-help program, (iii) our anticipated levels of, use and effectiveness of derivatives 
to mitigate our exposure to crude oil price changes, natural gas price changes and fuel products price changes, (iv) estimated costs 
of complying with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) Renewable Fuel Standard, including the prices paid for 
Renewable Identification Numbers (“RINs”), (v) our ability to meet our financial commitments, minimum quarterly distributions 
to our unitholders, debt service obligations, debt instrument covenants, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures and (vi) 
our access to capital to fund capital expenditures and our working capital needs and our ability to obtain debt or equity financing 
on satisfactory terms, as well as other matters discussed in this Annual Report that are not purely historical data, are forward-
looking  statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  our  current  expectations  and  beliefs  concerning  future 
developments and their potential effect on us. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable 
as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we anticipate. All comments 
concerning our expectations for future sales and operating results are based on our forecasts for our existing operations and do not 
include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. Our forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties 
(some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical 
experience and our present expectations or projections. Known material factors that could cause our actual results to differ from 
those in the forward-looking statements are those described in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report. Readers are 
cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are made, whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise.

References in this Annual Report to “Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.,” “Calumet,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” 
“us” or like terms refer to Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and its subsidiaries. References to “Predecessor” in this Annual 
Report refer to Calumet Lubricants Co., Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities of which were contributed 
to  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.  and  its  subsidiaries  upon  the  completion  of  our  initial  public  offering  in  2006. 
References in this Annual Report to “our general partner” refer to Calumet GP, LLC, the general partner of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P.

2

Items 1 and 2. Business and Properties

Overview

PART I

We  are  a  leading  independent  producer  of  high-quality,  specialty  hydrocarbon  products  in  North  America.  We  are 
headquartered in Indianapolis, Indiana, and own specialty and fuel products facilities primarily located in northwest Louisiana, 
northwest Wisconsin, northern Montana, western Pennsylvania, Texas, New Jersey and eastern Missouri. We own and lease oilfield 
services locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Arkansas, Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, Montana, New Mexico, New York, North 
Dakota, Pennsylvania and Ohio. We own and lease additional facilities, primarily related to production and distribution of specialty, 
fuel and oilfield services products, throughout the United States (“U.S.”). Our business is organized into three segments: specialty 
products, fuel products and oilfield services. In our specialty products segment, we process crude oil and other feedstocks into a 
wide variety of customized lubricating oils, white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums and waxes. Our specialty products are sold 
to domestic and international customers who purchase them primarily as raw material components for basic industrial, consumer 
and automotive goods. We also blend and market specialty products through our Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, TruFuel and Quantum 
brands. In our fuel products segment, we process crude oil into a variety of fuel and fuel-related products, including gasoline, 
diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and heavy fuel oils, and from time to time resell purchased crude oil to third party customers. Our oilfield 
services segment manufactures and markets products and provides oilfield services including drilling fluids, completion fluids 
and solids control services to the oil and gas exploration industry throughout the U.S. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 
approximately 34.8% of our sales and 82.8% of our gross profit were generated from our specialty products segment, approximately 
61.7% of our sales and 11.8% of our gross profit were generated from our fuel products segment and approximately 3.5% of our 
sales and 5.4% of our gross profit were generated from our oilfield services segment.

Our Primary Operating Assets

Our primary operating assets consist of: 

Refinery/Facility

Location

Year Acquired

 Current Feedstock
Throughput
Capacity in Barrels
Per Day (“bpd”)

Shreveport

Superior

Great Falls

Louisiana

Wisconsin

Montana

San Antonio

Texas

Cotton Valley

Louisiana

Princeton

Louisiana

Karns City

Pennsylvania

Dickinson

Calumet
Packaging

Texas

Louisiana

Royal Purple

Texas

Bel-Ray

New Jersey

Missouri

Missouri

2001

2011

2012

2013

1995

1990

2008

2008

2012

2012

2013

2012

60,000

45,000

25,000

21,000

13,500

10,000

5,500

1,300

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

Products

Specialty lubricating oils and waxes, gasoline, diesel, 
jet fuel and asphalt

Gasoline, diesel, asphalt and heavy fuel oils

Gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and asphalt

Diesel,  jet  fuel,  gasoline,  other  fuel  products  and 
solvents

Specialty solvents used principally in the manufacture 
of  paints,  cleaners,  automotive  products  and  drilling 
fluids

Specialty lubricating oils, including process oils, base 
oils, transformer oils and refrigeration oils, and asphalt

Specialty  white  mineral  oils,  solvents,  petrolatums, 
gelled  hydrocarbons,  cable 
fillers  and  natural 
petroleum sulfonates

Specialty  white  mineral  oils,  compressor  lubricants, 
natural petroleum sulfonates and biodiesel

Specialty products including premium industrial and 
consumer synthetic lubricants, fuels and solvents

Specialty products including premium industrial and 
consumer synthetic lubricants

Specialty products including premium industrial and 
consumer synthetic lubricants and greases

Specialty  products 
synthetic lubricants

including  polyolester-based 

Table of Contents

Drilling and Oilfield Services Assets. Anchor Drilling Fluids (as defined below) manufactures and markets specialty products 
and provides oilfield services including drilling fluids, completion fluids and solids control services to the oil and gas exploration 
industry. We design, manufacture and package these specialty products at our locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Arkansas, 
Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, Montana, New Mexico, New York, North Dakota, Pennsylvania and Ohio. These locations serve the 
great majority of major onshore oil fields in the U.S.

Crude Oil Logistics Assets. We own and operate seven crude oil loading facilities and related assets in North Dakota and 
Montana, which provide us the ability to transport crude oil directly from the point of lease into our crude oil loading facilities, 
and then onto the Enbridge Pipeline System (“Enbridge Pipeline”) where it can be routed to our Superior refinery and/or third 
party customers.

Storage,  Distribution  and  Logistics  Assets. We  own  and  operate  product  terminals  in  Burnham,  Illinois  (“Burnham”), 
Rhinelander, Wisconsin (“Rhinelander”), Crookston, Minnesota (“Crookston”), and Proctor, Minnesota (“Duluth”), with aggregate 
storage capacities of approximately 150,000, 166,000, 156,000 and 200,000 barrels, respectively. These terminals, as well as 
additional owned and leased facilities throughout the U.S., facilitate the distribution of products in the Upper Midwest, East Coast, 
West Coast and Mid-Continent regions of the U.S. and Canada. 

We also use approximately 2,700 leased railcars to receive crude oil or distribute our products throughout the U.S. and 
Canada. In total, we have approximately 12.9 million barrels of aggregate storage capacity at our facilities and leased storage 
locations.

Business Strategies

Our management team is dedicated to improving our operations by executing the following strategies:

• Maintain Sufficient Levels of Liquidity. We are actively focused on maintaining sufficient liquidity to fund our operations
and business strategies. In view of current volatility in market conditions and as part of a broader effort to maintain an
adequate level of liquidity, the board of directors of our general partner unanimously voted to suspend the then-current
quarterly cash distribution of $0.685 per unit, or $2.74 per unit on an annualized basis, effective beginning the quarter
ended March 31, 2016.

• Concentrate on Stable Cash Flows. We intend to continue to focus on operating assets and businesses that generate stable
cash flows. Approximately 34.8% of our sales and 82.8% of our gross profit in 2016 were generated by the sale of specialty
products,  a  segment  of  our  business  which  is  characterized  by  stable  customer  relationships  due  to  our  customers’ 
requirements for the specialized products we provide. In addition, we manage our exposure to crude oil price fluctuations
in  this  segment  by  passing  on  incremental  feedstock  costs  to  our  specialty  products  customers.  In  our  fuel  products
segment, which accounted for 61.7% of our sales and 11.8% of our gross profit in 2016, we seek to mitigate our exposure
to fuel products margin volatility by generally maintaining a fuel products hedging program for crude oil basis differentials
and fuel product crack spreads. In the future, we intend to shift more of our focus to our specialty products business to
further reduce our exposure to commodity price volatility.

• Develop and Expand Our Customer Relationships. Due to the specialized nature of, and the long lead-time associated
with, the development and production of many of our specialty products, our customers are incentivized to continue their
relationships with us. We believe that our larger competitors do not work with customers as we do from product design
to delivery for smaller volume specialty products like ours. We intend to continue to assist our existing customers in their
efforts to expand their product offerings, as well as marketing specialty product formulations and services to new customers.
By striving to maintain our long-term relationships with our broad base of existing customers and by adding new customers,
we seek to limit our dependence on any one portion of our customer base.

• Enhance Profitability of Our Existing Assets. We have increased our focus on identifying opportunities to improve our
existing asset base and to increase our throughput, profitability and cash flows. Historical examples include projects
designed to maximize the profitability of our acquired assets, such as: (1) the enhancements at our San Antonio refinery
completed in December 2013, which allowed us to blend finished gasoline and increased the refinery’s production capacity
from 14,500 bpd to 18,000 bpd, (2) the more than doubling of esters production capacity at our Missouri facility completed
in December 2015, and (3) the increase of production capacity at our Great Falls refinery from 10,000 bpd to 25,000 bpd,
which was completed in February 2016. We intend to further increase the profitability of our existing asset base through
various  low  capital  requirement  measures  which  may  include  changing  the  product  mix  of  our  processing  units,
debottlenecking  units  as  necessary  to  increase  throughput,  restarting  idle  assets  and  reducing  costs  by  improving
operations. We also are increasing our focus on optimizing current operations through improving reliability, product
quality enhancements, product yield improvements and energy savings initiatives.

4

Table of Contents

•  Disciplined Approach to Strategic and Complementary Acquisitions. Our senior management team is focused on acquiring 
assets and product lines where we can enhance operations and improve profitability. In the future, we intend to continue 
pursuing prudent, accretive acquisitions that will benefit our company over the long term.  We intend to reduce our 
leverage over time and maintain sufficient liquidity to execute our acquisition strategy.  We also may pursue strategic 
acquisitions of assets or agreements with third parties that offer the opportunity for operational efficiencies, the potential 
for increased utilization and expansion of facilities, or the expansion of product offerings principally in our specialty 
products  segment.  In  addition,  we  may  pursue  selected  acquisitions.  Since  2011  we  have  completed  the  following 
acquisitions to enhance and diversify our existing specialty products, fuel products and oilfield services segments:

•  Superior, Wisconsin, refinery (“Superior”) — a refinery that produces and sells gasoline, diesel, asphalt and heavy 

fuel oils acquired in September 2011 (“Superior Acquisition”).

•  Calumet Packaging, LLC (“Calumet Packaging”) — formerly known as TruSouth Oil, LLC, a specialty petroleum 

packaging and distribution company acquired in January 2012.

•  Louisiana, Missouri, (“Missouri”) facility — an aviation and refrigerant synthetic lubricants business acquired in 

January 2012. 

•  Royal Purple, Inc. (“Royal Purple”) — a leading independent formulator and marketer of specialty synthetic lubricants 

and greases acquired in July 2012. 

•  Montana Refining Company, Inc. (“Great Falls”) — a refinery that produces and sells gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and 

asphalt products acquired in October 2012.

•  San Antonio, Texas, refinery (“San Antonio”) — a refinery that produces and sells diesel, gasoline, jet fuel, other fuel 

products and solvents acquired in January 2013.

•  Crude oil logistics assets — crude oil loading facilities and related assets in North Dakota and Montana acquired in 

August 2013.

•  Bel-Ray Company, LLC (“Bel-Ray”) — a manufacturer and global distributor of high-performance synthetic lubricants 

and greases acquired in December 2013.

•  United Petroleum, LLC assets (“United Petroleum”) — a marketer and distributor of high performance lubricants 

acquired in February 2014.

•  ADF Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, Inc. (subsequently converted to Anchor 
Drilling  Fluids,  LLC  (“Anchor  Drilling  Fluids”)  —  an  independent  provider  and  marketer  of  drilling  fluids  and 
completion fluids to the oil and gas exploration industry acquired in March 2014.

•  Oilfield services assets — a full-service drilling fluids and solids control company with primary operations in the 
Eagle Ford, Marcellus and Utica shale formations acquired from Specialty Oilfield Services, Ltd. in August 2014.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business strategies successfully based on the following competitive 

strengths:

•  We Offer Our Customers a Diverse Range of Specialty Products. We offer a wide range of approximately 3,500 specialty 
products. We believe that our ability to provide our customers with a more diverse selection of products than most of our 
competitors gives us an advantage in competing for new business. We believe that we are the only specialty products 
manufacturer  that  produces  all  four  of  naphthenic  lubricating  oils,  paraffinic  lubricating  oils,  waxes  and  solvents. A 
contributing factor in our ability to produce numerous specialty products is our ability to ship products between our 
facilities for product upgrading in order to meet customer specifications.

•  We Have Strong Relationships with a Broad Customer Base. We have long-term relationships with many of our customers 
and we believe that we will continue to benefit from these relationships. Our customer base includes more than 4,400 
active accounts and we are continually seeking new customers. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our 
consolidated sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

5

Table of Contents

•  Our Facilities Have Advanced Technology. Our facilities are equipped with advanced, flexible technology that allows us 
to produce high-grade specialty products and to produce fuel products that comply with low sulfur fuel regulations. For 
example, our fuel products refineries have the capability to make ultra-low sulfur diesel and gasoline that meet federally 
mandated low sulfur standards and the Mobile Source Air Toxic Rule II standards (“MSAT II Standards”) set by the EPA 
requiring the reduction of benzene levels in gasoline. Also, unlike larger refineries which lack some of the equipment 
necessary to achieve the narrow distillation ranges associated with the production of specialty products, our operations 
are capable of producing a wide range of products tailored to our customers’ needs.

•  We Have an Experienced Management Team. Our team’s extensive experience and contacts within the refining industry 
provide a strong foundation and focus for managing and enhancing our operations, accessing strategic asset portfolio 
opportunities and constructing and enhancing the profitability of new assets.

Potential Acquisition and Divestiture Activities

Consistent with our business growth strategy, we are continuously engaged in discussions with potential sellers regarding 
the possible purchase of assets and operations that are strategic and complementary to our existing operations. These acquisition 
efforts may involve participation by us in processes that have been made public and involve a number of potential buyers, commonly 
referred to as “auction” processes, as well as situations in which we believe we are the only potential buyer or one of a limited 
number of potential buyers in negotiations with the potential seller. These acquisition efforts often involve assets and operations 
which, if acquired, could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations and require special financing. 

Our acquisition program targets properties that management believes will be financially accretive, and we intend to focus 
on targeted strategic acquisitions of specialty products assets that leverage an existing core competency and that have an identifiable 
competitive advantage we can exploit as the new owner. 

As part of this strategy, we are in the process of evaluating our portfolio to identify potential divestiture candidates that are 
non-core to our business and which are worth more to a strategic buyer than to us, while seeking to maximize our return on invested 
capital. This strategy will allow us to focus on a portfolio of core specialty products assets with significant potential to increase 
our ability to generate stable to growing cash flows, optimize our assets, improve our operating efficiency and capture increased 
feedstock advantages.

As we continue to seek to optimize our asset portfolio, which may include the divestiture of certain non-core assets, we 
intend to redeploy capital into projects to develop assets that are better suited to our core specialty products business strategy. 
During the past five years, we have invested approximately $750 million in growth projects and joint ventures, some of which 
management believes in hindsight were not in line with our strategic objectives. For example, several growth projects, such as the 
Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC refinery joint venture, required significant upfront capital, which we financed, and had multiyear 
lead times, increasing our leverage and limiting our ability to grow our quarterly distributions to unitholders during that time. 
These projects were in process during periods in which market dynamics and return profiles changed dramatically. Going forward, 
we intend to tailor our approach toward owning businesses with stable to growing cash flows. As a result, we may pursue potential 
arrangements with third parties to divest certain non-core assets to enable us to further reduce the amount of our required capital 
commitments and potential capital expenditures. We expect that any potential divestitures of non-core assets could provide us with 
cash to reinvest in our business and repay debt, reducing our reliance on the capital markets for sources of financing. However, 
as we develop our strategy with respect to our non-core assets, any changes in our key assumptions regarding such assets may 
require us to record an impairment charge.

We typically do not announce a transaction until we have executed a definitive agreement. However, in certain cases in order 
to protect our business interests or for other reasons, we may defer public announcement of an acquisition or divestiture until 
closing or a later date. Past experience has demonstrated that discussions and negotiations regarding a potential acquisition or 
divestiture can advance or terminate in a short period of time. Moreover, the closing of any transaction for which we have entered 
into a definitive agreement will be subject to customary and other closing conditions, which may not ultimately be satisfied or 
waived. Accordingly, we can give no assurance that our current or future acquisition or divestiture efforts will be successful. 
Although we expect the acquisitions we make to be accretive in the long term, we can provide no assurance that our expectations 
will ultimately be realized.

Partnership Structure and Management

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership formed on September 27, 2005. Our general 
partner is Calumet GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. As of March 6, 2017, we have 76,691,864 common units and 
1,565,140 general partner units outstanding. Our general partner owns 2% of the Company and all incentive distribution rights 
and has sole responsibility for conducting our business and managing our operations. For more information about our general 
partner’s board of directors and executive officers, please read Part III, Item 10 “Directors, Executive Officers of Our General 
Partner and Corporate Governance.”

6

Table of Contents

Our Operating Assets and Contractual Arrangements

General

The following table sets forth information about our combined operations, excluding the results of operations of our oilfield 
services segment. Facility production volume differs from sales volume due to changes in inventories and the sale of purchased 
fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, and the resale of crude oil in our fuel products segment. The table includes 
the results of operations of our United Petroleum assets commencing February 28, 2014:

Total sales volume (1)
Total feedstock runs (2)
Facility production: (3)
Specialty products:

Lubricating oils

Solvents

Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (4)
Other

Total specialty products

Fuel products:

Gasoline

Diesel

Jet fuel

Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other

Total fuel products
Total facility production (3)

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

% Change

2015

2014

% Change

(In bpd)

(In bpd)

140,180

134,163

126,216

123,051

11.1 % 126,216

9.0 % 123,051

122,852

117,427

2.7 %

4.8 %

14,697

13,325

7,427

1,571
2,074

1,553

7,942

1,460
1,584

1,355

27,322

25,666

37,713

34,808

5,306

29,780

107,607

134,929

37,691

30,204

5,157

24,077

97,129

10.3 %

(6.5)%

7.6 %
30.9 %

14.6 %

6.5 %

0.1 %

15.2 %

2.9 %

23.7 %

10.8 %

13,325

11,836

7,942

1,460
1,584

1,355

8,934

1,510
1,754

1,829

25,666

25,863

37,691

30,204

5,157

24,077

97,129

34,221

27,074

4,799

22,189

88,283

12.6 %

(11.1)%

(3.3)%
(9.7)%

(25.9)%

(0.8)%

10.1 %

11.6 %

7.5 %

8.5 %

10.0 %

7.6 %

122,795

9.9 % 122,795

114,146

(1)  Total sales volume includes sales from the production at our facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply 
and/or processing agreements, sales of inventories and the resale of crude oil to third party customers. Total sales volume 
includes the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, as components of finished fuel products 
in our fuel products segment sales.

(2)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our facilities and at certain 

third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements.

(3)  Total facility production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing crude 
oil and other feedstocks at our facilities and at certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements. 
The difference between total facility production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag between the 
input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(4)  Represents production of packaged and synthetic specialty products, including the products from the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, 

Calumet Packaging and Missouri facilities.

7

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information about our combined sales of principal products and services by segment. The 
table includes the results of operations of our United Petroleum assets commencing February 28, 2014, and Anchor Drilling Fluids 
commencing March 31, 2014:

Sales of specialty products:

Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (1)
Other (2)
Total

Sales of fuel products:

Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other (3)

Total

Sales of oilfield services:
Consolidated sales

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

(In millions) % of Sales

(In millions) % of Sales

(In millions) % of Sales

$

$

538.7
237.7
128.7
311.2
36.0
1,252.3

844.3
808.4
117.5
451.8
2,222.0
125.1
3,599.4

15.0% $
6.6%
3.6%
8.6%
1.0%
34.8%

23.5%
22.4%
3.3%
12.5%
61.7%
3.5%
100.0% $

575.6
302.0
136.9
316.6
36.7
1,367.8

1,047.1
894.8
149.6
471.0
2,562.5
282.5
4,212.8

13.7% $
7.2%
3.2%
7.5%
0.9%
32.5%

24.9%
21.2%
3.6%
11.1%
60.8%
6.7%
100.0% $

748.4
485.2
144.1
313.5
38.0
1,729.2

1,443.1
1,197.4
199.3
853.6
3,693.4
368.5
5,791.1

12.9%
8.4%
2.5%
5.4%
0.7%
29.9%

24.9%
20.7%
3.4%
14.7%
63.7%
6.4%
100.0%

(1)  Represents packaged and synthetic specialty products at the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, Calumet Packaging and Missouri facilities.
(2)  Represents by-products, including fuels and asphalt, produced in connection with the production of specialty products at the 

Princeton and Cotton Valley refineries and Dickinson and Karns City facilities. 

(3)  Represents asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other products produced in connection with the production of fuels at the Shreveport, 
Superior, San Antonio and Great Falls refineries and crude oil sales from the Montana, Superior and San Antonio refineries 
to third party customers. 

Please read Note 17 “Segments and Related Information” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” 
of this Annual Report for additional financial information about each of our segments and the geographic areas in which we conduct 
business.

Shreveport Refinery

The Shreveport refinery, located on a 240 acre site in Shreveport, Louisiana (“Shreveport”), currently has aggregate crude 
oil throughput capacity of 60,000 bpd and processes paraffinic crude oil and associated feedstocks into fuel products, paraffinic 
lubricating oils, waxes, asphalt and by-products.

The  Shreveport  refinery  consists  of  seventeen  major  processing  units  including  hydrotreating,  catalytic  reforming  and 
dewaxing units and approximately 3.3 million barrels of storage capacity in 130 storage tanks and related loading and unloading 
facilities and utilities. Since our acquisition of the Shreveport refinery in 2001, we have expanded the refinery’s capabilities by 
adding additional processing and blending facilities, adding a second reactor to the high pressure hydrotreater, resuming production 
of gasoline, diesel and other fuel products and adding both 18,000 bpd of crude oil throughput capacity and the capability to run 
up to 25,000 bpd of sour crude oil with an expansion project completed in May 2008. 

8

 
 
Table of Contents

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Shreveport refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2) (3)

Shreveport Refinery

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In bpd)

2014

60,000
40,845
42,075

60,000
40,726
41,588

60,000
35,140
34,189

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our Shreveport refinery. 
Total feedstock runs do not include certain interplant feedstocks supplied by our Cotton Valley, Princeton and San Antonio 
refineries.

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing crude 
oil and other feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of 
the time lag between the input of feedstocks and production of finished products and volume loss. 

(3)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstock supplied to our Cotton Valley, Princeton and San Antonio 

refineries and Karns City facility.

The Shreveport refinery has a flexible operational configuration and operating personnel that facilitate development of new 
product opportunities. Product mix may fluctuate from one period to the next to capture market opportunities. The refinery has an 
idle residual fluid catalytic cracking unit and a number of idle towers that can be utilized for future project needs. Certain idle 
towers were utilized as a part of the Shreveport refinery expansion project completed in 2008.

The Shreveport refinery receives crude oil via tank truck, railcar and a common carrier pipeline system that is operated by 
a subsidiary of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (“Plains”) and is connected to the Shreveport refinery’s facilities. The Plains 
pipeline system delivers local supplies of crude oil and condensates from north Louisiana and east Texas. Crude oil is also purchased 
from various suppliers, including local producers, who deliver crude oil to the Shreveport refinery via tank truck. 

The Shreveport refinery also has direct pipeline access to the Enterprise Products Partners L.P. pipeline (“TEPPCO pipeline”), 
on which it can ship certain grades of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Further, the refinery has direct access to the Red River Terminal 
facility, which provides the refinery with barge access, via the Red River, to major feedstock and petroleum products logistics 
networks on the Mississippi River and Gulf Coast inland waterway system. The Shreveport refinery also ships its finished products 
throughout the U.S. through both truck and railcar service.

Superior Refinery

The Superior refinery is located on a 245 acre site, with an additional 430 acres owned around the existing refinery, in 
Superior, Wisconsin. The Superior refinery currently has aggregate crude oil throughput capacity of 45,000 bpd and processes 
light and heavy crude oil from the Bakken shale formation in North Dakota and western Canada into fuel products and asphalt.

The Superior refinery consists of fourteen major processing units including hydrotreating, catalytic reforming, fluid catalytic 
cracking and alkylation units and approximately 3.1 million barrels of storage capacity in 76 tanks and related loading and unloading 
facilities and utilities. 

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Superior refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2)

Superior Refinery

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In bpd)

2014

45,000
35,840
35,623

45,000
36,270
35,916

45,000
36,736
35,712

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our Superior refinery.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of fuel products yielded from processing crude oil. The difference 
between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag between the input of feedstocks 
and the production of finished products and volume loss.

The Superior refinery has a flexible operational configuration and operating personnel that facilitate development of new 
product opportunities. Product mix may fluctuate from one period to the next to capture market opportunities. Currently the Superior 
refinery produces gasoline, diesel, asphalt and heavy fuel oils.

Finished fuel products produced at the Superior refinery are sold through the Superior refinery truck rack, several Magellan 
pipeline terminals in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, North Dakota, South Dakota and Utah and through our Duluth terminal. The 
Superior wholesale fuel business also sells gasoline wholesale to Calumet branded gas stations located throughout the Upper 
Midwest (including Minnesota, Wisconsin and Michigan), which are owned and operated by independent franchisees. The Superior 
refinery ships finished fuel products by railcar, truck and pipeline service. Asphalt products produced at the Superior refinery are 
shipped by railcar and truck service and are sold through our terminals in Rhinelander and Crookston and through other leased 
terminals in the U.S.

Finished fuel products sales are primarily made through spot agreements and short-term contracts. Asphalt is primarily sold 
through spot agreements and short-term contracts with customers primarily located in and around the Upper Midwest, North 
Dakota, South Dakota, Utah and New York.

The Superior refinery receives crude oil via pipeline. The Enbridge Pipeline delivers crude oil to the Superior refinery and 
the refinery is adjacent to one of the Enbridge Pipeline’s first crude oil holding facilities after crossing the Canadian border into 
the U.S., providing reliable access to high quality crude oil from the Bakken shale formation in North Dakota and from western 
Canada.

Great Falls Refinery

The Great Falls refinery, located on an 86 acre site in Great Falls, Montana, currently has aggregate crude oil throughput 
capacity of 25,000 bpd and processes light and heavy crude oil from Canada into fuel and asphalt products. In February 2016, we 
completed an expansion project which added 15,000 bpd of crude throughput capacity to the refinery.

The Great Falls refinery consists of fifteen major processing units including hydrotreating, catalytic reforming, hydrocracking, 
fluid catalytic cracking and alkylation units, approximately 1.1 million barrels of storage capacity in 75 tanks and related loading 
and unloading facilities and utilities. 

The following table sets forth historical information about production at the Great Falls refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2)

Great Falls Refinery

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In bpd)

2014

25,000
20,930
21,259

10,000
10,307
10,525

10,000
10,201
10,274

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our Great Falls refinery.

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing crude 
oil and other feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of 
the time lag between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

Currently, the Great Falls refinery produces gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and asphalt. The Great Falls refinery ships finished fuel 
and asphalt by railcar and truck service. Finished fuel and asphalt sales are primarily made through spot agreements and short-
term contracts. 

The Great Falls refinery purchases crude oil from various suppliers and receives crude oil by pipeline through the Front 

Range Pipeline via the Bow River Pipeline in Canada, providing reliable access to high quality crude oil from western Canada. 

In February 2016, we completed an expansion project that increased production capacity at our Great Falls refinery by 15,000 
bpd to 25,000 bpd. This project allows us to further capitalize on local access to cost-advantaged Bow River crude oil, while 
producing  additional  fuels  and  refined  products  for  delivery  into  the  regional  market. The  scope  of  this  project  included  the 
installation of a new crude unit that can process up to 25,000 bpd of crude oil and other feedstocks, a hydrogen plant and a 20,000 
bpd mild hydrocracker.

10

 
Table of Contents

San Antonio Refinery

The San Antonio refinery, located on a 32 acre site in San Antonio, Texas, has aggregate crude oil throughput capacity of 
21,000 bpd and processes light crude oil from south Texas, including the Eagle Ford shale formation, into a variety of transportation 
fuels, petrochemical and refinery feedstocks, and aliphatic solvents. The San Antonio refinery consists of six major processing 
units including crude oil fractionation, naphtha hydrotreating, catalytic reforming, distillate hydrotreating, aromatic saturation and 
specialty fractionation. The refinery has approximately 200,000 barrels of storage capacity in 65 tanks and related loading and 
unloading facilities and utilities. 

Currently, the San Antonio refinery produces diesel, jet fuel, gasoline, other fuel products and a variety of aliphatic solvents. 
The San Antonio refinery is compliant with federal regulations for ultra-low sulfur diesel. The San Antonio refinery ships products 
by railcar and truck service. Product sales are primarily made through spot agreements and short-term contracts. The San Antonio 
refinery purchases crude oil and intermediate products from various suppliers and receives crude oil by pipeline originating from 
its crude oil terminal in Elmendorf, Texas (“Elmendorf”), providing reliable access to high quality crude oil from Texas, primarily 
the Eagle Ford shale formation. The San Antonio refinery has a long term agreement with TexStar Midstream Logistics, L.P. 
(“TexStar”) under which TexStar operates the Karnes North Pipeline System (“KNPS”), which transports crude oil from Karnes 
City, Texas, to Elmendorf. Currently, the San Antonio refinery receives at least 12,000 bpd of crude oil at the refinery through the 
KNPS-Elmendorf terminal supply route. Elmendorf has aggregate storage capacity of approximately 200,000 barrels. 

Since acquiring the San Antonio refinery, we have expanded the refinery’s capabilities by adding 6,500 bpd of crude oil 
throughput capacity and adding additional processing and blending facilities which allow the San Antonio refinery to blend up to 
6,000 bpd of finished gasoline. Additionally, we completed a project in December 2015 that provides us the capability to take a 
portion of the San Antonio refinery’s diesel and jet fuel production and convert it into up to 3,000 bpd of higher margin solvent 
products that meet customer requirements for low aromatic content. We are also beginning to integrate the San Antonio refinery 
into our other specialty products operations by producing intermediate feedstocks which our Shreveport refinery utilizes in the 
production of lubricating oils. 

The following table sets forth historical information at our San Antonio refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2) (3)

San Antonio Refinery

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In bpd)

2014

21,000
17,374
16,736

21,000
16,442
15,708

17,500
14,617
13,541

(1)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our San Antonio refinery. 
(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing crude 
oil and other feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of 
the time lag between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(3)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied to our Shreveport refinery.

Cotton Valley Refinery

The Cotton Valley refinery, located on a 77 acre site in Cotton Valley, Louisiana (“Cotton Valley”), currently has aggregate 
crude oil throughput capacity of 13,500 bpd, hydrotreating capacity of 6,200 bpd and processes crude oil into specialty solvents 
and residual fuel oil. The residual fuel oil is an important feedstock for the production of specialty products at our Shreveport 
refinery. We believe the Cotton Valley refinery produces the most complete, single-facility line of paraffinic solvents in the U.S.

The Cotton Valley refinery consists of three major processing units that include a crude unit, a hydrotreater and a fractionation 
train, approximately 625,000 barrels of storage capacity in 74 storage tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. 
Since our acquisition of the Cotton Valley refinery in 1995, we have expanded the refinery’s capabilities by installing a hydrotreater 
that removes aromatics, increased the crude unit processing capability to 13,500 bpd and reconfigured the refinery’s fractionation 
train to improve product quality, enhance flexibility and lower utility costs. 

11

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Cotton Valley refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1) (2)
Total refinery production (2) (3)

Cotton Valley Refinery

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In bpd)

2014

13,500
6,021
5,399

13,500
6,413
6,103

13,500
6,580
6,544

(1)  Total feedstock runs do not include certain interplant solvent feedstocks supplied by our Shreveport refinery.

(2)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products yielded from processing crude oil and other 
feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(3)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied to our Shreveport refinery.

The Cotton Valley refinery has a flexible operational configuration and operating personnel that facilitate development of 
new product opportunities. Product mix may fluctuate from one period to the next to capture market opportunities, which allows 
us to respond to market changes and customer demands by modifying the refinery’s product mix. The reconfigured fractionation 
train also allows the refinery to satisfy demand fluctuations efficiently without large finished product inventory requirements.

The Cotton Valley refinery receives crude oil via tank truck and the Plains pipeline system. The Cotton Valley refinery’s 
feedstock is primarily low sulfur and paraffinic crude oil originating from north Louisiana and is purchased from various marketers 
and gatherers. In addition, the Cotton Valley refinery receives interplant feedstocks for solvent production from the Shreveport 
refinery. The Cotton Valley refinery ships finished products by both truck and railcar service.

Princeton Refinery

The Princeton refinery, located on a 208 acre site in Princeton, Louisiana (“Princeton”), currently has aggregate crude oil 
throughput capacity of 10,000 bpd and processes naphthenic crude oil into lubricating oils and asphalt.  In addition, feedstock is 
made for the Shreveport refinery for further processing into ultra-low sulfur diesel. The asphalt produced at Princeton may be 
further processed or blended for coating and roofing product applications at the Princeton refinery or transported to the Shreveport 
refinery for further processing into bright stock.

The Princeton refinery consists of seven major processing units, approximately 650,000 barrels of storage capacity in 200 
storage tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. Since our acquisition of the Princeton refinery in 1990, we 
have debottlenecked the crude unit to increase production capacity to 10,000 bpd, increased the hydrotreater’s capacity to 7,000 bpd 
and upgraded the refinery’s fractionation unit, which has enabled us to produce higher value specialty products. 

The following table sets forth historical information about production at our Princeton refinery:

Crude oil throughput capacity
Total feedstock runs (1)
Total refinery production (1) (2)

Princeton Refinery

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In bpd)

2014

10,000
6,335
5,242

10,000
7,105
5,851

10,000
6,669
5,420

(1)  Total refinery production represents the barrels per day of specialty products yielded from processing crude oil and other 
feedstocks. The difference between total refinery production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag 
between the input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss.

(2)  Total refinery production includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied to our Shreveport refinery. 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Princeton  refinery  has  a  hydrotreater  and  significant  fractionation  capability  enabling  the  refining  of  high  quality 
naphthenic lubricating oils at numerous distillation ranges. The Princeton refinery’s processing capabilities consist of atmospheric 
and vacuum distillation, hydrotreating, asphalt oxidation processing and clay/acid treating. In addition, we have the necessary 
tankage and technology to process our asphalt into higher value product applications such as coatings, road paving and specialty 
applications.

The Princeton refinery receives crude oil via tank truck, railcar and the Plains pipeline system. Its crude oil supply primarily 
originates from east Texas, south Texas and north Louisiana, purchased directly from third-party suppliers under month-to-month 
evergreen supply contracts and on the spot market. The Princeton refinery ships its finished products throughout the U.S. via truck, 
barge and railcar service.

Missouri Facility

The Missouri facility, located on a 22 acre site in Louisiana, Missouri, develops and produces polyolester synthetic lubricants 
for use in refrigeration compressors, commercial aviation and polyolester base stocks. In December 2015, we completed a project 
to double the production capacity of the facility from 35 million pounds to 75 million pounds per year. The facility has approximately 
35,000 barrels of storage capacity in 64 tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities. The facility receives its 
fatty acids and alcohol feedstocks and additives by truck and railcar under supply agreements or spot agreements with various 
suppliers. 

The Missouri facility utilizes the latest batch esterification processes designed to ensure blending accuracy while maintaining 

production flexibility to meet customer needs. 

Calumet Packaging

The Calumet Packaging facility, located on a 10 acre site in Shreveport, Louisiana, develops, blends and packages high 
performance synthetic lubricants, fuels and solvent products for use in industrial, commercial and automotive applications. The 
Calumet Packaging facility’s processing capability includes state-of-the-art blending and packaging equipment. The facility has 
approximately 75,000 barrels of storage capacity and related loading and unloading facilities. The facility receives its base oil 
feedstocks and additives by truck under supply agreements or spot agreements with various suppliers. 

Royal Purple

The Royal Purple facility, located on a 28 acre site in Porter, Texas, develops, blends and packages high performance synthetic 
lubricants and fluid additive products for use in industrial, commercial and automotive applications. The Royal Purple facility’s 
processing capability includes ten in-house packaging and production lines. Outsourced packaging services for specific products 
are also used. The facility has approximately 30,500 barrels of storage capacity in 91 tanks and related loading and unloading 
facilities. The facility receives its base oil feedstocks and additives by truck under supply agreements or spot agreements with 
various suppliers. 

Bel-Ray

The Bel-Ray facility, located on a 32 acre site in Wall Township, New Jersey, blends and packages high performance synthetic 
lubricants and greases for use primarily in aerospace, automotive, energy, food, marine, military, mining, motorcycle, powersports, 
steel and textiles applications. The Bel-Ray facility’s processing capability includes 24 blending tanks and packaging production 
lines. In addition, the Bel-Ray facility has approximately 13,000 barrels of storage capacity in 63 tanks and related loading and 
unloading facilities and utilities. The Bel-Ray facility receives its base oil feedstocks and additives by truck under supply agreements 
or spot agreements with various suppliers. 

The Bel-Ray facility is designed with batch processing technology and is also designed to maximize blending flexibility to 
meet customer needs. The packaging operations utilize both in-house packaging equipment and outsourced packaging services 
for specific products.

Karns City and Dickinson Facilities and Other Processing Agreements

The  Karns  City  facility,  located  on  a  225  acre  site  in  Karns  City,  Pennsylvania  (“Karns  City”),  has  aggregate  base  oil 
throughput capacity of 5,500 bpd and processes white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums, gelled hydrocarbons, cable fillers and 
natural petroleum sulfonates. The Karns City facility’s processing capability includes hydrotreating, fractionation, acid treating, 
filtering, blending and packaging. In addition, the facility has approximately 817,000 barrels of storage capacity in 250 tanks and 
related loading and unloading facilities and utilities.

The Dickinson facility, located on a 28 acre site in Dickinson, Texas (“Dickinson”), has aggregate base oil throughput capacity 
of 1,300 bpd and processes white mineral oils, compressor lubricants, natural petroleum sulfonates and biodiesel. The Dickinson 
facility’s processing capability includes acid treating, filtering and blending, approximately 183,000 barrels of storage capacity in 
186 tanks and related loading and unloading facilities and utilities.

13

Table of Contents

These facilities each receive their base oil feedstocks by railcar and truck under supply agreements or spot purchases with 
various suppliers, the most significant of which is a long-term supply agreement with Phillips 66. Please read “— Our Crude Oil 
and Feedstock Supply” below for further discussion of the long-term supply agreement with Phillips 66.

The following table sets forth the combined historical information about production at our Karns City, Dickinson and other 

facilities:

Feedstock throughput capacity (1)
Total feedstock runs (2) (3)
Total production (3)

Combined Karns City, Dickinson and Other Facilities

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(in bpd)

2014

11,300
6,483
6,522

11,300
5,515
5,519

11,300
6,651
6,575

(1) 

(2) 

Includes Karns City, Dickinson and other facilities.

Includes  feedstock  runs  at  our  Karns  City  and  Dickinson  facilities  as  well  as  throughput  at  certain  third-party  facilities 
pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements and includes certain interplant feedstocks supplied from our Shreveport 
refinery. For more information regarding our purchase commitments related to these supply and/or processing agreements, 
please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”

(3)  Total production represents the barrels per day of specialty products yielded from processing feedstocks at our Karns City 
and Dickinson facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements. The difference 
between total production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag between the input of feedstocks and 
the production of finished products.

Anchor Drilling Fluids

We are an independent provider and marketer of drilling fluids and completion fluids to the oil and gas exploration industry. 
We design, manufacture and package drilling fluid products at our locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Arkansas, Colorado, 
Utah, Wyoming, Montana, New Mexico, New York, North Dakota, Pennsylvania and Ohio. We service oil and gas resource plays 
in  North America,  including  the  Bakken,  Barnett,  Eagle  Ford,  Fayetteville,  Granite Wash,  Haynesville,  Marcellus,  Niobrara, 
Permian, Piceance, Uinta and Utica shale formations.

We develop custom formulations and innovative solutions based on unique customer and well specifications. Through our 
extensive line of drilling and completion fluids, we deliver solutions that reduce drilling and completion time, help to control 
reservoir formation pressures and maximize oil and gas production, contributing to improved well economics for end-users.

Terminals

Our  terminals  are  complementary  to  our  refineries  and  play  a  key  role  in  moving  our  products  to  end-user  markets  by 
providing services including distribution and blending to achieve specified products and storage and inventory management. We 
operate the following terminals:

Burnham Terminal: We own and operate a terminal located on an 11 acre site, in Burnham, Illinois. The Burnham terminal 
receives specialty products from certain of our refineries primarily by railcar and distributes them by truck and railcar to our 
customers in the Upper Midwest and East Coast regions of the U.S. and in Canada. The terminal includes a tank farm with 90 
tanks having aggregate storage capacity of approximately 150,000 barrels, as well as blending equipment for producing engine 
oil additives and tackifiers.

Rhinelander Terminal: We own and operate a terminal located on an 18 acre site, in Rhinelander, Wisconsin. The Rhinelander 
terminal receives asphalt by truck from the Superior refinery and distributes product by truck. Asphalt from this terminal is sold 
to customers in the Upper Midwest region of the U.S. The terminal includes a tank farm with four tanks with aggregate storage 
capacity of approximately 166,000 barrels.

Crookston Terminal: We own and operate a terminal located on a 19 acre site, in Crookston, Minnesota. The Crookston 
terminal receives asphalt by truck from the Superior refinery and distributes product by truck. Asphalt from this terminal is sold 
to customers in the Upper Midwest region of the U.S. The terminal includes a tank farm with three tanks with aggregate storage 
capacity of approximately 156,000 barrels.

14

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Duluth Terminal: We own and operate a terminal located on a 49 acre site, in Proctor, Minnesota. The Duluth terminal is 
supplied refined fuel products from the Superior refinery by the Magellan pipeline and receives ethanol and biodiesel products by 
truck. Fuel products from this terminal are distributed by truck to customers in Minnesota and northern Wisconsin. The terminal 
includes seven tanks with aggregate storage capacity of approximately 200,000 barrels. 

In addition to the above terminals, we own and lease additional facilities, primarily related to distribution of finished products, 

throughout the U.S.

Crude Oil Logistics Assets 

We own and operate seven crude oil loading facilities and related assets in North Dakota and Montana, which provide us 
with the ability to transport crude oil directly from the point of lease into our crude oil loading facilities and then onto the Enbridge 
Pipeline where it can be routed to our Superior refinery and/or third party customers.

Other Logistics Assets

We use approximately 2,700 railcars leased from various lessors. This fleet of railcars enables us to receive and ship crude 
oil and distribute various specialty products and fuel products throughout the U.S. and Canada to and from each of our facilities. 

Our Crude Oil and Feedstock Supply

We  purchase  crude  oil  and  other  feedstocks  from  major  oil  companies  as  well  as  from  various  crude  oil  gatherers  and 

marketers in Texas, north Louisiana, North Dakota and Canada. Crude oil supplies at our refineries are as follows:

Refinery

Shreveport

Superior

San Antonio

Crude Oil Slate

West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”), local crude oils from East Texas, 
North Louisiana, Arkansas and Light Louisiana Sweet (“LLS”)

Canadian  Heavy,  Canadian  Synthetic,  North  Dakota  Sweet  (e.g. 
Bakken) and Mixed Sweet Blend (“MSW”)
Local Texas sweet crude oil (e.g. Eagle Ford)

Cotton Valley

Local paraffinic crude oil

Mode of Transportation

Tank truck, railcar and Plains Pipeline

Enbridge Pipeline

Truck  and  pipeline  connected  to  its 
Elmendorf crude oil terminal

Plains Pipeline and tank truck

Great Falls

Princeton

Canadian Heavy and Canadian Sour (e.g. Bow River)

Front Range Pipeline

Local naphthenic crude oil

Tank truck, railcar and Plains Pipeline

In 2016, subsidiaries of Plains supplied us with approximately 39.3% of our total crude oil supply under term contracts and 
month-to-month  evergreen  crude  oil  supply  contracts.  In  2016,  BP  Products  North  America  Inc.  (“BP”)  supplied  us  with 
approximately 25.2% of our total crude oil supply under a crude oil supply agreement. Each of our refineries is dependent on one 
or more key suppliers and the loss of any of these suppliers would adversely affect our financial results to the extent we were 
unable to find another supplier of this substantial amount of crude oil. 

We have short-term and long-term contracts with our crude oil suppliers. For example, a majority of our crude oil supply 
contracts with Plains are currently month-to-month and terminable upon 90 days’ notice. Additionally, we have a crude oil supply 
agreement with BP which was amended and restated in December 2016 for a term ending March 2020 and automatically renews 
for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice (“BP Purchase Agreement”). We also purchase 
foreign crude oil when its spot market price is attractive relative to the price of crude oil from domestic sources. 

We have various long-term feedstock supply agreements with Phillips 66, with some agreements operating under the option 
to continue on a month-to-month basis thereafter, for feedstocks that are key to the operations of our Karns City and Dickinson 
facilities. In addition, certain products of our refineries can be used as feedstocks by these facilities.

We believe that adequate supplies of crude oil and feedstocks will continue to be available to us.

Our cost to acquire crude oil and feedstocks and the prices for which we ultimately can sell refined products depend on a 
number of factors beyond our control, including regional and global supply of and demand for crude oil and other feedstocks and 
specialty and fuel products. These, in turn, are dependent upon, among other things, the availability of imports, overall economic 
conditions, production levels of domestic and foreign suppliers, U.S. relationships with foreign governments, political affairs and 
the extent of governmental regulation. We have historically been able to pass on the costs associated with increased crude oil and 
feedstock prices to our specialty products customers, although the increase in selling prices for specialty products typically lags 
a rising cost of crude oil. From time to time, we use a hedging program to manage a portion of our commodity price risk. Please 
read  Part  II,  Item 7A  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures About  Market  Risk —  Commodity  Price  Risk —  Derivative 
Instruments” for a discussion of our hedging program.

15

Table of Contents

Our Products, Markets and Customers

Products

Specialty Products and Fuel Products. We produce a full line of specialty products, including lubricating oils, solvents, 
waxes, packaged and synthetic specialty products, other by-products, as well as a variety of fuel and fuel related products, asphalt 
and heavy fuel oils. Our customers purchase specialty products primarily as raw material components for basic industrial, consumer 
and automotive goods.

Oilfield Services. We are an independent provider and marketer of drilling fluids and completion fluids.  

•  Drilling fluids — Drilling fluids, often referred to as “drilling mud,” are an essential and critical product of the drilling 
process for every oil and gas well. We provide three different types of drilling fluids including water-based mud, oil-
based mud and synthetic-based mud.

•  Completion  fluids  —  Completion  fluids  replace  drilling  fluids  during  the  final  operations  leading  up  to  oil  and  gas 
production from a well. Completion fluids are critical products designed to control reservoir formation pressures and 
minimize formation damage in the event of a failure in down hole equipment. 

•  Solids control — Solids control is employed in drilling operations to filter out cuttings and clean the drilling fluid before 

it is pumped back into the well. 

The following table depicts a representative sample of the diversity of end-use applications for the products we produce:

Representative Sample of End-Use Applications by Product

Lubricating Oils

15% (1)

Solvents

7% (1)

Waxes

4% (1)

• Paraffin waxes
• FDA compliant 

products
• Candles
• Adhesives
• Crayons
• Floor care
• PVC
• Paint strippers
• Skin & hair care
• Timber treatment
• Waterproofing
• Pharmaceuticals
• Cosmetics

• Hydraulic oils
• Passenger car motor 

oils

• Railroad engine oils
• Cutting oils
• Compressor oils
• Metalworking fluids
• Transformer oils
• Rubber process oils
• Industrial lubricants
• Gear oils
• Grease
• Automatic 

transmission fluid

• Animal feed dedusting
• Baby oils
• Bakery pan oils
• Catalyst carriers
• Gelatin capsule 

lubricants
• Sunscreen

• Waterless hand 

cleaners

• Alkyd resin 

diluents

• Automotive 

products

• Calibration fluids
• Camping fuel
• Charcoal lighter 

fluids

• Chemical 
processing
• Drilling fluids
• Printing inks
• Water treatment
• Paint and 
coatings

• Stains

Fuels & Fuel
Related Products

62% (1)

• Gasoline
• Diesel
• Jet fuel
• Marine fuel
• Biodiesel
• Ethanol
• Ethanol free fuels
• Fluid catalytic 

cracking feedstock

• Asphalt vacuum 

residuals

• Mixed butanes
• Roofing
• Paving
• Heavy fuel oils

Packaged and
Synthetic Specialty
Products
8% (1)

Oilfield
Services

3% (1)

Other

1% (1)

• Refrigeration 

compressor oils

• Drilling fluids
• Completion 

• Roofing
• Paving

• Positive displacement 

fluids

• Solids control

and roto-dynamic 
compressor oils
• Commercial and 

military jet engine oil
• Lubricating greases 
• Gear oils
• Aviation hydraulic 

oils

• High performance 
small engine fuels
• Two cycle and four 
stroke engine oils
• High performance 
automotive engine 
oils

• High performance 
industrial lubricants

• High temperature 
chain lubricants 
• Food contact grade 

lubricants

• Charcoal lighter fluids 

and other solvents
• Engine treatment 

additives

(1)  Based on the percentage of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. Except for the listed fuel products and certain 

packaged and synthetic specialty products, we do not produce any of these end-use products.

Marketing

Our salespeople regularly visit customers, and our marketing department works closely with both the laboratories at our 
production  facilities  and  our  technical  services  department  to  help  create  specialized  blends  that  will  work  optimally  for  our 
customers.

16

Table of Contents

Markets

Specialty Products. The specialty products market represents a small portion of the overall petroleum refining industry in 
the U.S. Of the nearly 140 refineries currently in operation in the U.S., only a small number of the refineries are considered specialty 
products producers and only a few compete with us in terms of the number of products produced.

Our specialty products are utilized in applications across a broad range of industries, including:

• 

industrial goods such as metalworking fluids, belts, hoses, sealing systems, batteries, hot melt adhesives, pressure sensitive 
tapes, electrical transformers, refrigeration compressors and drilling fluids;

•  consumer goods such as candles, petroleum jelly, creams, tonics, lotions, coating on paper cups, chewing gum base, 
automotive aftermarket car-care products (e.g., fuel injection cleaners, tire shines and polishes), lamp oils, charcoal lighter 
fluids, camping fuel and various aerosol products; and

•  automotive goods such as motor oils, greases, transmission fluid and tires.

We have the capability to ship our specialty products worldwide. In the U.S., we ship our specialty products via railcars, 
trucks and barges. We use our fleet of approximately 2,700 leased railcars to ship our specialty products and a majority of our 
specialty products sales are shipped in trucks owned and operated by several different third-party carriers. For shipments outside 
of North America, which accounted for less than 10% of our consolidated sales in 2016, we ship via railcars and trucks to several 
ports where the product is loaded onto vessels for shipment to customers abroad.

Fuel Products. The fuel products market represents a large portion of the overall petroleum refining industry in the U.S. Of 
the nearly 140 refineries currently in operation in the U.S., a large number of the refineries are fuel products producers; however, 
only a few compete with us in our local markets. 

Gulf Coast Market (PADD 3)

Fuel products produced at our Shreveport refinery can be sold locally or to the Midwest region of the U.S. through the 
TEPPCO pipeline. Local sales are made from the TEPPCO terminal in Bossier City, Louisiana, located approximately 15 miles 
from the Shreveport refinery, as well as from our own Shreveport refinery terminal.

Gasoline, diesel and jet fuel from the Shreveport refinery is sold primarily into the Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas markets, 
and any excess volumes are sold to marketers further up the TEPPCO pipeline. Should the appropriate market conditions arise, 
we have the capability to redirect and sell additional volumes into the Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas markets rather than transport 
them to the Midwest region via the TEPPCO pipeline.

The Shreveport refinery has the capacity to produce about 9,000 bpd of commercial jet fuel that can be marketed to the U.S. 
Department of Defense, sold as Jet-A locally or sold via the TEPPCO pipeline, or occasionally transferred to the Cotton Valley 
refinery to be processed further as a feedstock to produce solvents. We have a sales contract with the U.S. Department of Defense 
for approximately 2,200 bpd of jet fuel. This contract is effective until March 2018 and is bid annually.

Fuel products produced at our San Antonio refinery are sold locally in Texas. Additionally, the San Antonio refinery produces 
commercial and specialty jet fuel that can be marketed to the U.S. Department of Defense or sold locally as Jet-A fuel. We have 
a sales contract with the U.S. Department of Defense for approximately 600 bpd of jet fuel. This contract is effective until March 
2019.

Additionally, we produce a number of fuel-related products including fluid catalytic cracking (“FCC”) feedstock, vacuum 
residuals and mixed butanes. FCC feedstock is sold to other refiners as a feedstock for their FCC units to make fuel products. 
Vacuum residuals are blended or processed further to make asphalt products. Volumes of vacuum residuals which we cannot 
process are sold locally into the fuel oil market or sold via railcar to other refiners. Mixed butanes are primarily available in the 
summer months and are primarily sold to local marketers. If the mixed butanes are not sold, they are blended into our gasoline 
production.

Upper Midwest Market (PADD 2)

Fuel products produced at our Superior refinery can be sold locally, in the Upper Midwest region of the U.S. and in Canada. 
The Superior wholesale business sells fuel products produced at the Superior refinery through several Magellan pipeline terminals 
in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, North Dakota, South Dakota and Utah and through its own leased or owned product terminals 
located in Superior, Wisconsin, and Duluth, Minnesota. The Superior wholesale business also sells gasoline wholesale to Calumet 
branded gas stations throughout the Upper Midwest, which are owned and operated by independent franchisees.

17

Table of Contents

Northwest Market (PADD 4)

Fuel products produced at our Great Falls refinery can be sold locally and in Missouri, Oklahoma, Texas, Arizona, North 
Dakota,  South  Dakota,  Idaho,  Oregon,  Utah, Wyoming,  Nevada,  California  and  Canada.  Seasonally,  the  Great  Falls  refinery 
transports fuel products to terminals in Washington.

We have a sales contract with the U.S. Department of Defense for approximately 150 bpd of jet fuel. This contract is effective 

until September 2017.

Oilfield Services. We sell oilfield products and services in the Bakken, Barnett, Eagle Ford, Fayetteville, Granite Wash, 

Haynesville, Marcellus, Niobrara, Permian, Piceance, Uinta and Utica shale formations.

Customers

Specialty Products. We have a diverse customer base for our specialty products, with approximately 3,700 active accounts. 
Many of our customers are long-term customers who use our products in specialty applications, after an approval process ranging 
from six months to two years. No single customer in our specialty products segment accounted for 10% or greater of consolidated 
sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Fuel Products. We have a diverse customer base for our fuel products, with approximately 500 active accounts. Our diverse 
customer base includes wholesale distributors and retail chains. We are able to sell the majority of the fuel products we produce 
at the Shreveport refinery to the local markets of Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas. We also have the ability to ship additional fuel 
products from the Shreveport refinery to the Midwest region through the TEPPCO pipeline should the need arise. Additionally, 
we are able to sell the majority of the fuel products we produce at the Superior refinery to local markets in Minnesota and Wisconsin. 
We also have the ability to ship additional fuel products from the Superior refinery to the Upper Midwest region through the 
Magellan pipeline. The majority of our fuel products produced at our Great Falls refinery are sold to local markets in Montana 
and Idaho as well as in Canada. Fuel products produced at our San Antonio refinery are sold to local markets in Texas. No single 
customer in our fuel products segment represented 10% or greater of consolidated sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014.

Oilfield Services. We have a diversified, established and unique customer base for our oilfield services, with approximately 
200 active accounts. Our customers are companies operating in the domestic oil and gas exploration and production industry. No 
single customer in our oilfield services segment accounted for 10% or greater of consolidated sales in each of the three years ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Competition

Competition in our markets is from a combination of large, integrated petroleum companies, independent refiners, wax 
production companies and oilfield services companies. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than us and are engaged 
on a national or international basis in many segments of the petroleum products business, including exploration and production, 
refining, transportation and marketing. These competitors may have greater flexibility in responding to or absorbing market changes 
occurring in one or more of these business segments. We distinguish our competitors according to the products that they produce. 
Set forth below is a description of our significant competitors according to product category.

Naphthenic Lubricating Oils. Our primary competitors in producing naphthenic lubricating oils include Ergon Refining, 

Inc., Cross Oil Refining and Marketing, Inc., San Joaquin Refining Co., Inc. and Martin Midstream Partners L.P.

Paraffinic  Lubricating  Oils. Our  primary  competitors  in  producing  paraffinic  lubricating  oils  include  ExxonMobil 
Corporation, Motiva Enterprises, LLC, Phillips 66, Petro-Canada, HollyFrontier Corporation, Chevron Corporation, Sonneborn 
Refined Products and Royal Dutch Shell plc.

Paraffin Waxes. Our primary competitors in producing paraffin waxes include ExxonMobil, HollyFrontier Corporation, The 

International Group Inc. and Sonneborn Refined Products.

Solvents. Our primary competitors in producing solvents include CITGO Petroleum Corporation, ExxonMobil Chemical, 

Phillips 66 and Royal Dutch Shell plc.

Polyolester-Based Specialty Products. Our primary competitors in producing polyolester-based specialty products include 

Chemtura Corporation, BASF Corporation and JX Nippon Oil and Energy.

Packaged  and  Synthetic  Specialty  Products.  Our  primary  competitors  in  retail  and  commercial  packaged  and  synthetic 
specialty products include ExxonMobil (Mobil 1), Valvoline, Inc. and BP Lubricants USA (Castrol). Our primary competitors in 
industrial packaged and synthetic specialty products include ExxonMobil Corporation, Royal Dutch Shell plc and Chevron.

18

Table of Contents

Fuel Products and By-Products. Our primary competitors in producing fuel products in the local markets in which we operate 
include Delek US Holdings, Flint Hills Resources, Northern Tier Energy LP, ExxonMobil, Valero Energy Corporation, Phillips 
66, Cenex, Alon USA and Marathon Petroleum Corporation. 

Oilfield  Services.  Our  primary  competitors  in  servicing  oilfields  in  the  local  markets  in  which  we  operate  include 

Schlumberger, Halliburton, Newpark Resources and other regional competition. 

Our ability to compete effectively depends on our responsiveness to customer needs and our ability to maintain competitive 
prices and product and service offerings. We believe that our flexibility and customer responsiveness differentiate us from many 
of our larger competitors. However, it is possible that new or existing competitors could enter the markets in which we operate, 
which could negatively affect our financial performance.

Governmental Regulation

From time to time, we are a party to certain claims and litigation incidental to our business, including claims made by various 
taxation and regulatory authorities, such as the EPA, various state environmental regulatory bodies, the Internal Revenue Service 
(“IRS”), various state and local departments of revenue and the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), 
as the result of audits or reviews of our business. In addition, we have property, business interruption, general liability and various 
other insurance policies that may result in certain losses or expenditures being reimbursed to us.

Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Matters

Environmental

We conduct crude oil and specialty hydrocarbon refining, blending and terminal operations in addition to providing oilfield 
services and products, which activities are subject to stringent federal, state, regional and local laws and regulations governing 
worker health and safety, the discharge of materials into the environment and environmental protection. These laws and regulations 
impose obligations that are applicable to our operations, such as requiring the acquisition of permits to conduct regulated activities, 
restricting the manner in which we may release materials into the environment, requiring remedial activities or capital expenditures 
to mitigate pollution from former or current operations, requiring the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing 
worker protection and imposing substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. Failure to comply with these 
laws and regulations may result in the assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties; the imposition 
of investigatory, remedial or corrective action obligations or the corresponding incurrence of capital expenditures; the occurrence 
of delays in the permitting, development or expansion of projects; and the issuance of injunctive relief limiting or prohibiting our 
activities in a particular area. Moreover, certain of these laws impose joint and several, strict liability for costs required to remediate 
and restore sites where petroleum hydrocarbons, wastes or other materials have been disposed of or released. In addition, new 
laws  and  regulations,  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws  and  regulations,  increased  governmental  enforcement  or  other 
developments could significantly increase our operational or compliance expenditures, as discussed below in more detail.

Remediation of subsurface contamination is in process at certain of our refinery sites and is being overseen by the appropriate 
state agencies. Based on current investigative and remedial activities, we believe that the soil and groundwater contamination at 
these refineries can be controlled or remedied without having a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, such 
costs are often unpredictable and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the future costs will not become material.

San Antonio Refinery

In  connection  with  the  San Antonio Acquisition,  we  agreed  to  indemnify  NuStar  for  an  unlimited  term  and  without 
consideration of a monetary deductible or cap from any environmental liabilities associated with the San Antonio refinery, except 
for any governmental penalties or fines that may result from NuStar’s actions or inactions during NuStar’s 20-month period of 
ownership of the San Antonio refinery. Anadarko Petroleum Corporation (“Anadarko”) and Age Refining, Inc. (“Age Refining”), 
a third party that has since entered bankruptcy, are subject to a 1995 Agreed Order from the Texas Natural Resource Conservation 
Commission, now known as the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, pursuant to which Anadarko and Age Refining are 
obligated to assess and remediate certain contamination at the San Antonio refinery that predates our acquisition of the facility. 
We do not expect this pre-existing contamination at the San Antonio refinery to have a material adverse effect on our financial 
position or results of operations.

Great Falls Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery from Connacher Oil and Gas Limited (“Connacher”), we became 
a party to an existing 2002 Refinery Initiative Consent Decree (the “Great Falls Consent Decree”) with the EPA and the Montana 
Department of Environmental Quality (the “MDEQ”). The material obligations imposed by the Great Falls Consent Decree have 
been completed. On September 27, 2012, Montana Refining Company, Inc., received a final Corrective Action Order on Consent, 
replacing the refinery’s previously held hazardous waste permit. This Corrective Action Order on Consent governs the investigation 
and remediation of contamination at the Great Falls refinery. We believe the majority of damages related to such contamination 

19

Table of Contents

at the Great Falls refinery are covered by a contractual indemnity provided by HollyFrontier Corporation (“Holly”), the owner 
and operator of the Great Falls refinery prior to its acquisition by Connacher, under an asset purchase agreement between Holly 
and Connacher, pursuant to which Connacher acquired the Great Falls refinery. Under this asset purchase agreement, Holly agreed 
to  indemnify  Connacher  and  Montana  Refining  Company,  Inc.,  subject  to  timely  notification,  certain  conditions  and  certain 
monetary baskets and caps, for environmental conditions arising under Holly’s ownership and operation of the Great Falls refinery 
and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher. During 2014, Holly provided us a notice challenging our position that Holly is 
obligated to indemnify our remediation expenses for environmental conditions to the extent arising under Holly’s ownership and 
operation of the refinery and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher, which expenses totaled approximately $18.7 million as 
of December 31, 2016, of which $14.6 million was capitalized into the cost of our recently completed expansion project and $4.1 
million was expensed. We continue to believe that Holly is responsible to indemnify us for these remediation expenses disputed 
by Holly, and on September 22, 2015, we initiated a lawsuit against Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls refinery that were party 
to the asset purchase agreement. On November 24, 2015, Holly and such sellers filed a motion to dismiss the case pending arbitration. 
On February 10, 2016, the court ordered that all of the claims be addressed in arbitration. Arbitration is scheduled for early 2018. 
In the event we are unsuccessful in our legal dispute with Holly, we will be responsible for those remediation expenses. We expect 
that we may incur some costs to remediate other environmental conditions at the Great Falls refinery; however, we believe at this 
time that these other costs we may incur will not be material to our financial position or results of operations.

Superior Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the Superior refinery, we became a party to an existing Refinery Initiative Consent 
Decree (“Superior Consent Decree”) with the EPA and the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (“WDNR”) that applies, 
in part, to our Superior refinery. Under the Superior Consent Decree, we must complete certain reductions in air emissions at the 
Superior refinery as well as report upon certain emissions from the refinery to the EPA and the WDNR. We estimate costs of up 
to $5.0 million, as of December 31, 2016, to make known equipment upgrades and conduct other discrete tasks in compliance 
with the Superior Consent Decree. Failure to perform these required tasks under the Superior Consent Decree could result in the 
imposition of stipulated penalties, which could be material. We are currently assessing certain past actions at the refinery for 
compliance with the terms of the Superior Consent Decree, which actions may be subject to stipulated penalties under the Superior 
Consent Decree but, in any event, we do not currently believe that the imposition of such penalties for those actions, should they 
be imposed, would be material. In addition, we are pursuing certain additional environmental and safety-related projects at the 
Superior refinery. Completion of these additional projects will result in us incurring costs, which could be substantial. During 
2016, we incurred less than $0.1 million for costs related to installing process equipment at the Superior refinery pursuant to the 
EPA fuel content regulations.

In June 2012, the EPA issued a Finding of Violation/Notice of Violation to the Superior refinery, which included a proposed 
penalty amount of $0.1 million. This finding is in response to information that we provided to the EPA in response to an information 
request. The EPA alleges that the efficiency of the flares at the Superior refinery is lower than regulatory requirements. We are 
contesting the allegations and are in settlement discussions with the EPA to resolve this issue. We have not yet received formal 
action from the EPA. We do not believe that the resolution of these allegations will have a material adverse effect on our financial 
position or results of operations.

We are contractually indemnified by Murphy Oil Corporation (“Murphy Oil”) under an asset purchase agreement between  
Murphy Oil and us for specified environmental liabilities arising from the operation of the Superior refinery including: (i) certain 
obligations arising out of the Superior Consent Decree (including payment of a civil penalty required under the Superior Consent 
Decree), (ii) certain liabilities arising in connection with Murphy Oil’s transport of certain wastes and other materials to specified 
offsite real properties for disposal or recycling prior to the Superior Acquisition and (iii) certain liabilities for certain third party 
actions, suits or proceedings alleging exposure, prior to the Superior Acquisition, of an individual to wastes or other materials at 
the specified on-site real property, which wastes or other materials were spilled, released, emitted or otherwise discharged by 
Murphy Oil. We believe contractual indemnity by Murphy Oil for such specified environmental liabilities is unlimited in duration 
and not subject to any monetary deductibles or maximums. The amount of any damages payable by Murphy Oil pursuant to the 
contractual indemnities under the asset purchase agreement are net of any amount recoverable under an environmental insurance 
policy that we obtained in connection with the Superior Acquisition, which named Murphy Oil and us as insureds and covers 
environmental conditions existing at the Superior refinery prior to the Superior Acquisition. 

Shreveport, Cotton Valley and Princeton Refineries

On December 23, 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality 
(“LDEQ”) under LDEQ’s “Small Refinery and Single Site Refinery Initiative,” covering the Shreveport, Princeton and Cotton 
Valley refineries. This settlement agreement became effective on January 31, 2012. The settlement agreement, termed the “Global 
Settlement,” resolved alleged violations of the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA”), and federal Clean Water Act regulations 
that  arose  prior  to  December  23,  2010. Among  other  things,  we  agreed  to  complete  beneficial  environmental  programs  and 
implement emissions reduction projects at our Shreveport, Cotton Valley and Princeton refineries on an agreed-upon schedule. 

20

Table of Contents

During 2016 and 2015, we incurred approximately $2.4 million and $6.8 million, respectively. The Global Settlement is substantially 
complete and any remaining capital investment requirements will be incorporated into our annual capital expenditures budget, 
and we do not expect any additional capital expenditures included in the Global Settlement to have a material adverse effect on 
our financial position or results of operations. 

We are contractually indemnified by Shell Oil Company (“Shell”), as successor to Pennzoil-Quaker State Company, and 
Atlas Processing Company, under an asset purchase agreement between Shell and us, for specified environmental liabilities arising 
from the operations of the Shreveport refinery prior to our acquisition of the facility. We believe the contractual indemnity is 
unlimited in amount and duration, but requires us to contribute $1.0 million of the first $5.0 million of indemnified costs for certain 
of the specified environmental liabilities.

Bel-Ray Facility

Bel-Ray executed an Administrative Consent Order (“ACO”) with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, 
effective January 4, 1994, which required investigation and remediation of contamination at or emanating from the Bel-Ray facility. 
In 2000, Bel-Ray entered into a fixed price remediation contract with Weston Solutions (“Weston”), a large remediation contractor, 
whereby Weston agreed to be fully liable for the remediation of the soil and groundwater issues at the facility, including an offsite 
groundwater plume pursuant to the ACO (“Weston Agreement”). The Weston Agreement set up a trust fund to reimburse Weston, 
administered by Bel-Ray’s environmental counsel. As of December 31, 2016, the trust fund contained approximately $0.5 million. 
In addition, Weston has remediation cost containment insurance, should Weston be unable to complete the work required under 
the Weston Agreement. In connection with the Bel-Ray Acquisition, we became a party to the Weston Agreement. 

Weston has been addressing the environmental issues at the Bel-Ray facility over time, and the next phase will address the 

groundwater issues, which extend offsite. 

Air Emissions

Our operations are subject to the federal CAA, and comparable state and local laws. The CAA Amendments of 1990 require 
most industrial operations in the U.S. to incur capital expenditures to meet the air emission control standards that are developed 
and implemented by the EPA and state environmental agencies. Under the CAA, facilities that emit regulated air pollutants are 
subject to stringent regulations, including requirements to install various levels of control technology on sources of pollutants. In 
addition, in recent years, the petroleum refining sector has become subject to stringent federal regulations that impose maximum 
achievable control technology (“MACT”) on refinery equipment emitting certain listed hazardous air pollutants. Some of our 
facilities have been included within the categories of sources regulated by MACT rules. Our refining and terminal operations that 
emit regulated air pollutants are also subject to air emissions permitting requirements that incorporate stringent control technology 
requirements for which we may incur significant capital expenditures. Any renewal of those air emissions permits or a need to 
modify existing or obtain new air emissions permits has the potential to delay the development of our projects. We can provide 
no assurance that future compliance with existing or any new laws, regulations or permit requirements will not have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations. For example, on October 1, 2015, the EPA issued a final 
rule under the CAA that became effective on December 28, 2015, lowering the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (“NAAQS”) 
for ground-level ozone to 70 parts per billion under both the primary and secondary standards to provide requisite protection of 
public health and welfare, respectively. The EPA is required to make attainment and non-attainment designations for specific 
geographic locations under the review standards by October 1, 2017. With the EPA lowering the ground-level ozone standard, 
states may be required to implement more stringent regulations, which could apply to our operations. Also, in December 2015, 
the EPA published a final rule that amends three refinery standards already in effect, imposing additional or, in some cases, new 
emission control requirements on subject refineries. The final rule requires, among other things, the monitoring of air concentrations 
of benzene around the refinery fence line perimeter and submittal of the fence line monitoring data to the EPA on a quarterly basis; 
upgraded emissions controls for storage tanks, including controls for smaller capacity storage vessels and storage vessels storing 
materials with lower vapor pressures than previously regulated; enhanced performance requirements for flares including the use 
of a minimum of three pollution prevention measures, continuous monitoring of flares and pressure release devices and analysis 
and remedy of flare release events; and compliance with emissions standards for delayed coking units. These final rules and any 
other future air emissions rulemakings could impact us by requiring installation of new emission controls on some of our equipment, 
resulting in longer permitting timelines, and significantly increasing our capital expenditures and operating costs, which could 
adversely impact our business.

From time to time the CAA authorizes the EPA to require modifications in the formulation of the refined transportation fuel 
products we manufacture in order to limit the emissions associated with the fuel product’s final use. For example, in February 
2000, the EPA published regulations limiting the sulfur content allowed in gasoline. These regulations, referred to as “Tier 2 
Standards,” required the phase-in of gasoline sulfur standards beginning in 2004, with special provisions for small refiners and 
for refiners serving those western U.S. states exhibiting lesser air quality problems. Similarly, the EPA published regulations that 
limit the sulfur content of highway diesel beginning in 2006 from its former level of 500 parts per million (“ppm”) to 15 ppm (the 
“ultra-low sulfur standard”). Our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries have implemented the sulfur standard 

21

Table of Contents

with respect to produced gasoline and produced diesel meeting the ultra-low sulfur standard. In April 2014, the EPA published 
more stringent sulfur standards, referred to as “Tier 3 Standards,” including requiring that motor gasoline will not contain more 
than 10 ppm of sulfur on an annual average basis by January 1, 2017, except in those instances where refineries receive a “small 
refinery” exemption, in which event the deadline is extended to January 1, 2020. Our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls and San 
Antonio refineries received small refinery exemptions and, thus will implement the 10 ppm sulfur standard with respect to produced 
gasoline by January 1, 2020. In addition, we are required to meet the MSAT II Standards adopted by the EPA to reduce the benzene 
content of motor gasoline produced at our facilities and have completed capital projects at our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls 
and San Antonio refineries to comply with those fuel quality requirements.

The EPA has issued Renewable Fuel Standard (“RFS”) mandates, requiring refiners such as us to blend renewable fuels into 
the petroleum fuels they produce and sell in the U.S. We, and other refiners subject to RFS, may meet the RFS requirements by 
blending the necessary volumes of renewable transportation fuels produced by us or purchased from third parties. To the extent 
that refiners will not or cannot blend renewable fuels into the products they produce in the quantities required to satisfy their 
obligations under the RFS program, those refiners must purchase renewable credits, referred to as RINs, to maintain compliance. 
To the extent that we exceed the minimum volumetric requirements for blending of renewable transportation fuels, we generate 
our own RINs for which we have the option of retaining the RINs for current or future RFS compliance or selling those RINs on 
the open market.

Under the RFS program, the volume of renewable fuels that obligated parties are required to blend into their finished petroleum 
fuels increases annually over time until 2022. Our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries are normally subject 
to compliance with the RFS mandates. However, the RFS program further provides for a small refinery to be granted a temporary 
exemption from its annual mandated volume of renewable fuels if such refinery can demonstrate that compliance with those 
mandated volumes would cause the refinery to suffer disproportionate economic hardship. The EPA granted certain of our refineries 
a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 calendar years. Under these exemptions granted 
by the EPA, such refineries are not subject to the requirements of RFS as an “obligated party” for fuels produced at these refineries 
for the calendar years of 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

On November 30, 2015, the EPA issued final multi-year volume mandates for 2014 to 2016 under RFS. While these volume 
mandates are generally lower than the statutory mandates, they represent a slight increase over the volumes initially proposed by 
the EPA for this three-year period and such volume mandates could be increased in the future. We have received a small refinery 
exemption for certain of our refineries for the full year 2016 and have applied for the small refinery exemption at selected other 
refineries for the full year 2016 and are in the process of an assessment to determine which of our fuels refineries potentially could 
be eligible for economic hardship exemptions for the 2017 calendar year. While we received a small refinery exemption for certain 
of our refineries for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, there is no assurance that such an exemption will be obtained for any of our 
refineries for the 2016 year or in future years, which would result in the need for more RINs for the applicable calendar year. Our 
gross 2016 annual RINs obligation, which includes RINs that were required to be secured through either our own blending or 
through the purchase of RINs in the open market, was 112 million RINs for the 2016 calendar year.

On October 13, 2010, the EPA raised the maximum amount of ethanol content allowed under federal law from 10% to 15% 
for cars and light trucks manufactured since 2007, and on January 21, 2011, EPA extended the maximum allowable ethanol content 
of 15% to apply to cars and light trucks manufactured between 2001 and 2006. The maximum amount allowed under federal law 
currently remains at 10% ethanol for all other vehicles. EPA required that fuel and fuel additive manufacturers take certain steps 
before introducing gasoline containing 15% ethanol (“E15”) into the market, including developing and obtaining EPA approval 
of a plan to minimize the potential for E15 to be used in vehicles and engines not covered by the partial waiver. EPA has taken 
several recent actions to authorize the introduction of E15 into the market, including approving, on June 15, 2012, the first plans 
to minimize the potential for E15 to be used in vehicles and engines not covered by the partial waiver, followed by approving, on 
February 7, 2013, a new blender pump configuration for general use by retail stations that wish to dispense E15 and gasoline 
containing 10% ethanol (“E10”) from a common hose and nozzle. Existing laws and regulations could change, and the minimum 
volumes of renewable fuels that must be blended with refined petroleum fuels may increase. Because we do not produce renewable 
transportation fuels at all of our refineries, increasing the volume of renewable fuels that must be blended into our products displaces 
an increasing volume of our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries’ fuel products pool, potentially resulting 
in lower earnings and materially adversely affecting our ability to make payments of our debt obligations.

Climate Change

Climate change continues to attract considerable public and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals have been 
made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state levels of government to monitor and 
limit emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHG”). These efforts have included consideration of cap-and-trade programs, carbon taxes, 
GHG reporting and tracking programs and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. 

At the federal level, no comprehensive climate change legislation has been implemented to date but a number of states or 
grouping of states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHG, primarily through the planned development of 

22

Table of Contents

GHG emission inventories and/or GHG cap-and-trade programs. Additionally, the EPA has adopted regulations under existing 
provisions of the federal CAA that, among other things, establish Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) construction 
and Title V operating permit program requiring reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources that are also 
potential major sources of criteria pollutant emissions. Facilities required to obtain PSD permits for their GHG emissions will also 
be required to meet “best available control technology” standards. Moreover, on December 23, 2010, the EPA entered a settlement 
agreement with environmental groups requiring the agency to propose by December 10, 2011, GHG New Source Performance 
Standards (“NSPS”) for refineries and to finalize these rules by November 15, 2012. To date, the EPA has not completed those 
rulemakings, and we do not know when they will be completed. In addition, the EPA has adopted rules requiring the monitoring 
and reporting of GHG emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the U.S., including petroleum refineries, on an 
annual basis. We monitor for and report upon GHG emissions at our facilities, where required. These EPA policies and rulemakings 
or any new administrative legal requirements could adversely affect our operations and restrict or delay our ability to obtain air 
permits for new or modified facilities.

On an international level, in December 2015, the U.S. joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the 
Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France that requires member countries to review 
and “represent a progression” in their intended nationally determined contributions, which set GHG emission reduction goals every 
five years beginning in 2020. Although this agreement does not create any binding obligations for nations to limit their GHG 
emissions, it does include pledges to voluntarily limit or reduce future emissions. The adoption of any legislation or regulations 
that requires reporting of GHG or otherwise limits emissions of GHG from our equipment and operations could require us to incur 
costs to reduce emissions of GHG associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the refined petroleum 
products that we produce. For example, in June 2016, the EPA published new source performance standards (“NSPS”), known as 
Subpart Quad OOOOa, that require certain new, modified or reconstructed facilities in the oil and natural gas sector to reduce 
these methane gas and volatile organic compound emissions. These Subpart OOOOa standards will expand previously issued 
NSPS published by the EPA in 2012 and known as Subpart OOOO, by using certain equipment-specific emissions control practices. 
Moreover, in November 2016, the EPA issued a final Information Collection Request (“ICR”) seeking information about methane 
emissions from facilities and operators in the oil and natural gas industry that could be used in developing standards for existing 
sources  in  the  oil  and  natural  gas  industry.  Finally,  it  should  be  noted  that  some  scientists  have  concluded  that  increasing 
concentrations of GHG in the earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as 
increased frequency and severity of storms, floods and other climatic events; if any such effects were to occur, they could have an 
adverse effect on our operations.

Hazardous Substances and Wastes

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended (“CERCLA”), also known as 
the “Superfund” law, and comparable state laws impose liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on 
certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. Such 
classes  of  persons  include  the  current  and  past  owners  and  operators  of  sites  where  a  hazardous  substance  was  released  and 
companies that disposed or arranged for disposal of hazardous substances at offsite locations, such as landfills. Under CERCLA, 
these “responsible persons” may be subject to joint and several, strict liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances 
that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. It is not 
uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly 
caused by the release of hazardous substances into the environment. In the course of our operations, we generate wastes or handle 
substances that may be regulated as hazardous substances, and we could become subject to liability under CERCLA and comparable 
state laws.

We also may incur liability under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”), and comparable 
state laws, which impose requirements related to the handling, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous 
wastes. In the course of our operations, we generate petroleum product wastes and ordinary industrial wastes that may be regulated 
as hazardous wastes. In addition, our operations also generate non-hazardous solid wastes, which are regulated under RCRA and 
state laws. Historically, our environmental compliance costs under the existing requirements of RCRA and similar state and local 
laws have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations, and the cost involved in complying with these requirements 
is not material.

We currently own or operate, and have in the past owned or operated, properties that for many years have been used for 
refining and terminal activities. These properties have in the past been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or 
release of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes were not under our control. Although we used operating and disposal practices that 
were standard in the industry at the time, petroleum hydrocarbons or wastes have been released on or under the properties owned 
or operated by us. These properties and the materials disposed or  released on  them may be subject  to CERCLA, RCRA and 
analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes or property 
contamination or to perform remedial activities to prevent future contamination.

23

Table of Contents

In  addition,  new  laws  and  regulations,  new  interpretations  of  existing  laws  and  regulations,  increased  governmental 
enforcement or other developments could require us to make additional unforeseen expenditures. Many of these laws and regulations 
are becoming increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these requirements can be expected to increase over time. 
For example, in 2012, the EPA published final amendments to the NSPS for petroleum refineries, including standards for emissions 
of nitrogen oxides from process heaters and work practice standards and monitoring requirements for flares. 

Remediation of subsurface contamination is in process at certain of our refinery sites and is being overseen by the appropriate 
state agencies. Based on current investigative and remedial activities, we believe that the soil and groundwater contamination at 
these refineries can be controlled or remedied without having a material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, such 
costs are often unpredictable and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the future costs will not become material. 

Water Discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended, also known as the federal Clean Water Act, and analogous 
state laws impose restrictions and stringent controls on the discharge of pollutants, including oil, into federal and state waters. 
Such discharges are prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or the appropriate state agencies. 
Any unpermitted release of pollutants, including crude oil or hydrocarbon specialty oils as well as refined products, could result 
in penalties, as well as significant remedial obligations. Spill prevention, control, and countermeasure requirements of federal laws 
require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters in the event 
of a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture, or leak. The EPA retains jurisdiction over federal waters of the U.S. pursuant to 
the Clean Water Act and published a final rule in June 2015, that attempted to clarify this jurisdiction over such waters of the U.S.; 
however,  this  rule  is  alleged  to  have  impermissibly  broadened  such  jurisdiction  and  thus  the  rule  is  subject  to  various  legal 
impediments, including formalized opposition, lawsuits and/or court stays. Historically, our environmental compliance costs under 
the existing requirements of the federal Clean Water Act and similar state laws have not had a material adverse effect on our results 
of operations.

The primary federal law for oil spill liability is the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended (“OPA”), which addresses three 
principal areas of oil pollution — prevention, containment and cleanup. OPA applies to vessels, offshore facilities and onshore 
facilities, including refineries, terminals and associated facilities that may affect waters of the U.S. Under OPA, responsible parties, 
including owners and operators of onshore facilities, may be subject to oil cleanup costs and natural resource damages as well as 
a variety of public and private damages from oil spills. Our past environmental compliance with OPA and similar state laws have 
not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Occupational Health and Safety

We are subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety, including OSHA and comparable 
state laws. These laws and regulations strictly govern the protection of the health and safety of employees. In addition, OSHA’s 
hazard  communication  standard  requires  that  information  be  maintained  about  hazardous  materials  used  or  produced  in  our 
operations and that this information be provided to employees, contractors, state and local government authorities and customers. 
We maintain safety and training programs as part of our ongoing efforts to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. 
We conduct periodic audits of Process Safety Management (“PSM”) systems at each of our locations subject to the PSM standard. 
Our  compliance  with  applicable  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations  has  required,  and  continues  to  require,  substantial 
expenditures. Changes in occupational safety and health laws and regulations or a finding of non-compliance with current laws 
and regulations could result in additional capital expenditures or operating expenses, as well as civil penalties and, in the event of 
a serious injury or fatality, criminal charges.

In the first quarter of 2011, OSHA conducted an inspection of the Cotton Valley refinery’s PSM program. On March 14, 
2011, OSHA issued a Citation and Notification of Penalty (the “Cotton Valley Citation”) to us as a result of our Cotton Valley 
inspection, which included a proposed penalty amount of $0.2 million. We have contested the Cotton Valley Citation and have 
reached a tentative settlement with OSHA on the matter, which we do not believe will have a material adverse effect on our financial 
position or results of operations. 

Other Environmental and Maintenance Items

We perform preventive and normal maintenance on most, if not all, of our refining and terminal assets and make repairs and 

replacements when necessary or appropriate. We also conduct inspections of these assets as required by law or regulation.

Insurance

Our operations are subject to certain hazards of operations, including fire, explosion and weather-related perils. We maintain 
insurance policies, including business interruption insurance for each of our facilities, with insurers in amounts and with coverage 
and deductibles that we, with the advice of our insurance advisors and brokers, believe are reasonable and prudent. We cannot, 
however, ensure that this insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material expenses related to potential future claims for 
personal and property damage or that these levels of insurance will be available in the future at economical prices. We are not fully 

24

Table of Contents

insured against certain risks because such risks are not fully insurable, coverage is unavailable, or premium costs, in our judgment, 
do not justify such expenditures.

Seasonality

The operating results for the fuel products segment, including the selling prices of asphalt products we produce, generally 
follow seasonal demand trends. Asphalt demand is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year, as compared to the 
second and third quarters, due to the seasonality of the road construction and roofing industries we supply. Demand for gasoline 
and diesel is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway 
traffic. In addition, our natural gas costs can be higher during the winter months, as demand for natural gas as a heating fuel 
increases during the winter. As a result, our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for 
the second and third calendar quarters of each year due to seasonality related to these and other products that we produce and sell.

The operating results for the oilfield services segment follow seasonal changes in weather and significant weather events 
can temporarily affect the performance and delivery of our oilfield services and products. The severity and duration of the winter 
can have a significant impact on drilling activity. Additionally, customer spending patterns for other oilfield services and products 
can result in lower activity in the fourth quarter. 

Properties

We own and lease the principal properties which are listed below. The principal properties which we own, among others not 
listed below, are pledged as collateral under our Collateral Trust Agreement as discussed in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities.” 
We believe that all properties are suitable for their intended purpose, are being efficiently utilized and provide adequate capacity 
to meet demand for the next several years.

Property
Shreveport refinery

Superior refinery

Great Falls refinery
San Antonio refinery
Princeton refinery
Cotton Valley refinery
Burnham terminal
Karns City facility
Dickinson facility
Rhinelander terminal
Crookston terminal
Missouri facility
Calumet Packaging facility
Royal Purple facility
Bel-Ray facility
Elmendorf terminal
Duluth terminal

Business Segment(s)
Fuels and Specialty

Fuels
Fuels
Fuels and Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Fuels
Fuels
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Specialty
Fuels
Fuels

Acres
240

Owned / Leased
Owned

Location
Shreveport, Louisiana

675
86
32
208
77
11
225
28
18
19
22
10
28
32
8
49

Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased
Owned
Owned
Owned
Owned

Superior, Wisconsin
Great Falls, Montana
San Antonio, Texas
Princeton, Louisiana
Cotton Valley, Louisiana
Burnham, Illinois
Karns City, Pennsylvania
Dickinson, Texas
Rhinelander, Wisconsin
Crookston, Minnesota
Louisiana, Missouri
Shreveport, Louisiana
Porter, Texas
Wall Township, New Jersey
Elmendorf, Texas
Proctor, Minnesota

In addition to the items listed above, we lease or own a number of storage tanks, railcars, warehouses, equipment, land, crude 

oil loading facilities and precious metals.

Intellectual Property

Our patents relating to our refining operations are not material to us as a whole. Our products consist of composition patents 
which are integral to the formulas of our products. We own, have registered or applied for registration of a variety of tradenames, 
service marks and trademarks for us in our business. The trademarks, tradenames and design marks under which we conduct our 
branded business (including Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, TruFuel and Quantum) and other trademarks employed in the marketing of 
our products are integral to our marketing operations. We also license intellectual property rights from third parties. We are not 
aware of any facts as of the date of this filing which would negatively impact our continuing use of our tradenames, service marks 
or trademarks.

25

Table of Contents

Office Facilities

In addition to our principal properties discussed above, as of December 31, 2016, we were a party to a number of cancelable 
and noncancelable leases for certain properties, including our corporate headquarters in Indianapolis, Indiana, and administrative 
offices in Houston, Texas. The corporate headquarters lease is for 58,501 square feet of office space. The lease term expires in 
August 2024. The Houston facility lease is for 24,025 square feet of office space. The lease term expires in August 2022. See Note 
6 “Commitments and Contingencies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” of this Annual Report for additional information regarding our leases.

While we may require additional office space as our business expands, we believe that our existing facilities are adequate 
to meet our needs for the immediate future and that additional facilities will be available on commercially reasonable terms as 
needed.

Employees

As of March 6, 2017, our general partner employs approximately 2,000 people who provide direct support to our operations. 

Of these employees, approximately 600 are covered by collective bargaining agreements. 

Employees at the following locations are covered by the following separate collective bargaining agreements:

Facility/ Refinery

Superior
Cotton Valley

Princeton

Dickinson

Shreveport

Missouri

Karns City

Great Falls

Union

International Union of Operating Engineers
International Union of Operating Engineers

International Union of Operating Engineers

International Union of Operating Engineers

United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied-
Industrial and Service Workers International Union

United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied-
Industrial and Service Workers International Union

United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy Allied-
Industrial and Service Workers International Union

United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy Allied-
Industrial and Service Workers International Union

Expiration Date

July 1, 2021
March 31, 2019

October 31, 2017

March 31, 2019

April 30, 2019

April 30, 2019

January 31, 2019

January 31, 2019

None of the employees at the San Antonio refinery, Calumet Packaging facility, Royal Purple facility, Bel-Ray facility, 
Anchor or SOS locations or at the Burnham, Rhinelander, Crookston, Duluth or Elmendorf terminals are covered by collective 
bargaining agreements. Our general partner considers its employee relations to be good, with no history of work stoppages.

Address, Internet Website and Availability of Public Filings

Our principal executive offices are located at 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214 

and our telephone number is (317) 328-5660. Our website is located at http://www.calumetspecialty.com.

Our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable 
after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC. We make available, free of charge on our 
website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments 
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange Act”). These documents are located on our website at http://www.calumetspecialty.com by selecting the “Investor 
Relations” link and then selecting the “SEC Filings” link. We also make available, free of charge on our website, our Charters for 
the Audit, Compensation and Conflicts Committees, Related Party Transactions Policy and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. 
These documents are located on our website at http://www.calumetspecialty.com by selecting the “Investor Relations” link and 
then selecting the “Corporate Governance” link.

The above information is available to anyone who requests it and is free of charge either in print from our website or upon 
request by contacting Investor Relations using the contact information listed above. Information on our website is not incorporated 
into this Annual Report or our other securities filings and is not a part of them.

All reports and documents filed with the SEC are also available via the SEC website, http://www.sec.gov, or may be read 
and copied at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C., 20549. Information on the operation of the 
SEC Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

26

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Relating to our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations, following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and 

expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to pay distributions to our unitholders.

In April 2016, we announced suspension of our quarterly cash distribution to unitholders. We may not have sufficient available 
cash from operations each quarter to enable us to resume payment of a distribution to unitholders. The amount of cash we can 
distribute on our common units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which will fluctuate 
from quarter to quarter based on, among other things:

•  overall demand for specialty hydrocarbon products, fuel and other refined products;

•  overall demand for oilfield products and services;

• 

the level of foreign and domestic production of crude oil and refined products;

•  our ability to produce fuel products, specialty products and products used in oilfield services that meet our customers’ 

unique and precise specifications;

the marketing of alternative and competing products;

the extent of government regulation;

results of our hedging activities; and

• 

• 

• 

•  overall economic and local market conditions.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we have available for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are 

beyond our control, including:

• 

the level of capital expenditures we make, including those for acquisitions, if any;

•  our debt service requirements;

• 

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

•  our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;

• 

restrictions on distributions and on our ability to make working capital borrowings for distributions contained in our debt 
instruments; and

• 

the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner for the proper conduct of our business.

If we generate insufficient cash from our operations for a sustained period of time and/or forecasts demonstrate expectations 
of continued future insufficiencies, the board of directors of our general partner may determine not to reinstate our distribution to 
unitholders. Any such continued suspension or elimination in distributions may cause the trading price of our units to decline.

The amount of cash we have available for distribution to unitholders depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on 

profitability.

Unitholders should be aware that the amount of cash we have available for distribution depends primarily upon our cash 
flow, including cash flow from financial reserves and working capital borrowings, and not solely on profitability, which will be 
affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record net losses and may not 
make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our 

business.

We had approximately $2.0 billion of outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2016, and availability for borrowings 
of $360.8 million under our senior secured revolving credit facility. We continue to have the ability to incur additional debt, 
including the ability to borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $900.0 million at any time, subject to borrowing base 
limitations, under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our results of operations, business 
and financial condition, and our ability to meet our debt obligations and resume payment of distributions to our unitholders. In 
addition, our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including the following:

•  our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other 

purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

27

Table of Contents

•  covenants contained in our existing and future credit and debt arrangements will require us to meet financial tests that 
may  affect  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  and  reacting  to  changes  in  our  business,  including  possible  acquisition 
opportunities;

•  we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, reducing 
the  funds  that  would  otherwise  be  available  for  operations,  future  business  opportunities  and  payments  of  our  debt 
obligations; 

•  our ability to execute our acquisition and divestiture strategy; and

•  our debt level will make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn 

in our business or the economy generally.

Any of these factors could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations, 

business prospects and ability to satisfy our obligations under our senior notes and revolving credit facility.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, 
which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are 
beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to 
take actions such as continuing the suspension of distributions to our unitholders, reducing or delaying our business activities, 
acquisitions, investments and/or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, or seeking 
additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at 
all. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 
Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities” for additional information regarding our indebtedness.

Refining margins are volatile and recently experienced a decline, and a continued reduction in our refining margins will 
adversely affect the amount of cash we will have available for distribution to our unitholders and for payments of our debt 
obligations.

Our financial results are primarily affected by the relationship, or margin, between our specialty products prices and fuel 
products prices and the prices for crude oil and other feedstocks. The costs to acquire our feedstocks and the prices at which we 
can ultimately sell our refined products depend upon numerous factors beyond our control. When the margin between refined 
product prices and crude oil and other feedstock prices tightens, our earnings, profitability and cash flows are negatively impacted. 
Historically, refining margins have been volatile, and they are likely to continue to be volatile in the future.

A widely used benchmark in the fuel products industry to measure market values and margins is the Gulf Coast 2/1/1 crack 
spread (“Gulf Coast crack spread”), which represents the approximate gross margin resulting from refining crude oil, assuming 
that two barrels of a benchmark crude oil are converted, or cracked, into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of heating oil. The 
Gulf Coast crack spread ranged from a high of $17.14 per barrel to a low of $6.89 per barrel during 2016 and averaged $12.33 per 
barrel during 2016 compared to an average of $17.96 in 2015 and $17.13 in 2014. 

Our actual refining margins vary from the Gulf Coast crack spread due to the actual crude oil used and products produced, 
transportation costs, regional differences, and the timing of the purchase of the feedstock and sale of the refined products, but we 
use the Gulf Coast crack spread as an indicator of the volatility and general levels of fuels refining margins.

The prices at which we sell specialty products are strongly influenced by the commodity price of crude oil. If crude oil prices 
increase, our specialty products segment margins will fall unless we are able to pass through these price increases to our customers. 
Increases in selling prices for specialty products typically lag behind the rising cost of crude oil and may be difficult to implement 
quickly enough when crude oil costs increase dramatically over a short period of time. For example, in the first six months of 
2008, excluding the effects of hedges, we experienced a 31.3% increase in the cost of crude oil per barrel as compared to an 18.3% 
increase in the average sales price per barrel of our specialty products. It is possible we may not be able to pass through all or any 
portion of increased crude oil costs to our customers. In addition, we are not able to completely eliminate our commodity risk 
through our hedging activities.

  Refining margins are volatile, and we recently experienced a decline in our refining margins. There can be no assurance 
that our refining margins will improve. If our refining margins do not improve, it will adversely affect the amount of cash we have 
available for funding operations, for distributions to our unitholders and for payments of our debt obligations.

Our  hedging  activities  may  not  be  effective  in  reducing  the  volatility  of  our  cash  flows  and  may  reduce  our  earnings, 

profitability and cash flows.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the price of crude oil, fuel products, natural gas and interest rates. From time to time, we 
utilize derivative financial instruments related to the future price of crude oil, natural gas, fuel products and their relationship with 
each other with the intent of reducing volatility in our cash flows due to fluctuations in commodity prices and spreads. Historically, 
we have utilized derivative instruments related to interest rates for future periods with the intent of reducing volatility in our cash 

28

Table of Contents

flows due to fluctuations in interest rates. We are not able to enter into derivative financial instruments to reduce the volatility of 
the prices of the specialty products we sell as there is no established derivative market for such products.

The extent of our commodity price exposure is related largely to the effectiveness and scope of our hedging activities. The 
derivative instruments we utilize are based on posted market prices, which may differ significantly from the actual crude oil prices, 
natural gas prices or fuel products prices that we incur or realize in our operations. For example, excluding our crude oil basis 
swaps, all of the crude oil derivatives in our hedge portfolio are based on the market price of New York Mercantile Exchange 
(“NYMEX”) WTI and the fuel products derivatives are all based on U.S. Gulf Coast market prices. In recent periods, the spread 
between NYMEX WTI and other crude oil indices (specifically Light Louisiana Sweet, Western Canadian Select and Brent, on 
which a portion of our crude oil purchases are priced) has changed period to period, which has reduced the effectiveness of certain 
crude oil hedges. Accordingly, our commodity price risk management policy may not protect us from significant and sustained 
increases in crude oil or natural gas prices or decreases in fuel products prices. Conversely, our policy may limit our ability to 
realize cash flows from crude oil and natural gas price decreases.

We have a policy to enter into derivative transactions related to only a portion of the volume of our expected purchase and 
sales requirements and, as a result, we will continue to have direct commodity price exposure to the unhedged portion of our 
expected purchase and sales requirements. Thus, we could be exposed to significant crude oil cost increases on a portion of our 
purchases. Please read Part II, Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Our actual future purchase and sales requirements may be significantly higher or lower than we estimate at the time we enter 
into derivative transactions for such period. If the actual amount is higher than we estimate, we will have greater commodity price 
exposure than we intended. If the actual amount is lower than the amount that is subject to our derivative financial instruments, 
we might be forced to satisfy all or a portion of our derivative transactions without the benefit of the cash flow from our sale or 
purchase of the underlying physical commodity, which may result in a substantial diminution of our liquidity. As a result, our 
hedging activities may not be as effective as we intend in reducing the volatility of our cash flows. In addition, our hedging activities 
are subject to the risks that a counterparty may not perform its obligations under the applicable derivative instrument, the terms 
of the derivative instruments are imperfect, and our hedging policies and procedures are not properly followed. It is possible that 
the steps we take to monitor our derivative financial instruments may not detect and prevent violations of our risk management 
policies and procedures, particularly if deception or other intentional misconduct is involved.

Our financing arrangements contain operating and financial provisions that restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our financing arrangements, including our revolving credit facility, 
indentures governing each series of our outstanding senior notes and master derivative contracts, do currently restrict, and any 
future financing agreements could restrict, our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue 
our business activities, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

•  sell assets, including equity interests in our subsidiaries;

•  pay distributions on or redeem or repurchase our units or redeem or repurchase our subordinated debt and, in the case of 

the 2021 Secured Notes, our unsecured notes;

• 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units;

•  create or incur certain liens;

•  make certain acquisitions and investments;

• 

redeem or repay other debt or make other restricted payments;

•  enter into transactions with affiliates;

•  enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

•  create unrestricted subsidiaries;

•  enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

•  enter into a merger, consolidation or transfer or sale of assets, including equity interests in our subsidiaries; and

•  engage in certain business activities.

Our  revolving  credit  facility  also  contains  a  springing  financial  covenant  which  provides  that,  if  availability  under  the 
revolving credit facility falls below the greater of (a) 12.5% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) 
then in effect and (b) $45.0 million, then we will be required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge 
Coverage Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0.

29

Table of Contents

Our existing indebtedness imposes, and any future indebtedness may impose, a number of covenants on us regarding collateral 
maintenance and insurance maintenance. As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we will be limited in the manner in which 
we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital 
needs.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our financing arrangements may be affected by events 
beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions 
may be impaired. A failure to comply with the covenants, ratios or tests in our financing arrangements or any future indebtedness 
could result in an event of default under these financing arrangements, which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse 
effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. Among  other  things,  in  the  event  of  any  default  on  our 
indebtedness, our debt holders and lenders:

•  will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;

•  could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable;

•  could elect to require that all obligations accrue interest at the default rate, if such rate has not already been imposed;

•  may have the ability to require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings; 

•  may prevent us from making debt service payments under our other agreements, any of which could result in an event 

of default under our other financing arrangements; or

• 

in the case of our revolving credit facility or the 2021 Secured Notes, foreclose on the collateral pledged pursuant to the 
terms of the revolving credit facility or indenture governing the 2021 Secured Notes, respectively.

If our existing indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that we would have, or be able to obtain, 
sufficient funds to repay such indebtedness in full. Even if new financing were available, it may be on terms that are less attractive 
to us than our then existing indebtedness or it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us. In addition, our obligations under our 
revolving credit facility are secured by a first-priority lien on our accounts receivable, inventory and substantially all of our cash; 
our 2021 Secured Notes are secured by a first-priority lien on all of the fixed assets that secure our obligations under our secured 
hedge agreements; and our obligations under our master derivative contracts are secured by a first-priority lien on our and our 
subsidiaries’ real property, plant and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, certain financial assets, certain investment property, 
commercial  tort  claims,  chattel  paper,  documents,  instruments  and  proceeds  of  the  forgoing  (including  proceeds  of  hedge 
agreements), and if we are unable to repay our indebtedness under the revolving credit facility or master derivative contracts, the 
lenders under our revolving credit facility and the counterparties to our master derivative contracts could seek to foreclose on these 
assets. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 
Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities,” “— Short-Term Liquidity,” “— Long-Term Financing,” and “— 
Master Derivative Contracts” for additional information regarding our long-term debt.

Decreases in the price of crude oil may lead to a reduction in the borrowing base under our revolving credit facility and our 
ability to issue letters of credit or the requirement that we post substantial amounts of cash collateral for derivative instruments, 
which could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders.

We rely on borrowings and letters of credit under our revolving credit agreement to purchase crude oil or other feedstocks 
for our facilities, lease certain precious metals for use in our refinery operations and enter into derivative instruments of crude oil 
and natural gas purchases and fuel products sales. From time to time, we also rely on our ability to issue letters of credit to enter 
into certain hedging arrangements in an effort to reduce our exposure to adverse fluctuations in the prices of crude oil, natural gas 
and  crack  spreads. The  borrowing  base  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  is  determined  weekly  or  monthly  depending  upon 
availability levels or the existence of a default or event of default. Reductions in the value of our inventories as a result of lower 
crude oil prices could result in a reduction in our borrowing base, which would reduce the amount of financial resources available 
to meet our capital requirements. If, under certain circumstances, our available capacity under our revolving credit facility falls 
below certain threshold amounts, or a default or event of default exists, then our cash balances in a dominion account established 
with the administrative agent will be applied on a daily basis to our outstanding obligations under our revolving credit facility. In 
addition, decreases in the price of crude oil or increases in crack spreads may require us to post substantial amounts of cash collateral 
to our hedging counterparties in order to maintain our derivative instruments. If, due to our financial condition or other reasons, 
the borrowing base under our revolving credit facility decreases, we are limited in our ability to issue letters of credit or we are 
required to post substantial amounts of cash collateral to our hedging counterparties, our liquidity, financial condition and our 
ability to distribute cash to our unitholders could be materially and adversely affected. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit 
Facilities” for additional information.

30

Table of Contents

We  must  make  substantial  capital  expenditures  on  our  refineries  and  other  facilities  to  maintain  their  reliability  and 
efficiency. If we are unable to complete capital projects at their expected costs and/or in a timely manner, or if the market 
conditions assumed in our project economics deteriorate, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, and our 
ability to make distributions to unitholders, could be adversely affected.

Delays or cost increases related to the engineering, procurement and construction of new facilities, or improvements and 
repairs to our existing facilities and equipment, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results 
of  operations  or  our  ability  to  make  distributions  to  our  unitholders.  Such  delays  or  cost  increases  may  arise  as  a  result  of 
unpredictable factors in the marketplace, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•  denial or delay in obtaining regulatory approvals and/or permits;

•  unplanned increases in the cost of equipment, materials or labor;

•  disruptions in transportation of equipment and materials;

•  severe adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or other events (such as equipment malfunctions, explosions, fires 

or spills) affecting our facilities, or those of our vendors and suppliers;

•  shortages of sufficiently skilled labor, or labor disagreements resulting in unplanned work stoppages;

•  market-related increases in a project’s debt or equity financing costs; and/or

•  nonperformance  or  declarations  of  force  majeure  by,  or  disputes  with,  our  vendors,  suppliers,  contractors  or  sub-

contractors.

Our refineries have been in operation for many years. Equipment, even if properly maintained, may require significant capital 
expenditures and expenses to keep it operating at optimum efficiency. For example, we incurred approximately $68.6 million in 
2013 primarily associated with turnaround activities at our Great Falls and Superior refineries.

Any one or more of these occurrences noted above could have a significant impact on our business. If we were unable to 
make up the delays or to recover the related costs, or if market conditions change, it could materially and adversely affect our 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows and, as a result, our ability to make distributions.

We depend on certain key crude oil and other feedstock suppliers for a significant portion of our supply of crude oil and 
other feedstocks, and the loss of any of these key suppliers or a material decrease in the supply of crude oil and other feedstocks 
generally available to our facilities could materially reduce our ability to make distributions to unitholders and payments of 
our debt obligations.

We  purchase  crude  oil  and  other  feedstocks  from  major  oil  companies  as  well  as  from  various  crude  oil  gatherers  and 
marketers  primarily  in  Texas,  north  Louisiana,  North  Dakota  and  Canada.  In  2016,  subsidiaries  of  Plains  supplied  us  with 
approximately 39.3% of our total crude oil supplies under term contracts and month-to-month evergreen crude oil supply contracts. 
In 2016, BP supplied us with approximately 25.2% of our total crude oil supplies under the BP Purchase Agreement. Each of our 
facilities is dependent on one or more of these suppliers and the loss of any of these suppliers would adversely affect our financial 
results to the extent we were unable to find another supplier of this substantial amount of crude oil on acceptable terms. We maintain 
short-term and long-term contracts with our suppliers. For example, the majority of our contracts with Plains are currently month-
to-month and terminable upon 90 days’ notice, and our contract with BP was amended and restated in December 2016 for a term 
ending March 2020 and will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless terminated by either party upon 90 days’ 
notice.

We purchase all of our crude oil supply directly from third-party suppliers, generally under month-to-month evergreen supply 
contracts and on the spot market. Evergreen contracts are generally terminable upon 30 days’ notice and purchases on the spot 
market may expose us to changes in commodity prices. For additional discussion regarding our crude oil and feedstock supply, 
please read Items 1 and 2 “Business and Properties — Our Crude Oil and Feedstock Supply.”

To the extent that our suppliers reduce the volumes of crude oil and other feedstocks that they supply us as a result of our 
existing credit ratings or perception of our creditworthiness or declining production or competition or otherwise, our sales, net 
income and cash available for distribution to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations would decline unless we were able 
to acquire comparable supplies of crude oil and other feedstocks on comparable terms from other suppliers, which may not be 
possible in areas where the supplier that reduces its volumes is the primary supplier in the area. Fluctuations in crude oil prices 
can greatly affect production rates and investments by third parties in the development of new oil reserves. Drilling activity generally 
decreases as crude oil prices decrease. We have no control over the level of drilling activity in the fields that supply our refineries, 
the amount of reserves underlying the wells in these fields, the rate at which production from a well will decline or the production 
decisions of producers. A material decrease in either the crude oil production from or the drilling activity in the fields that supply 
our refineries, as a result of depressed commodity prices, natural gas production declines, governmental moratoriums on drilling 

31

Table of Contents

or production activities, the availability and the cost of capital or otherwise, could result in a decline in the volume of crude oil 
we refine.

Trends  in  crude  oil  and  natural  gas  prices  affect  the  level  of  exploration,  development,  and  production  activity  of  our 
customers and the demand for our oilfield services and products, which could adversely affect the amount of cash we will have 
available for distribution to our unitholders and for payments of our debt obligations.

Demand for our oilfield services and products is particularly sensitive to the level of exploration, development and production 
activity of, and the corresponding capital spending by, crude oil and natural gas companies. The level of exploration, development, 
and production activity is directly affected by trends in oil and natural gas prices, which historically have been volatile and are 
likely to continue to be volatile.

Prices for crude oil and natural gas are subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of 
and demand for crude oil and natural gas, market uncertainty and a variety of other economic factors that are beyond our control. 
Any prolonged reduction in crude oil and natural gas prices will depress the immediate levels of exploration, development and 
production activity which could adversely affect the amount of cash we will have available for distribution to our unitholders and 
for payments of our debt obligations. Even the perception of longer-term lower crude oil and natural gas prices by oil and natural 
gas companies can similarly reduce or defer major expenditures given the long-term nature of many large-scale development 
projects. Factors affecting the prices of crude oil and natural gas include:

• 

the level of supply and demand for crude oil and natural gas, especially demand for natural gas in the U.S.;

•  governmental  regulations,  including  the  policies  of  governments  regarding  the  exploration  for  and  production  and 

development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

•  weather conditions and natural disasters;

•  worldwide political, military, and economic conditions;

• 

the level of crude oil production by non-Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) countries and the 
available excess production capacity within OPEC;

•  crude oil refining capacity and shifts in end-customer preferences toward fuel efficiency and the use of natural gas;

• 

the cost of producing and delivering crude oil and natural gas; and

•  potential acceleration of the development of alternative fuels.

During 2015, the oil and natural gas industry experienced a significant decrease in commodity prices driven by a global 
supply/demand imbalance for oil and an oversupply of natural gas in the U.S. The decline in commodity prices and the global 
economic conditions continued during 2016. The duration and magnitude of the recent decline in crude oil and natural gas prices 
cannot be predicted, and low commodity prices may exist for an extended period. If commodity prices continue to decline or 
remain depressed, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We depend on certain third-party pipelines for transportation of crude oil and refined fuel products, and if these pipelines 
become  unavailable  to  us,  our  revenues  and  cash  available  for  distributions  to  our  unitholders  and  payment  of  our  debt 
obligations could decline.

Our Shreveport refinery is interconnected to a pipeline that supplies a portion of its crude oil and a pipeline that ships a 
portion of its refined fuel products to customers, such as pipelines operated by subsidiaries of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. 
and Plains. Our Superior refinery receives crude oil through the Enbridge Pipeline and the Superior wholesale business transports 
products produced at the Superior refinery through several Magellan pipeline terminals in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, North 
Dakota and South Dakota. Our Great Falls refinery receives crude oil through the Front Range pipeline system via the Bow River 
Pipeline in Canada. Our San Antonio refinery receives crude oil through the Karnes North Pipeline System in Texas. Since we do 
not own or operate any of these pipelines, their continuing operation is not within our control. In addition, any of these third-party 
pipelines could become unavailable to transport crude oil or our refined fuel products because of acts of God, accidents, earthquakes 
or hurricanes, government regulation, terrorism or other third-party events. For example, our refinery run rates were affected by 
an approximately three-week shutdown during May and June 2011 of the ExxonMobil crude oil pipeline serving our Shreveport 
refinery resulting from the Mississippi River flooding occurring during this period. In addition, ExxonMobil shut down this pipeline 
on April 28, 2012, after a leak was discovered. Also, on June 20, 2012, excessive flooding caused our Superior refinery to reduce 
its run rate to approximately half its usual throughput for one day and shut down the portion of the Magellan pipeline that connects 
our Superior refinery to our Duluth terminal for one day. The unavailability of any of these third-party pipelines for the transportation 
of crude oil or our refined fuel products, because of acts of God, accidents, earthquakes or hurricanes, government regulation, 
terrorism or other third-party events, could lead to disputes or litigation with certain of our suppliers or a decline in our sales, net 
income and cash available for distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

32

Table of Contents

The price volatility of fuel and utility services may result in decreases in our earnings, profitability and cash flows.

The volatility in costs of fuel, principally natural gas, and other utility services, principally electricity, used by our refinery 
and other operations affect our net income and cash flows. Fuel and utility prices are affected by factors outside of our control, 
such as supply and demand for fuel and utility services in both local and regional markets. Natural gas prices have historically 
been volatile.

For example, daily prices for natural gas as reported on the NYMEX ranged between $1.64 and $3.93 per million British 
thermal unit (“MMBtu”), in 2016 and between $3.23 and $1.76 per MMBtu in 2015. Typically, electricity prices fluctuate with 
natural gas prices. Future increases in fuel and utility prices may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Fuel 
and utility costs constituted approximately 12.6% and 11.5% of our total operating expenses included in cost of sales for the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. If our natural gas costs rise, they will adversely affect the amount of cash 
available for distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Our  refineries,  blending  and  packaging  sites,  terminals  and  related  facility  operations  face  operating  hazards,  and  the 

potential limits on insurance coverage could expose us to potentially significant liability costs.

Our refineries, blending and packaging sites, terminals and related facility operations are subject to certain operating hazards, 
and our cash flow from those operations could decline if any of our facilities experience a major accident, pipeline rupture or spill, 
explosion or fire, is damaged by severe weather or other natural disaster, or otherwise is forced to curtail its operations or shut 
down. For example, in 2010, our Shreveport refinery experienced an explosion that caused us to shut down one of this refinery’s 
environmental operating units between February and August 2010 when it was replaced with a newly constructed unit, resulting 
in  modified  operations  during  the  interim  period,  including  lower  throughput  rates  at  certain  times  during  this  period. These 
operating hazards could result in substantial losses due to personal injury and/or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of 
property and equipment and pollution or other environmental damage and may result in significant curtailment or suspension of 
our related operations.

Although we maintain insurance policies, including personal and property damage and business interruption insurance for 
each of our facilities with insurers in amounts and with coverage and deductibles that we, with the advice of our insurance advisors 
and brokers, believe are reasonable and prudent, we cannot ensure that this insurance will be adequate to protect us from all material 
expenses related to potential future claims for personal and property damage or significant interruption of operations. Our business 
interruption insurance will not apply unless a business interruption exceeds 60 days. Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain 
or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles 
for certain of our insurance policies have increased and could escalate further. In some instances, certain insurance could become 
unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. In addition, we are not fully insured against all risks incident to 
our business because certain risks are not fully insurable, coverage is unavailable, or premium costs, in our judgment, do not justify 
such expenditures. For example, we are not insured for all environmental liabilities, including, for example, product spills and 
other releases at all of our facilities. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured, it could diminish 
our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.

We may incur significant environmental costs and liabilities in the operation of our refineries, terminals and related facilities 

and performance of our oilfield service activities.

The operation of our refineries, blending and packaging sites, terminals, and related facilities as well as performance of our 
oilfield service activities subject us to the risk of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities due to our handling of 
petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes, because of air emissions and water discharges related to our operations and activities, and as 
a result of historical operations and waste disposal practices at our facilities or in connection with our activities, some of which 
may have been conducted by prior owners or operators. We currently own or operate, or conduct oilfield services upon, properties 
that for many years have been used for industrial or oilfield activities, including refining and blending operations or terminal 
storage operations, sometimes by third parties over whom we had or continue to have no control with respect to their operations 
or waste disposal activities. Petroleum hydrocarbons or wastes have been released on, under or from the properties owned or 
operated by us. For example, we are investigating and remediating, in some cases pursuant to government order, soil and groundwater 
contamination at our Great Falls refinery arising from a predecessor operators’ handling of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes. 
While we believe our costs in pursuing these investigatory and remedial activities are subject to reimbursement under a contractual 
indemnification right we received from the predecessor operator in the share purchase agreement transferring ownership of this 
refinery, this predecessor operator is currently disputing responsibility for reimbursement of certain of these remedial costs being 
incurred at our Great Falls refinery, which dispute has resulted in the filing of a suit by us against the predecessor operator and it 
is now in arbitration. Additionally, joint and several, strict liability may be incurred in connection with releases of petroleum 
hydrocarbons and wastes on, under or from our properties and facilities. Neither the owners of our general partner nor their affiliates 
have  indemnified  us  for  any  environmental  liabilities,  including  those  arising  from  non-compliance  or  pollution  that  may  be 
discovered at, or arise from operations on, the assets they contributed to us in connection with the closing of our initial public 
offering.  Private  parties,  including  the  owners  of  properties  adjacent  to  our  operations  and  facilities  where  our  petroleum 

33

Table of Contents

hydrocarbons or wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal or the owners of properties where we conduct oilfield services, may 
also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance as well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental 
laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage. We may not be able to recover some or any of these costs from 
insurance or other sources of indemnity. To the extent that the costs associated with meeting any or all of these requirements are 
significant and not adequately secured or indemnified for, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to compliance with stringent environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations that 

may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

Our refining, blending and packaging site, terminal and related facility operations as well as our oilfield service activities 
are subject to stringent federal, regional, state and local laws and regulations governing worker health and safety, the discharge of 
materials into the environment and environmental protection. These laws and regulations impose numerous obligations that are 
applicable to our operations, including the obligation to obtain permits to conduct regulated activities, the incurrence of significant 
capital expenditures for air pollution control equipment to otherwise limit or prevent releases of pollutants from our refineries, 
blending and packaging sites, terminals, and related facilities or with respect to our oilfield services, the expenditure of significant 
monies in the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection, the requirement to maintain information 
about hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and oilfield services and to provide this information to employees, 
state  and  local  government  authorities,  and  local  residents  and  the  incurrence  of  significant  costs  and  liabilities  for  pollution 
resulting from our operations and oilfield services or from those of prior owners or operators of our facilities. Numerous federal 
governmental authorities, such as the EPA and OSHA as well as state agencies, such as the LDEQ, TCEQ, MDEQ and the WDNR 
have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them, often requiring difficult 
and costly actions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations as well as any issued permits and orders may result in the 
assessment of administrative, civil, and criminal sanctions, including monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations 
or corrective actions or the incurrence of capital expenditures, the occurrence of delays in the permitting, development or expansion 
of projects, and the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations. 

On occasion, we receive notices of violation, other enforcement proceedings and regulatory inquiries from governmental 
agencies alleging non-compliance with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. For 
example, we have pending proceedings with the LDEQ involving a series of alleged unauthorized emissions of pollutants from 
equipment at the Shreveport refinery, as described in a draft “Consolidated Compliance Order and Notice of Potential Penalty” 
issued in April 2013, for which a penalty of more than $0.1 million may result. In a further example, we have a pending proceeding 
with the EPA involving alleged unauthorized emissions of pollutants from flares at the Superior Refinery, as described in a “Notice 
of Violation” issued by the EPA in June 2012, which included a proposed penalty amount of $0.1 million.

New worker safety and environmental laws and regulations, new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, increased 
governmental enforcement or other developments could require us to make additional unforeseen expenditures. Many of these 
laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these requirements can be expected to 
increase. For example, in April 2014, the EPA published its final Tier 3 fuel standards that require, among other things, a lower 
allowable sulfur level in gasoline to no more than 10 ppm by January 1, 2017. In two other examples, on October 1, 2015, the EPA 
issued a final rule under the CAA lowering the NAAQS for ground-level ozone to 70 parts per billion under both the primary and 
secondary standards, and on June 29, 2015, the EPA published a final rule that attempted to clarify the agency’s jurisdiction over 
waters of the U.S., but which rule is currently subject to various legal impediments, including lawsuits and court stays, as this rule 
is alleged to have impermissibly broadened the EPA’s jurisdiction over such waters. One or more of these regulatory initiatives or 
any new environmental laws or regulations could impact us by requiring installation of new emission controls on some of our 
equipment, resulting in longer permitting timelines, and significantly increasing our capital expenditures and operating costs, 
which  could  adversely  impact  our  business,  cash  flows  and  results  of  operation.  Please  read  Items 1  and  2  “Business  and 
Properties — Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Matters” for additional information.

Renewable transportation fuels mandates may reduce demand for the petroleum fuels we produce, which could have a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  and  our  ability  to  make  distributions  to  our 
unitholders.

The EPA has issued RFS mandates, requiring refiners such as us to blend renewable fuels into the petroleum fuels they 
produce and sell in the U.S. We, and other refiners subject to RFS, may meet the RFS requirements by blending the necessary 
volumes of renewable transportation fuels produced by us or purchased from third parties. To the extent that refiners will not or 
cannot blend renewable fuels into the products they produce in the quantities required to satisfy their obligations under the RFS 
program, those refiners must purchase renewable credits, referred to as RINs, to maintain compliance. To the extent that we exceed 
the minimum volumetric requirements for blending of renewable transportation fuels, we generate our own RINs for which we 
have the option of retaining the RINs for current or future RFS compliance or selling those RINs on the open market.

34

Table of Contents

Under RFS, the volume of renewable fuels that obligated parties are required to blend into their finished petroleum fuels 
increases annually over time until 2022. Our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries are normally subject to 
compliance with the RFS mandates. However, the EPA granted certain of our refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the 
RFS for the 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 calendar years, as provided under the CAA. Under these exemptions granted by the EPA, 
such exempt refineries were not subject to the requirements of RFS as an “obligated party” for fuels produced at these refineries 
for the calendar years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. 

On November 30, 2015, the EPA issued final multi-year volume mandates for 2014 to 2016. While these volume mandates 
are generally lower than the statutory mandates, they represent a slight increase over the volumes initially proposed by the EPA 
for this three-year period and such volume mandates could be increased in the future. We have received a small refinery exemption 
for certain of our refineries for the full year 2016 and have applied for the small refinery exemption at selected other refineries for 
the full year 2016 and are in the process of an assessment to determine which of our fuels refineries potentially could be eligible 
for economic hardship exemptions for the 2017 calendar year. While we received a small refinery exemption for certain of our 
refineries for 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, there is no assurance that such an exemption will be obtained for any of our refineries 
for the 2016 year or in future years, which would result in the need for more RINs for the applicable calendar year. Our gross 2016 
annual RINs obligation, which includes RINs that were required to be secured through either our own blending or through the 
purchase of RINs in the open market, was 112 million RINs for the 2016 calendar year.

Existing laws, regulations or regulatory initiatives could change and, notwithstanding that the EPA’s volume mandates for 
2014 to 2016 may be relatively lower than the statutory mandates, they represent a slight increase over the volumes initially 
proposed by the EPA for this three-year period and such volume mandates could be increased in the future. Because we do not 
produce renewable transportation fuels at all of our refineries, increasing the volume of renewable fuels that must be blended into 
our products causes an increase in volume of our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls and San Antonio refineries’ fuel products pool, 
potentially resulting in lower earnings and materially adversely affecting our ability to make distributions to our unitholders. 
Moreover, despite a decline in RINs prices from levels during mid-2013, we cannot currently predict the future prices of RINs 
and, thus, the expenses related to acquiring RINs in the future could increase relative to the cost in prior years. The inability to 
receive an exemption under the RFS program for one or more of our refineries, any increase in the final minimum volumes of 
renewable fuels that must be blended with refined petroleum fuels, and/or any increase in the cost to acquire RINs may, individually 
or in the aggregate, have the potential to result in significant costs in connection with RIN compliance, which costs could be 
material. Finally, while there is no current regulatory standard that authenticates RINs that may be purchased on the open market 
from third parties, we believe that the RINs we purchase are from reputable sources, are valid and serve to demonstrate compliance 
with applicable RFS requirements. However, if any such RINs purchased by us on the open market are subsequently found to be 
invalid, then we may incur significant costs, penalties or other liabilities in connection with replacing such invalid RINs.

Downtime for maintenance at our refineries and facilities will reduce our revenues and cash available for distributions to 

our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Our refineries and facilities consist of many processing units, a number of which have been in operation for a long time. 
One or more of the units may require additional unscheduled downtime for unanticipated maintenance or repairs that are more 
frequent than our scheduled turnaround for each unit every one to five years. Scheduled and unscheduled maintenance reduce our 
revenues and increase our operating expenses during the period of time that our processing units are not operating and could reduce 
our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

An impairment of our equity method investments, our long-lived assets or goodwill could reduce our earnings or negatively 

impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We continually monitor our business, the business environment and the performance of our operations to determine if an 
event has occurred that indicates that an equity method investment, a long-lived asset or goodwill may be impaired. If an event 
occurs, which is a determination that involves judgment, we may be required to utilize cash flow projections to assess our ability 
to recover the carrying value based on the ability to generate future cash flows. Under GAAP, during the year ended December 31, 
2015, we recognized an impairment charge on our equity method investment in Juniper GTL LLC of $24.3 million. Additionally, 
during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recognized goodwill impairment charges of $34.8 million and $33.8 
million, respectively. Our equity method investments, long-lived assets and goodwill impairment analyses are sensitive to changes 
in key assumptions used in our analysis, such as expected future cash flows, the degree of volatility in equity and debt markets 
and our unit price. If the assumptions used in our analysis are not realized, it is possible a material impairment charge may need 
to be recorded in the future. We cannot accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of long-lived assets or goodwill. 
Further, as we continue to develop our strategy regarding certain of our non-core assets, we will need to continue to evaluate the 
carrying value of those assets. Any additional impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our results 
of operations and financial condition.

35

Table of Contents

If  we  do  not  successfully  execute  growth  strategies  through  acquisitions,  our  future  growth  and  ability  to  reinstate 

distributions to our unitholders may be limited.

Our ability to grow depends in substantial part on our ability to make acquisitions that result in an increase in the cash 
generated from operations per unit. If we are unable to make these accretive acquisitions either because we are: (1) unable to 
identify  attractive  acquisition  candidates  or  negotiate  acceptable  purchase  contracts  with  them,  (2) unable  to  consummate 
acquisitions on favorable terms, (3) unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, or (4) outbid 
by competitors, then our future growth and ability to reinstate distributions to our unitholders may be limited. For example, as a 
result of the sustained decline in commodity prices during 2016 and the impact on our liquidity and access to capital, and in 
connection with our reduced operating budget for 2016, our ability to make acquisitions was limited in 2016. If commodity prices 
remain depressed, we expect that our ability to make acquisitions will be limited during 2017. Furthermore, any acquisition, 
involves potential risks, including, among other things:

•  performance from the acquired assets and businesses that is below the forecasts we used in evaluating the acquisition;

•  a significant increase in our indebtedness and working capital requirements;

•  an inability to timely and effectively integrate the operations of recently acquired businesses or assets, particularly those 

in new geographic areas or in new lines of business;

• 

the incurrence of substantial seen or unforeseen environmental and other liabilities arising out of the acquired businesses 
or assets;

• 

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

•  customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses; and

•  significant changes in our capitalization and results of operations.

Our asset reconfiguration and enhancement initiatives may not result in revenue or cash flow increases, may be subject to 
significant cost overruns and are subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could adversely 
affect our business, operating results, cash flows and financial condition.

Historically we have grown our business in part through the reconfiguration and enhancement of our existing refinery assets. 
For example, we completed an expansion project at our Shreveport refinery to increase throughput capacity and crude oil processing 
flexibility in May 2008. Additionally, in February 2016 we completed an expansion project that increased production capacity at 
our  Great  Falls  refinery  by  15,000  bpd  to  25,000  bpd.  These  expansion  projects  and  the  construction  of  other  additions  or 
modifications to our existing refineries have and will continue to involve numerous regulatory, environmental, political, legal, 
labor and economic uncertainties beyond our control, which could cause delays in construction or require the expenditure of 
significant amounts of capital, which we may finance with additional indebtedness or by issuing additional equity securities. Our 
forecasted internal rates of return on such projects are also based on our projections of future market fundamentals, which are not 
within our control, including changes in general economic conditions, available alternative supply and customer demand. For 
example, the total cost of the Shreveport refinery expansion project completed in 2008 was approximately $375.0 million and was 
significantly over budget due primarily to increased construction labor costs. Future reconfiguration and enhancement projects 
may not be completed at the budgeted cost, on schedule, or at all due to the risks described above which could significantly affect 
our cash flows and financial condition.

We face substantial competition from other refining companies.

The refining industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include large, integrated, major or independent oil companies 
that, because of their more diverse operations, larger refineries or stronger capitalization, may be better positioned than we are to 
withstand volatile industry conditions, including shortages or excesses of crude oil or refined products or intense price competition 
at the wholesale level. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may lose existing customers or fail to acquire new customers. 
For example, if a competitor attempts to increase market share by reducing prices, our operating results and cash available for 
distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations could be reduced.

36

Table of Contents

A decrease in the demand for our specialty products could adversely affect our ability to resume distributions to our unitholders 

and to make payments of our debt obligations.

Changes in our customers’ products or processes may enable our customers to reduce consumption of the specialty products 
that we produce or make our specialty products unnecessary. Should a customer decide to use a different product due to price, 
performance or other considerations, we may not be able to supply a product that meets the customer’s new requirements. In 
addition, the demand for our customers’ end products could decrease, which could reduce their demand for our specialty products. 
Our specialty products customers are primarily in the industrial goods, consumer goods and automotive goods industries and we 
are therefore susceptible to overall economic conditions, which may change demand patterns and products in those industries. 
Consequently, it is important that we develop and manufacture new products to replace the sales of products that mature and decline 
in use. If we are unable to manage successfully the maturation of our existing specialty products and the introduction of new 
specialty  products,  our  revenues,  net  income  and  cash  available  for  distribution  to  our  unitholders  and  payments  of  our  debt 
obligations could be reduced.

A decrease in demand for fuel products in the markets we serve could adversely affect our ability to resume distributions to 

our unitholders and to make payments of our debt obligations.

Any sustained decrease in demand for fuel products in the markets we serve could result in a significant reduction in our 
cash flows, reducing our ability to make distributions to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. Factors that could lead 
to a decrease in market demand include:

•  a recession or other adverse economic condition that results in lower spending by consumers on gasoline, diesel and 

travel;

•  higher fuel taxes or other governmental or regulatory actions that increase, directly or indirectly, the cost of fuel products;

•  an increase in fuel economy or the increased use of alternative fuel sources;

•  an increase in the market price of crude oil that leads to higher refined product prices, which may reduce demand for fuel 

products;

•  competitor actions; and

•  availability of raw materials.

We depend on unionized labor for the operation of many of our facilities. Any work stoppages or labor disturbances at these 

facilities could disrupt our business.

Substantially all of our operating personnel at our Shreveport, Superior, Great Falls, Princeton, Cotton Valley, Karns City, 
Dickinson and Missouri facilities are employed under collective bargaining agreements. If we are unable to renegotiate these 
agreements as they expire, any work stoppages or other labor disturbances at these facilities could have an adverse effect on our 
business and impact our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. In addition, employees 
who are not currently represented by labor unions may seek union representation in the future, and any renegotiation of current 
collective bargaining agreements may result in terms that are less favorable to us.

Because of the volatility of crude oil and refined products prices, our method of valuing our inventory may result in decreases 

in net income.

The nature of our business requires us to maintain substantial quantities of crude oil and refined product inventories. Because 
crude oil and refined products are essentially commodities, we have no control over the changing market value of these inventories. 
Because our inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”) value, if the market value of our inventory were to decline 
to an amount less than our cost, we would record a write-down of inventory and a non-cash charge to cost of sales. In a period of 
decreasing crude oil or refined product prices, our inventory valuation methodology may result in decreases in net income. For 
example, due to the significant decrease in crude oil prices in 2015, we recorded an unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment of 
$81.8 million. 

The operating results for our fuel products segment, including the asphalt we produce and sell, are seasonal and generally 

lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year.

The operating results for our fuel products segment, including the selling prices of asphalt products we produce, can be 
seasonal. Asphalt demand is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year as compared to the second and third quarters 
due to the seasonality of road construction. Demand for gasoline is generally higher during the summer months than during the 
winter months due to seasonal increases in highway traffic. In addition, our natural gas costs can be higher during the winter 
months. Our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for the second and third calendar 
quarters of each year as a result of this seasonality.

37

Table of Contents

Due to our lack of asset and geographic diversification, adverse developments in our operating areas would impact our 

ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

We rely primarily on sales generated from products processed at the facilities we own. Furthermore, the majority of our 
assets and operations are located in Louisiana, Wisconsin, Montana and Texas. Due to our lack of diversification in asset type and 
location,  an  adverse  development  in  these  businesses  or  areas,  including  adverse  developments  due  to  catastrophic  events  or 
weather, decreased supply of crude oil and feedstocks and/or decreased demand for refined petroleum products, would have a 
significantly greater impact on our financial condition and results of operations than if we maintained more diverse assets in more 
diverse  locations,  which  in  turn  could  impact  our  ability  to  make  distributions  to  our  unitholders  and  payments  of  our  debt 
obligations.

Climate change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of GHG could result in increased operating costs and a 

decreased demand for our refined products.

Climate change continues to attract considerable public and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals have been 
made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state levels of government to monitor and 
limit emissions of GHGs. These efforts have included consideration of cap-and-trade programs, carbon taxes, GHG reporting and 
tracking programs and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. At the federal level, no comprehensive 
climate change legislation has been implemented to date but a number of states or grouping of states have already taken legal 
measures to reduce emissions of GHGs, primarily through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/or GHG 
cap-and-trade programs. Additionally, the EPA has adopted rules under authority of the federal CAA that, among other things, 
establish PSD construction and Title V operating permit reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources that are 
also potential major sources of certain principal, or criteria, pollutant emissions, which reviews could require securing PSD permits 
at  covered  facilities  emitting  GHGs  and  meeting  “best  available  control  technology”  standards  for  those  GHG  emissions.  In 
addition, the EPA has adopted rules requiring the monitoring and annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain petroleum and 
natural gas system sources in the U.S., including, among others, onshore and offshore production facilities, which include certain 
of our producing customers’ operations. In October 2015, the EPA amended and expanded the GHG reporting requirements to all 
segments of the oil and natural gas industry, including gathering and boosting facilities as well as completions and workovers from 
hydraulically fractured oil wells, and in January 2016, the EPA proposed additional revisions to leak detection methodology to 
align the reporting rules with the new source performance standards.

On an international level, in December 2015, the U.S. joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the 
Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France that requires member countries to review 
and “represent a progression” in their intended nationally determined contributions, which set GHG emission reduction goals every 
five years beginning in 2020. Although this agreement does not create any binding obligations for nations to limit their GHG 
emissions, it does include pledges to voluntarily limit or reduce future emissions.

The adoption and implementation of any international, federal or state legislation or regulations that require reporting of 
GHGs or otherwise restrict emissions of GHGs from our equipment and operations could require us to incur costs to reduce 
emissions of GHG associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the refined petroleum products that we 
produce. For example, in June 2016, the EPA published Subpart Quad OOOOa standards that require certain new, modified or 
reconstructed facilities in the oil and natural gas sector to reduce these methane gas and volatile organic compound emissions. 
These Subpart OOOOa standards will expand previously issued Subpart OOOO standards published by the EPA in 2012, by using 
certain  equipment-specific  emissions  control  practices.  Moreover,  in  November  2016,  the  EPA  issued  a  final  ICR  seeking 
information about methane emissions from facilities and operators in the oil and natural gas industry that could be used in developing 
standards  for  existing  sources  in  the  oil  and  natural  gas  industry.  Finally,  some  scientists  have  concluded  that  increasing 
concentrations of GHG in the atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased 
frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climate events that could have an adverse effect on our operations 
and the operations of our customers.

Our business involves the shipping by rail of crude oil including from the Bakken Shale, which involves risks of derailment, 
accidents and liabilities associated with cleanup and damages, as well as regulatory changes that may adversely impact our 
business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations involve the purchasing of crude oil including from the Bakken Shale and shipping it by rail on railcars that 
we lease. Past derailments of trains transporting crude oil in the U.S. and Canada have caused various regulatory agencies and 
industry organizations, as well as federal, state and municipal governments, to focus attention on transportation of flammable 
materials by rail. Transportation safety regulators in the U.S. and Canada are concerned that crude oil from the Bakken Shale may 
be more flammable than crude oil from other producing regions and are investigating that issue. In May 2015, the Pipeline and 
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”) adopted a final rule that, among other things, imposes a new tank car 
design standard, a phase out by as early as January 2018 for older DOT-111 tank cars that are not retrofitted, and a classification 
and  testing  program  for  unrefined  petroleum  based  products,  including  crude  oil.  The  rule  also  includes  new  operational 

38

Table of Contents

requirements such as speed restrictions. The Canadian government’s transportation department has also issued new regulations 
that align with the U.S. rule in many respects. 

In August 2016, PHMSA released a final rule mandating a phase-out schedule for all DOT-111 tank cars used to transport 
Class 3 flammable liquids, including crude oil and ethanol, between 2018 and 2029.  Additionally, in July 2016, PHMSA proposed 
a new rule that would expand the applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans so that any railroad that transports a single 
train carrying 20 or more loaded tanks of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded 
tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train must have a current, comprehensive written plan.  In response to a petition 
from the New York Attorney General, PHMSA issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (“ANPR”) in January 2017 stating 
that  it  is  considering  revising  the  Hazardous  Materials  Regulations  (“HMR”)  to  establish  vapor  pressure  limits  for  unrefined 
petroleum-based  products  and  potentially  all  Class  3  flammable  liquid  hazardous  materials  that  would  apply  during  the 
transportation of the products or materials by any mode.  In addition, in February 2016, the Federal Railroad Administration 
modified its accident and incident reports to gather additional data concerning rail cars carrying crude oil in any train involved in 
a Federal Railroad Agency-reportable accident.  In addition to action taken or proposed by federal agencies, a number of states 
proposed  or  enacted  laws  in  recent  years  that  encourage  safer  rail  operations  or  urge  the  federal  government  to  strengthen 
requirements for these operations.

We have reviewed the final rule in detail to assess the expected impact on our business, including the potential impact on 
the tank cars that we lease to transport our products, and determined some of our tank cars could require upgrades or replacements. 
We are unable to predict what impact these or other regulatory changes may have, if any, on our business or the industry as a 
whole. As a result of the final rule, certain of our tank cars that we lease could be deemed unfit for further commercial use beginning 
in January 2018 or require retrofits or modifications, and the costs associated with any required retrofits or modifications could 
be substantial. In addition, the new tank car design requirements may result in significant constraints on transportation capacity 
during the period while tank cars are being retrofitted or newly constructed to comply with the new regulations. Such transportation 
capacity constraints could increase the cost of transporting crude oil by rail. We cannot assure that costs incurred to comply with 
any new standards and regulations, including those finalized by PHMSA in 2015 and 2016, will not be material to our business, 
financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any derailment involving crude oil that we have purchased or are shipping 
may result in claims being brought against us that may involve significant liabilities. Although we believe that we are adequately 
insured against such events, we cannot provide assurance that our policies will cover the entirety of any damages that may arise 
from such an event.

We could be subject to damages based on claims brought against us by our customers or lose customers as a result of the 

failure of our products to meet certain quality specifications.

Our specialty products provide precise performance attributes for our customers’ products. If a product fails to perform in 
a manner consistent with the detailed quality specifications required by the customer, the customer could seek replacement of the 
product or damages for costs incurred as a result of the product failing to perform as guaranteed. A successful claim or series of 
claims against us could result in a loss of one or more customers and impact our ability to make distributions to unitholders and 
payments of our debt obligations.

The enactment of derivatives legislation could have an adverse effect on our ability to use derivative instruments to hedge 

risks associated with our business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, established federal 
oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities, such as us, that participate in that market. The 
Act requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the SEC to promulgate rules and regulations implementing 
the Act. Although the CFTC has finalized certain regulations, others remain to be finalized or implemented and it is not possible 
at this time to predict when this will be accomplished. 

In its rulemaking under the Act, the CFTC has proposed new rules to set position limits for certain futures and option contracts 
in the major energy markets and for swaps that are their economic equivalents, subject to exceptions for certain bona fide hedging 
transactions. As these new position limit rules are not yet final, their impact on us is uncertain at this time. 

The CFTC has designated certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps for mandatory clearing and the associated 
rules also require us, in connection with covered derivative activities, to comply with clearing and trade-execution requirements 
or take steps to qualify for an exemption to such requirements. Although we believe that we qualify for the end-user exceptions 
to the mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements with respect to those swaps entered to hedge our commercial risks, 
the application of such requirements to other market participants, such as swap dealers, may change the cost and availability of 
the swaps that we use for hedging. In addition, certain banking regulators and the CFTC have recently adopted final rules establishing 
minimum margin requirements for uncleared swaps. Although we expect to qualify for the end-user exception from such margin 
requirements for swaps entered into to hedge our commercial risks, the application of such requirements to other market participants, 
such as swap dealers, may change the cost and availability of the swaps that we use for hedging. If any of our swaps do not qualify 

39

Table of Contents

for the commercial end-user exception, posting of collateral could impact liquidity and reduce cash available to us for capital 
expenditures, therefore reducing our ability to execute hedges to reduce risk and protect cash flow. 

The Act and any new regulations could significantly increase the cost of derivative instruments, materially alter the terms 
of derivative instruments, reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter and reduce our ability to 
monetize or restructure our existing derivatives contracts. An increase in the cost of derivatives contracts would affect our results 
of operations and cash available for distribution to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. If we reduce our use of 
derivatives as a result of the Act and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be 
less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures and make distributions to our 
unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. Finally, the Act was intended, in part, to reduce the volatility of oil and natural 
gas prices, which some legislators attributed to speculative trading in derivatives and commodity instruments related to oil and 
natural gas. Our revenues could therefore be adversely affected if a consequence of the Act and regulations is to lower commodity 
prices. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, our financial condition, and our results 
of operations. 

In addition, the European Union and other non-U.S. jurisdictions are implementing regulations with respect to the derivatives 
market. To the extent we transact with counterparties in foreign jurisdictions, we may become subject to such regulations, the 
impact of which is not clear at this time.

We depend on key personnel for the success of our business and the loss of those persons could adversely affect our business 

and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

The loss of the services of any member of senior management or key employee could have an adverse effect on our business 
and reduce our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. We may not be able to locate 
or employ on acceptable terms qualified replacements for senior management or other key employees if their services were no 
longer available. We have employment agreements in place with respect to Timothy Go, F. William Grube and R. Patrick Murray, 
II. We do not maintain any key-man life insurance.

An increase in interest rates will cause our debt service obligations to increase.

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to prime plus a basis points margin or LIBOR 
plus a basis points margin, at our option. As of December 31, 2016, there were outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit 
facility of $10.2 million and $82.1 million in standby letters of credit were issued under our revolving credit facility. The interest 
rate is subject to adjustment based on fluctuations in the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or prime rate, as applicable. 
An increase in the interest rates associated with our floating-rate debt would increase our debt service costs and affect our results 
of operations and cash flow available for distribution to our unitholders. In addition, an increase in interest rates could adversely 
affect our future ability to obtain financing or materially increase the cost of any additional financing.

A change of control could result in us facing substantial repayment obligations under our revolving credit agreement, our 

senior notes and our Collateral Trust Agreement.

Certain events relating to a change of control of our general partner, our partnership and our operating subsidiaries would 
constitute an event of default under our revolving credit agreement, the indentures governing our senior notes and our Collateral 
Trust Agreement. In addition, an event of default under our revolving credit agreement would likely constitute an event of default 
under our master derivatives contracts and the BP Purchase Agreement. As a result, upon a change of control event, we may be 
required immediately to repay the outstanding principal, any accrued interest on and any other amounts owed by us under our 
revolving credit facility and the senior notes and the outstanding payment obligations under our master derivatives contracts and 
the BP Purchase Agreement. The source of funds for these repayments would be our available cash or cash generated from other 
sources and there can be no assurance that we would have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to repay such indebtedness and 
other payment obligations in full. 

In addition, our obligations under our revolving credit facility are secured by a first-priority lien on our accounts receivable, 
inventory and substantially all of our cash; our 2021 Secured Notes are secured by a first-priority lien on all of the fixed assets 
that secure our obligations under our secured hedge agreements; and our obligations under our master derivatives contracts and 
the BP Purchase Agreement are secured by a first-priority lien on our and our subsidiaries’ real property, plant and equipment, 
fixtures, intellectual property, certain financial assets, certain investment property, commercial tort claims, chattel paper, documents, 
instruments and proceeds of the forgoing (including proceeds of hedge agreements). If we are unable to repay our indebtedness 
under the revolving credit facility or the 2021 Secured Notes, satisfy the payment obligations under our master derivative contracts 
or  the  payment  obligations  under  the  BP  Purchase Agreement  or  obtain  waivers  of  such  defaults,  then  the  lenders  under  our 
revolving credit facility, the holders of our 2021 Secured Notes, the derivative counterparties under our master derivative contracts 
and BP, respectively, would have the right to foreclose on those assets, which would have a material adverse effect on us. There 
is no restriction in our partnership agreement on the ability of our general partner to enter into a transaction which would trigger 

40

Table of Contents

the  change  of  control  provisions  of  our  revolving  credit  facility  agreement,  the  indentures  governing  our  senior  notes  or  our 
Collateral Trust Agreement.

We are exposed to trade credit risk in the ordinary course of our business activities.

We are exposed to risks of loss in the event of nonperformance by our customers and by counterparties of our derivative 
instruments. Some of our customers and counterparties may be highly leveraged and subject to their own operating and regulatory 
risks. Even if our credit review and analysis mechanisms work properly, we may experience financial losses in our dealings with 
other parties. Any increase in the nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers and/or counterparties could reduce our ability 
to make distributions to our unitholders and payments of our debt obligations.

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

At March 6, 2017, the families of our chairman, executive vice chairman, The Heritage Group and certain of their affiliates 
own an approximate 21.0% limited partner interest in us and own and control our general partner, which has sole responsibility 
for conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general partner and its affiliates have conflicts of interest and 
limited fiduciary duties, which may permit them to favor their own interests to other unitholders’ detriment.

At March 6, 2017, the families of our chairman, executive vice chairman, The Heritage Group, and certain of their affiliates 
own an approximate 21.0% limited partner interest in us. In addition, The Heritage Group and the families of our chairman and 
executive vice chairman own our general partner. Conflicts of interest may arise between our general partner and its affiliates, on 
the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, the general partner may favor its own 
interests and the interests of its affiliates over the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following 
situations:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as its affiliates, in resolving 
conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its fiduciary duty to our unitholders;

our general partner has limited its liability and reduced its fiduciary duties under our partnership agreement and has also 
restricted the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches 
of fiduciary duty. As a result of purchasing common units, unitholders consent to some actions and conflicts of interest 
that might otherwise constitute a breach of fiduciary or other duties under Delaware law;

our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, borrowings, issuance of additional 
partnership securities, and reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to unitholders;

our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and its affiliates are reimbursable by us;

our general partner determines the amount and timing of any capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is 
a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces operating surplus, or a capital expenditure for acquisitions or capital 
improvements, which does not. This determination can affect the amount of cash that is available for distribution to our 
unitholders and payments of our debt obligations;

our general partner has the flexibility to cause us to enter into a broad variety of derivative transactions covering different 
time periods, the net cash receipts or payments from which will increase or decrease operating surplus and adjusted 
operating surplus, with the result that our general partner may be able to shift the recognition of operating surplus and 
adjusted operating surplus between periods to increase the distributions it and its affiliates receive on their incentive 
distribution rights; and

• 

in some instances, our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to permit the payment of cash distributions, 
even if the purpose or effect of the borrowing is to make incentive distributions.

The Heritage Group and certain of its affiliates may engage in limited competition with us.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement we entered into in connection with our initial public offering, The Heritage Group and 
its controlled affiliates have agreed not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business of refining or marketing 
specialty lubricating oils, solvents and wax products as well as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel products in the continental U.S. for so 
long as it controls us. This restriction does not apply to certain assets and businesses which are more fully described under Part 
III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence — Omnibus Agreement.”

Although Mr. Grube is prohibited from competing with us pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, the owners 
of our general partner, other than The Heritage Group, are not prohibited from competing with us, except to the extent described 
above. Currently, The Heritage Group is an active marketer of asphalt products and has been engaged in this business for much 
longer than us.  In certain geographical areas, there can be overlap where both The Heritage Group and we market asphalt. 

41

Table of Contents

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available 

to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be 

held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement:

•  permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our 
general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no 
duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. 
Examples include the exercise of its limited call right, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration 
rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of our partnership or amendment 
of our partnership agreement;

•  provides that our general partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as 
a  general  partner  so  long  as  it  acted  in  good  faith,  meaning  it  believed  the  decision  was  in  the  best  interests  of  our 
partnership;

•  generally  provides  that  affiliated  transactions  and  resolutions  of  conflicts  of  interest  not  approved  by  the  conflicts 
committee of the board of directors of our general partner and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no 
less  favorable  to  us  than  those  generally  being  provided  to  or  available  from  unrelated  third  parties  or  be  “fair  and 
reasonable” to us. In determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our general partner may 
consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly 
advantageous or beneficial to us; and

•  provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited 
partners  for  any  acts  or  omissions  unless  there  has  been  a  final  and  non-appealable  judgment  entered  by  a  court  of 
competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud 
or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that such person’s conduct was criminal.

By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder agrees to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including 

the provisions discussed above.

Unitholders have limited voting rights and are not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our 
business and, therefore, limited ability to influence management’s decisions regarding our business. Unitholders do not elect our 
general partner or its board of directors, and have no right to elect our general partner or its board of directors on an annual or 
other continuing basis. The board of directors of our general partner is chosen by the members of our general partner. Furthermore, 
if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our general partner, the vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all 
outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove the general partner. At March 6, 2017, the owners of our 
general partner and certain of their affiliates own approximately 21.0% of our common units. As a result of these limitations, the 
price at which the common units trade could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a takeover premium in the 
trading price.

Our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of those unitholders owning 20% or more of our common units.

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that any units held by a 
person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner, its affiliates, their transferees, 
and persons who acquired such units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner, cannot vote on any 
matter.  Our  partnership  agreement  also  contains  provisions  limiting  the  ability  of  unitholders  to  call  meetings  or  to  acquire 
information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction 
of management.

Our general partner interest or control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all 
of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the 
members of our general partner from transferring their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party. The 
new members of our general partner would then be in a position to replace the board of directors and officers of our general partner 
with their own choices and thereby control the decisions taken by the board of directors.

42

Table of Contents

We do not have our own officers and employees and rely solely on the officers and employees of our general partner and its 

affiliates to manage our business and affairs.

We do not have our own officers and employees and rely solely on the officers and employees of our general partner and its 
affiliates to manage our business and affairs. We can provide no assurance that our general partner will continue to provide us the 
officers and employees that are necessary for the conduct of our business nor that such provision will be on terms that are acceptable 
to us. If our general partner fails to provide us with adequate personnel, our operations could be adversely impacted and our cash 
available for distribution to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations could be reduced.

We may issue additional common units without unitholder approval, which would dilute our current unitholders’ existing 

ownership interests.

We may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without the approval of our unitholders. Our 
partnership agreement does not give our unitholders the right to approve our issuance of equity securities ranking junior to the 
common units at any time. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit the issuance by our subsidiaries of equity 
securities,  which  may  effectively  rank  senior  to  the  common  units. The  issuance  of  additional  common  units  or  other  equity 
securities of equal or senior rank to the common units will have the following effects:

•  our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us may decrease;

• 

• 

• 

• 

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished;

the market price of the common units may decline; and

the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase.

Our general partner’s determination of the level of cash reserves may reduce the amount of available cash for distribution 

to unitholders.

Our partnership agreement requires our general partner to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it establishes are 
necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. In addition, our partnership agreement also permits our general partner to 
reduce available cash by establishing cash reserves for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law or 
agreements to which we are a party, or to provide funds for future distributions to partners. These reserves will affect the amount 
of cash available for distribution to unitholders.

We have a holding company structure in which our subsidiaries conduct our operations and own our operating assets and 
our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders and make payments of our debt obligations depends on the performance of our 
subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us.

We are a holding company, and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have 
no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to distribute cash to our unitholders 
and make payments of debt obligations depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. 
The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us is restricted by our revolving credit facility and the indentures governing 
our senior notes and may be restricted by, among other things, applicable state laws and other laws and regulations. If we are 
unable to obtain the funds necessary to distribute cash to our unitholders or make payments of debt obligations, we may be required 
to adopt one or more alternatives, such as a refinancing of our indebtedness or incurring borrowings under our revolving credit 
facility. We cannot assure unitholders that we would be able to refinance our indebtedness or that the terms on which we could 
refinance our indebtedness would be favorable.

Cost reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates will reduce cash available for distribution to unitholders 

and payments of our debt obligations.

Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all expenses 
they incur on our behalf. Any such reimbursement will be determined by our general partner and will reduce the cash available 
for distribution to unitholders and payments of our debt obligations. These expenses will include all costs incurred by our general 
partner and its affiliates in managing and operating us. Please read Part III, Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 
and Director Independence.”

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require unitholders to sell their units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the issued and outstanding common units, our 
general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, which right it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, 
but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than their then-current market price. As 
a result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units to our general partner, its affiliates or us at an undesirable time or 

43

Table of Contents

price and may not receive any return on their investment. Unitholders may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of their common 
units. At March 6, 2017, our general partner and its affiliates own approximately 21.0% of our common units.

Unitholder liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for those 
contractual  obligations  of  the  partnership  that  are  expressly  made  without  recourse  to  the  general  partner.  Our  partnership  is 
organized under Delaware law and we conduct business in a number of other states. The limitations on the liability of holders of 
limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some of the other states 
in which we do business. Unitholders could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if they were a general partner if:

•  a court or government agency determined that we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with that 

particular state’s partnership statute; or

•  unitholders’ right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to 
our partnership agreement or to take other actions under our partnership agreement constitute “control” of our business.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully distributed to them.

Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under 
Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we call the Delaware Act, we may not make a 
distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware law 
provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution 
and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution 
amount. Purchasers of units who become limited partners are liable for the obligations of the transferring limited partner to make 
contributions to the partnership that are known to the purchaser of the units at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown 
obligations  if  the  liabilities  could  be  determined  from  the  partnership  agreement.  Liabilities  to  partners  on  account  of  their 
partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a 
distribution is permitted.

Our common units have a low trading volume compared to other units representing limited partner interests.

Our common units are traded publicly on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CLMT.” However, our 
common units have a low average daily trading volume compared to many other units representing limited partner interests quoted 
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 

The market price of our common units may continue to be volatile and may also be influenced by many factors, some of 

which are beyond our control, including:

•  our quarterly distributions;

•  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

•  changes in commodity prices or refining margins;

• 

loss of a large customer;

•  announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

•  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

•  general economic conditions;

• 

• 

• 

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

future sales of our common units; and

the other factors described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report.

Tax Risks to Common Unitholders

Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being 
subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal 
income tax purposes, or if we become subject to material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then 
our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.

The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in our common units depends largely on our being treated as a 

partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

44

Table of Contents

Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law, we would be treated as a corporation for 
federal income tax purposes unless we satisfy a “qualifying income” requirement. Based upon our current operations and private 
letter  rulings  we  have  received  with  respect  to  certain  aspects  of  our  business,  we  believe  we  satisfy  the  qualifying  income 
requirement. Failing to meet the qualifying income requirement or a change in current law could cause us to  be treated as a 
corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.

If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income 
at the corporate tax rate. Distributions to our unitholders would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, 
gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to our unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed upon us as a corporation, 
our cash available for distribution to our unitholders could be substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation 
would result in a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial 
reduction in the value of our common units.

Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects 
us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to a material amount of entity-level taxation for federal, state or local 
income tax purposes, the anticipated quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect 
the impact of that law or interpretation on us. At the state level, several states have been evaluating ways to subject partnerships 
to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise, or other forms of taxation. Imposition of a similar tax 
on us in the jurisdictions in which we operate or in other jurisdictions to which we may expand could substantially reduce our cash 
available for distribution to our unitholders. 

The  tax  treatment  of  publicly-traded  partnerships  or  an  investment  in  our  common  units  could  be  subject  to  potential 

legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly-traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common 
units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial changes or differing interpretations at any time. For example, from 
time to time, members of Congress propose and consider such substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws 
that affect publicly-traded partnerships. Although there is no such current legislative proposal, a prior legislative proposal would 
have eliminated the qualifying income exception to the treatment of all publicly-traded partnerships as corporations upon which 
we rely for our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

In  addition,  on  January  24,  2017,  final  regulations  regarding  which  activities  give  rise  to  qualifying  income  within  the 
meaning of Section 7704 of the Code (the “Final Regulations”) were published in the Federal Register. Although we are still 
studying the application of the Final Regulations to portions of our business, the Final Regulations reflect a number of changes 
from  the  proposed  regulations  that  are  responsive  to  our  requests  for  clarifications  to  the  proposed  regulations. Although  we 
anticipate that the vast majority of our income will qualify under new standards adopted by the Final Regulations, because of our 
private letter rulings portions of our income that may not qualify under the Final Regulations can be treated as qualifying throughout 
a ten-year transition period. However, there can be no assurance that there will not be further changes to the IRS’s interpretation 
of the qualifying income rules that could impact our ability to qualify as a partnership in the future.  

Any modification to the U.S. federal income tax laws may be applied retroactively and could make it more difficult or 
impossible for us to meet the exception for certain publicly-traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income 
tax purposes. We are unable to predict whether any of these changes or other proposals will ultimately be enacted. Any similar or 
future changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common units.

If the IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the market for our common units may be adversely impacted 

and the cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for distribution to our unitholders.

The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court 
proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take. Any 
contest by the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for our common units and the price at which they trade. Our 
costs of any contest by the IRS will be borne indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs will reduce 
our cash available for distribution. We have requested and obtained a favorable private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that, 
based on facts presented in the private letter ruling request, our income from refining, blending, processing, packaging, marketing 
and distribution of lubricants will constitute “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.

If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, it (and some 
states)  may  assess  and  collect  any  taxes  (including  any  applicable  penalties  and  interest)  resulting  from  such  audit 
adjustment directly from us, in which case our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced.

Pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, if the IRS makes audit 
adjustments to our income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties 
and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us. To the extent possible under the new rules, our general partner 

45

Table of Contents

may elect to either pay the taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) directly to the IRS or, if we are eligible, issue a 
revised Schedule K-1 to each unitholder with respect to an audited and adjusted return. Although our general partner may elect to 
have our unitholders take such audit adjustment into account in accordance with their interests in us during the tax year under 
audit, there can be no assurance that such election will be practical, permissible or effective in all circumstances. As a result, our 
current unitholders may bear some or all of the tax liability resulting from such audit adjustment, even if such unitholders did not 
own units in us during the tax year under audit. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, we are required to make payments of 
taxes, penalties and interest, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced. These rules are 
not applicable for tax years beginning on or prior to December 31, 2017.

Unitholders will be required to pay taxes on their share of our taxable income even if they do not receive any cash distributions 

from us, including their share of income from the cancellation of debt.

Unitholders will be required to pay federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on their share of 
our taxable income, whether or not they receive cash distributions from us. Unitholders may not receive cash distributions from 
us equal to their share of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability which results from that income.

In response to current market conditions, we may engage in transactions to delever the Company and manage our liquidity 
that may result in income and gain to our unitholders without a corresponding cash distribution. For example, if we sell assets and 
use the proceeds to repay existing debt or fund capital expenditures, you may be allocated taxable income and gain resulting from 
the sale without receiving a cash distribution. Further, taking advantage of opportunities to reduce our existing debt, such as debt 
exchanges, debt repurchases or modifications of our existing debt, could result in “cancellation of indebtedness income” (also 
referred to as “COD income”) being allocated to our unitholders as taxable income. Unitholders may be allocated COD income, 
and income tax liabilities arising therefrom may exceed cash distributions. The ultimate effect of any such allocations will depend 
on the unitholder’s individual tax position with respect to its units. Unitholders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors with 
respect to the consequences to them of COD income.

The sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests during any twelve-month period will result in the 

termination of our partnership for federal income tax purposes.

We will be considered to have terminated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of 
50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of determining whether 
the 50% threshold has been met, multiple sales of the same interest will be counted only once. Our termination would, among 
other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which would result in us filing two tax returns for one 
calendar year and could result in a significant deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In 
the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than the calendar year, the closing of our taxable year may also result in 
more than 12 months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination 
currently would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, but it would result in our being treated 
as a new partnership for federal income tax purposes. If we were treated as a new partnership, we would be required to make new 
tax elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred. The IRS recently announced 
a relief procedure whereby if a publicly-traded partnership that has technically terminated requests and the IRS grants special 
relief, among other things, the partnership may be permitted to provide only a single Schedule K-1 to unitholders for the two short 
tax periods included in the year in which the termination occurs.

Tax gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be more or less than expected.

If our unitholders sell their common units, they will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount 
realized and their tax basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of a unitholder’s allocable share of our net 
taxable income result in a decrease in such unitholder’s tax basis in their common units, the amount, if any, of such prior excess 
distributions with respect to the units they sell will, in effect, become taxable income to our unitholders if they sell such units at 
a price greater than their tax basis in those units, even if the price they receive is less than their original cost. In addition, because 
the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if unitholders sell their units, they may incur a tax 
liability in excess of the amount of cash they receive from the sale.

Furthermore, a substantial portion of the amount realized from the sale of common units, whether or not representing gain, 
may be taxed as ordinary income due to potential recapture of depreciation and deductions and certain other items. Thus, our 
unitholders may recognize both ordinary income and capital loss from the sale of their units if the amount realized on a sale of 
such units is less than their adjusted basis in the units. Net capital loss may only offset capital gains and, in the case of individuals, 
up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year. In the taxable period in which our unitholders sell their units, they may recognize ordinary 
income from our allocations of income and gain to them prior to the sale and from recapture items that generally cannot be offset 
by any capital loss recognized upon the sale of units.

46

Table of Contents

Tax-exempt entities and non-U.S. persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may result in adverse tax 

consequences to them.

Investments in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts 
(known  as  “IRAs”),  and  non-U.S. persons  raise  issues  unique  to  them.  For  example,  virtually  all  of  our  income  allocated  to 
organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be unrelated business 
taxable income and will be taxable to them. Allocations and/or distributions to non-U.S. persons will be reduced by withholding 
taxes imposed at the highest effective tax rate applicable to non-U.S. persons, and each non-U.S. person will be required to file a 
U.S. federal tax return and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you 
should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

We have subsidiaries that are treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and subject to corporate-level income 

taxes.

Even though we (as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, some of 
our operations are currently conducted through subsidiaries that are organized as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. 
The taxable income, if any, of such subsidiaries are subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes, which may reduce the 
cash available for distribution to us and, in turn, to our unitholders. If the IRS or other state or local jurisdictions were to successfully 
assert that these corporations have more tax liability than we anticipate or legislation was enacted that increased the corporate tax 
rate, the cash available for distribution could be further reduced. The income tax return filings positions taken by these corporate 
subsidiaries require significant judgment, use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Significant 
judgment is also required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items. Despite our belief that the income 
tax return positions taken by these subsidiaries is fully supportable, certain positions may be successfully challenged by the IRS, 
state or local jurisdictions.

We will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual common 

units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common units.

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units and because of other reasons, we will adopt depreciation 
and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to 
those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to our unitholders. It also could affect the timing of 
these tax benefits or the amount of gain from unitholders’ sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the value of 
our common units or result in audit adjustments to their tax returns.

We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our units each month 
based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is 
transferred.  The  IRS  may  challenge  this  treatment,  which  could  change  the  allocation  of  items  of  income,  gain,  loss  and 
deduction among our unitholders.

We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction between transferors and transferees of our common units 
each month based upon the ownership of our common units on the first day of each month (the “Allocation Date”), instead of on 
the basis of the date a particular common unit is transferred. Similarly, we generally allocate gain or loss realized on a sale or other 
disposition of our assets or, in the discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction 
on the Allocation Date. Nonetheless, we allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital additions based upon the date the 
underlying property is placed in service. The U.S. Department of the Treasury adopted final Treasury Regulations allowing a 
similar monthly simplifying convention but such regulations do not specifically authorize all aspects of our proration method. If 
the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration method or new Treasury Regulations were issued, we may be required to 
change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.

We  have  adopted  certain  valuation  methodologies  in  determining  unitholder’s  allocations  of  income,  gain,  loss  and 
deduction. The IRS may challenge these methods or the resulting allocations, and such a challenge could adversely affect the 
value of our common units.

In determining the items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocable to our unitholders, we must routinely determine the 
fair market value of our respective assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding 
valuation matters, we make many fair market value estimates using a methodology based on the market value of our common 
units as a means to measure the fair market value of our respective assets. The IRS may challenge these valuation methods and 
the resulting allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction.

A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could adversely affect the amount, character, and timing of taxable 
income or loss being allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of gain from our unitholders’ sale of common 
units and could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or result in audit adjustments to our unitholders’ tax 
returns without the benefit of additional deductions.

47

Table of Contents

A unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan (e.g., a loan to a “short seller” to cover a short sale 
of common units) may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax 
purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from 
the disposition.

Because there are no specific rules governing the U.S. federal income tax consequences of loaning a partnership interest, a 
unitholder whose common units are the subject of a securities loan may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In 
that case, the unitholder may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the 
period of the loan and the unitholder may recognize gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period of the loan, 
any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any 
cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders 
desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller should modify any 
applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing their common units.

Unitholders will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in jurisdictions where they do not 

live as a result of investing in our common units.

In addition to U.S. federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes, 
unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we 
conduct business or own property now or in the future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions. We own assets and 
conduct business in most states. Our unitholders may be required to file foreign, state and local income tax returns and pay state 
and local income taxes in any state in which we now or may conduct business in the future. Further, they may be subject to penalties 
for failure to comply with those requirements. As we make acquisitions or expand our business, we may own assets or conduct 
business in additional states or foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is the responsibility of our unitholders 
to file all U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax returns.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to, and our property is not the subject of, any pending legal proceedings other than ordinary routine 
litigation incidental to our business. Our operations are subject to a variety of risks and disputes normally incident to our business. 
As a result, we may, at any given time, be a defendant in various legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of 
business. Please see Items 1 and 2 “Business and Properties — Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Matters” for 
a description of our current regulatory matters related to the environment, health and safety. Additionally, the information provided 
under Note 6 “Commitments and Contingencies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

48

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common units are quoted and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “CLMT.” 
The following table shows the low and high sales prices per common unit, as reported by NASDAQ, for the periods indicated. 
Cash distribution per unit information presented below represent amounts declared subsequent to each respective quarter end based 
on the results of that quarter. 

2015:
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
2016:
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Low

High

Cash Distribution
per Unit (1)

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

20.65
24.03
18.26
17.70

7.80
3.42
4.36
2.79

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

29.14
28.49
28.33
27.88

20.27
12.48
6.42
5.00

$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

0.685
0.685
0.685
0.685

—
—
—
—

(1)  We  also  paid  cash  distributions  to  our  general  partner  with  respect  to  its  2%  general  partner  interest  and,  to  the  extent 
distributions exceeded $0.495 per unit, its incentive distribution rights, as described below in “Cash Distribution Policy — 
General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.”

As  of  March 6,  2017,  there  were  approximately  40 unitholders  of  record  of  our  common  units.  The  actual  number  of 
unitholders is greater than the number of holders of record. As of March 6, 2017, there were 76,691,864 common units outstanding. 
The last reported sale price of our common units by NASDAQ on March 3, 2017, was $4.00.

Cash Distribution Policy

General. Within  45 days  after  the  end  of  each  quarter,  we  distribute  our  available  cash  (as  defined  in  our  partnership 

agreement), if any, to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

Available Cash. Available cash generally means, for any quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter:

• 

less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

•  provide for the proper conduct of our business;

•  comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; and

•  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four 

quarters.

•  plus all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings 
made after the end of the quarter for which the determination is being made. Working capital borrowings are generally 
borrowings that will be made under our revolving credit facility and in all cases are used solely for working capital 
purposes or to pay distributions to partners.

Cash Distribution Policy. We distribute to the holders of common units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly 
distribution of $0.45 per unit, or $1.80 in aggregate per year, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after 
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner. However, there is 
no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy 
is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined 
by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We will be prohibited from making any 
distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default exists, under our debt instruments, including 
our revolving credit agreement and the indentures governing our 2021 Secured Notes, 2021 Notes, 2022 Notes and 2023 Notes. 

49

Table of Contents

Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity 
and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities” for a discussion of the restrictions in our debt instruments that restrict our 
ability to make distributions.

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights. Our general partner is entitled to 2% of all quarterly distributions 
since inception that we make prior to our liquidation. This general partner interest is represented by 1,559,026 general partner 
units. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 
current general partner interest. The general partner’s 2% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units 
in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2% general partner 
interest. Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up 
to a maximum of 50%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined in our partnership agreement) in excess of 
$0.495 per unit. The maximum distribution of 50% includes distributions paid to our general partner on its 2% general partner 
interest, and assumes that our general partner maintains its general partner interest at 2%. The maximum distribution of 50% does 
not include any distributions that our general partner may receive on units that it owns. Our general partner earned no incentive 
distribution  rights  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016.  Our  general  partner  earned  incentive  distribution  rights  of 
approximately $16.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Our general partner is entitled to incentive distributions if the amount we distribute to unitholders with respect to any quarter 

exceeds specified target levels shown below: 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution
First Target Distribution
Second Target Distribution
Third Target Distribution
Thereafter

Distribution Suspension

Total Quarterly
Distribution
Target Amount
Per Common Unit
$0.45
up to $0.495
above $0.495 up to $0.563
above $0.563 up to $0.675
above $0.675

Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions

Unitholders

98%
98%
85%
75%
50%

General Partner
2%
2%
15%
25%
50%

In April 2016 and effective beginning the first quarter 2016, the board of directors of our general partner suspended payment 
of our quarterly cash distribution. The board of directors of our general partner will continue to evaluate our ability to reinstate 
the distribution.

Equity Compensation Plans

The  equity  compensation  plan  information  required  by  Item 201(d)  of  Regulation S-K  in  response  to  this  Item 5  is 
incorporated by reference into Part III, Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Unitholder Matters” of this Annual Report.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table shows selected historical consolidated financial and operating data of the Company. The selected historical 
consolidated financial data as of and after December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 includes the operations acquired as 
part of the acquisitions of Missouri, Calumet Packaging, Royal Purple, Great Falls, San Antonio, Bel-Ray, United Petroleum, 
Anchor Drilling Fluids and oilfield services assets from their respective dates of acquisition, January 3, 2012, January 6, 2012, 
July 3, 2012, October 1, 2012, January 2, 2013, December 10, 2013, February 28, 2014, March 31, 2014, and August 1, 2014.

The following table includes the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow. 
For a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow to Net income (loss) and Net cash provided by 
operating activities, our most directly comparable financial performance and liquidity measures calculated in accordance with 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), please read “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

We derived the information in the following table from, and the information should be read together with, and is qualified 
in its entirety by reference to, the historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in Item 8 

50

 
 
Table of Contents

“Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  except  for  operating  data,  such  as  sales  volume,  feedstock  runs  and  facility 
production. The following table also should be read together with Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Summary of Operations Data:
Sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating costs and expenses:

Selling

General and administrative

Transportation

Taxes other than income taxes

Asset impairment

Other

Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):

Interest expense

Debt extinguishment costs

Realized gain (loss) on derivative
instruments

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative
instruments

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

Loss on sale of unconsolidated
affiliates

Other

Total other expense

Net income (loss) before income taxes

Income tax expense (benefit)

Net income (loss)

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,

2014

(In millions)

2013

2012

$

3,599.4

$

4,212.8

$

5,791.1

$

5,421.4

$

3,191.1

408.3

3,618.2

594.6

5,261.4

529.7

5,011.4

410.0

4,657.3

4,144.1

513.2

110.7

110.6

169.2

20.1

35.7

1.7

(39.7)

(161.7)

—

(24.0)

19.9

(18.7)

(113.4)

1.3

(296.6)

(336.3)

(7.7)

$

(328.6) $

146.0

135.5

175.5

17.7

33.8

11.1

75.0

(104.9)
(46.6)

8.1

(39.5)
(61.5)

—

149.6

98.3

171.4

13.4

36.0

14.2

46.8

(110.8)
(89.9)

43.8

(0.6)
(3.4)

—

1.6
(242.8)
(167.8)
(28.4)
(139.4) $

1.1
(159.8)
(113.0)
(0.8)
(112.2) $

62.6

82.1

142.7

14.2

10.5

6.3

91.6

(96.8)
(14.6)

(4.7)

25.7
(0.3)

—

3.0
(87.7)
3.9

0.4

3.5

$

41.6

60.9

107.9

9.1

1.6

6.2

285.9

(85.6)
—

9.5

(3.8)
—

—

0.5
(79.4)
206.5

0.8

205.7

51

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

(In millions, except unit, per unit and operating data)

Weighted average limited partner units
outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Limited partners’ interest basic net
income (loss) per unit

Limited partners’ interest diluted net
income (loss) per unit

Cash distributions declared per limited
partner unit
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Property, plant and equipment, net

Total assets

Accounts payable

Long-term debt

Total partners’ capital
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash flow provided by (used in):

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA

Distributable Cash Flow
Operating Data (bpd): (1)
Total sales volume (2)
Total feedstock runs (3)
Total facility production (4)

77,043,935

77,043,935

74,896,096

74,896,096

69,671,827

69,671,827

67,938,784

67,938,784

55,559,183

55,676,741

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(4.18) $

(2.05) $

(1.80) $

(0.17) $

(4.18) $

(2.05) $

(1.80) $

(0.17) $

0.685

1,678.0

2,725.2

295.5

1,997.2

218.7

$

$

$

$

$

$

4.1

$

(154.2) $

148.7

$

(3.5) $

158.2

$

(5.7) $

2.74

1,719.2

2,944.7

316.6

1,773.4

603.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

376.4
$
(389.0) $
$
9.7

129.1

257.7

161.9

$

$

$

2.74

1,464.4

3,085.1

419.9

1,678.8

810.2

$

$

$

$

$

$

226.8
$
(658.8) $
$
319.4

226.3

305.9

146.3

$

$

$

2.70

1,160.4

2,658.4

355.8

1,081.1

1,062.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

39.1
$
(370.3) $
$
420.1

233.1

241.5

18.8

$

$

$

140,180

134,163

134,929

126,216

123,051

122,795

122,852

117,427

114,146

116,477

110,237

106,592

3.51

3.50

2.30

986.9

2,223.6

332.6

834.1

889.8

380.1
(624.2)
276.2

383.7

404.6

281.1

97,789

97,600

96,172

(1)  Operating data excludes operations of the oilfield services segment.
(2)  Total sales volume includes sales from the production at our facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply 
and/or processing agreements, sales of inventories and the resale of crude oil to third party customers. Total sales volume 
includes the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, as components of finished fuel products 
in our fuel products segment sales.

(3)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our facilities and at certain 

third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements.

(4)  Total facility production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing crude 
oil and other feedstocks at our facilities and at certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements. 
The difference between total facility production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag between the 
input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss. 

52

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We include in this Annual Report the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash 
Flow. We provide reconciliations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow to Net income (loss), our most 
directly comparable financial performance measure. We also provide a reconciliation of Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA 
and EBITDA to Net cash provided by operating activities, our most directly comparable liquidity measure. Both Net income (loss) 
and Net cash provided by operating activities are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles (“GAAP”).

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow are used as supplemental financial measures by our management 

and by external users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess:

• 

• 

the financial performance of our assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;

the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs and support our indebtedness;

•  our operating performance and return on capital as compared to those of other companies in our industry, without regard 

to financing or capital structure; and

• 

the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment 
opportunities.

Management believes that these non-GAAP measures are useful to analysts and investors as they exclude transactions not 
related to our core cash operating activities and provide metrics to analyze our ability to pay distributions and interest costs. We 
believe  that  excluding  these  transactions  allows  investors  to  meaningfully  analyze  trends  and  performance  of  our  core  cash 
operations.

We define EBITDA for any period as net income (loss) plus interest expense (including debt issuance and extinguishment 

costs), income taxes and depreciation and amortization.

We  define Adjusted  EBITDA  for  any  period  as:  (1) net  income  (loss)  plus  (2)(a) interest  expense;  (b) income  taxes; 
(c) depreciation and amortization; (d) impairment; (e) unrealized losses from mark to market accounting for hedging activities; 
(f) realized gains under derivative instruments excluded from the determination of net income (loss); (g) non-cash equity-based 
compensation expense and other non-cash items (excluding items such as accruals of cash expenses in a future period or amortization 
of a prepaid cash expense) that were deducted in computing net income (loss); (h) debt refinancing fees, premiums and penalties, 
(i) any net loss realized in connection with an asset sale that was deducted in computing net income (loss) and (j) all extraordinary, 
unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense; minus (3)(a) unrealized gains from mark to market accounting 
for hedging activities; (b) realized losses under derivative instruments excluded from the determination of net income and (c) other 
non-recurring expenses and unrealized items that reduced net income (loss) for a prior period, but represent a cash item in the 
current period.

We  define  Distributable  Cash  Flow  for  any  period  as Adjusted  EBITDA  less  replacement  and  environmental  capital 
expenditures, turnaround costs, cash interest expense (consolidated interest expense less non-cash interest expense), income (loss) 
from unconsolidated affiliates, net of cash distributions and income tax expense (benefit). Distributable Cash Flow is used by us 
and our investors and analysts to analyze our ability to pay distributions.

The definition of Adjusted EBITDA presented in this Annual Report is consistent with the calculation of “Consolidated Cash 
Flow” contained in the indentures governing our 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes (as defined in this Annual Report). 
We are required to report Consolidated Cash Flow to the holders of our 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes and Adjusted 
EBITDA to the lenders under our revolving credit facility, and these measures are used by them to determine our compliance with 
certain covenants governing those debt instruments. Please read Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt and Credit Facilities” for additional details 
regarding the covenants governing our debt instruments.

The  preliminary  expected  range  for  forward-looking  non-GAAP Adjusted  EBITDA  contained  in  this Annual  Report  is 
provided only on a non-GAAP basis, due to the inherent difficulty of calculating items that would be included in Net income (loss) 
on a GAAP basis. Adjusted EBITDA guidance does not include certain charges and costs, which in future periods are generally 
expected to be similar to the kinds of charges and costs excluded from Adjusted EBITDA in prior periods, such as income taxes, 
interest and other non-operating items, depreciation and amortization, net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives, lower of cost 
or market adjustments, gains and losses on disposal or impairment of assets, equity-based compensation, revaluation of liabilities 
and items that are unusual in nature or infrequently occurring. The exclusion of these charges and costs in future periods will have 
a significant impact on our Net income (loss) and we are not able to provide a reconciliation of its Adjusted EBITDA guidance to 
net income (loss) without unreasonable efforts due to the uncertainty and variability of the nature and amount of these future 
charges and costs.  

EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Distributable  Cash  Flow  should  not  be  considered  alternatives  to  Net  income  (loss), 
Operating income (loss), Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented 

53

Table of Contents

in accordance with GAAP. In evaluating our performance as measured by EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash 
Flow, management recognizes and considers the limitations of these measurements. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect 
our obligations for the payment of income taxes, interest expense or other obligations such as capital expenditures. Accordingly, 
EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Distributable  Cash  Flow  are  only  three  of  several  measurements  that  management  utilizes. 
Moreover, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of 
another company because all companies may not calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow in the same 
manner.

The following tables present a reconciliation of Net income (loss) to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash 
Flow; Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to Net cash provided by operating activities and Segment Adjusted 
EBITDA to EBITDA and Net income (loss), and our most directly comparable GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures, 
for each of the periods indicated.

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Year Ended December 31,

(In millions)

Reconciliation of Net income (loss) to EBITDA, Adjusted
EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow:
Net income (loss)

$

(328.6) $

(139.4) $

(112.2) $

3.5

$

205.7

Add:

Interest expense

Debt extinguishment costs

Depreciation and amortization

Income tax expense (benefit)

EBITDA

Add:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivatives

Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not
included in net income (loss) or settled in a
prior period
Amortization of turnaround costs
Impairment charges (1)
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate

Non-cash equity-based compensation and
other non-cash items

Adjusted EBITDA

Less:

Replacement and environmental capital 
expenditures (2)
Cash interest expense (3)
Turnaround costs

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

Income tax expense (benefit)

Distributable Cash Flow

$

$

$

$

$

161.7
—

171.1
(7.7)
(3.5) $

104.9
46.6

145.4
(28.4)
129.1

(19.9) $

39.5

$

$

(6.4)
33.2

35.9

113.9

5.0

(10.0)
29.0

58.1

—

12.0

110.8
89.9

138.6
(0.8)
226.3

0.6

6.6

24.5

36.0

—

11.9

96.8
14.6

117.8

0.4

85.6
—

91.6

0.8

$

$

233.1

$

383.7

(25.7) $

3.8

(1.8)
15.9

10.5

—

9.5

(5.0)
13.4

1.6

—

7.1

158.2

$

257.7

$

305.9

$

241.5

$

404.6

$

29.3
152.1

8.7
(18.5)
(7.7)
(5.7) $

44.2
98.2

19.3
(37.5)
(28.4)
161.9

$

$

31.8
104.4

27.6
(3.4)
(0.8)
146.3

$

$

64.2
89.8

68.6
(0.3)
0.4

28.3
79.5

14.9

—

0.8

$

18.8

$

281.1

(1) 

Impairment charges for 2016 include $34.8 million of goodwill impairment charges related to the specialty products and fuel 
products segments, $0.9 million of long-lived assets impairment charges related to the specialty products and fuel products 
segments, and a $0.2 million impairment charge related to one of our equity method investments. 

Impairment charges for 2015 include a $33.8 million goodwill impairment charge related to the oilfield services segment 
and $24.3 million impairment charge related to our investment in Juniper.  

(2)  Replacement capital expenditures are defined as those capital expenditures which do not increase operating capacity or reduce 
operating costs and exclude turnaround costs. Environmental capital expenditures include asset additions to meet or exceed 
environmental and operating regulations.

(3)  Represents consolidated interest expense less non-cash interest expense.

54

 
 
 
Table of Contents

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,
2014
(In millions)

2013

2012

Reconciliation of Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA and
EBITDA to Net cash provided by operating activities:
Distributable Cash Flow

(5.7) $

$

161.9

$

146.3

$

18.8

$

281.1

$

$

$

$

Add:

Replacement and environmental capital 
expenditures (1)
Cash interest expense (2)
Turnaround costs
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Income tax expense (benefit)

Adjusted EBITDA

Less:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivatives
Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not
included in net income (loss) or settled in a
prior period
Amortization of turnaround costs
Impairment charges (3)
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate

Non-cash equity-based compensation and
other non-cash items

EBITDA
Add:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivatives
Cash interest expense (2)
Asset impairment
Lower of cost or market inventory
adjustment
Non-cash equity-based compensation
Deferred income tax benefit
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Amortization of turnaround costs
Income tax (expense) benefit
Provision for doubtful accounts
Debt extinguishment costs
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Turnaround costs
Derivative activity
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Accrued income taxes payable
Other current liabilities
Other, including changes in noncurrent
liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

$

$

$

$

29.3
152.1
8.7
(18.5)
(7.7)
158.2

$

44.2
98.2
19.3
(37.5)
(28.4)
257.7

(19.9) $

39.5

(6.4)
33.2
35.9
113.9

5.0
(3.5) $

(19.9) $
(152.1)
35.7

(39.2)
5.6
(0.7)
18.7
113.4
33.2
7.7
0.4
—

(28.4)
49.6
(3.5)
(8.7)
(19.0)
(0.6)
21.4
21.4
—
(31.1)

(10.0)
29.0
58.1
—

12.0
129.1

39.5
(98.2)
33.8

81.8
9.8
(28.5)
61.5
—
29.0
28.4
1.1
(37.5)

138.0
47.3
3.4
(19.3)
(7.0)
—
(119.9)
(6.5)
—
84.2

$

$

$

$

31.8
104.4
27.6
(3.4)
(0.8)
305.9

0.6

6.6
24.5
36.0
—

11.9
226.3

0.6
(104.4)
36.0

74.1
6.5
(1.2)
3.4
—
24.5
0.8
0.5
(70.9)

(0.4)
43.9
3.9
(27.6)
6.7
—
(13.1)
15.1
—
(2.1)

64.2
89.8
68.6
(0.3)
0.4
241.5

$

28.3
79.5
14.9
—
0.8
404.6

(25.7) $

3.8

(1.8)
15.9
10.5
—

9.5
233.1

$

(25.7) $
(89.8)
10.5

(2.1)
4.8
—
0.3
—
15.9
(0.4)
0.1
(11.2)

(32.3)
16.4
6.8
(68.6)
(1.8)
(0.1)
6.8
(1.0)
(27.6)
2.7

(5.0)
13.4
1.6
—

7.1
383.7

3.8
(79.5)
1.6

6.1
6.5
—
—
—
13.4
(0.8)
—
—

34.6
11.8
15.8
(14.9)
(5.0)
(4.0)
11.1
13.0
(16.1)
4.6

(5.6)
380.1

3.7
4.1

$

6.4
376.4

$

4.2
226.8

$

2.3
39.1

$

(1)  Replacement capital expenditures are defined as those capital expenditures which do not increase operating capacity or reduce 
operating costs and exclude turnaround costs. Environmental capital expenditures include asset additions to meet or exceed 
environmental and operating regulations.

(2)  Represents consolidated interest expense less non-cash interest expense.

55

 
Table of Contents

(3) 

Impairment charges for 2016 include $34.8 million of goodwill impairment charges related to the specialty products and 
fuel products segments, $0.9 million of long-lived assets impairment charges related to the specialty products and fuel 
products segments, and a $0.2 million impairment charge related to one of our equity method investments. 

Impairment charges for 2015 include a $33.8 million goodwill impairment charge related to the oilfield services segment 
and $24.3 million impairment charge related to our investment in Juniper.    

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Year Ended December 31,

(In millions)

Reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA
and Net income (loss):
Segment Adjusted EBITDA:

201.7

$

220.8

$

194.5

$

Specialty products Adjusted EBITDA

Fuel products Adjusted EBITDA

Oilfield Services Adjusted EBITDA

Total segment Adjusted EBITDA

Less:

Unrealized (gain) loss on derivatives

Realized gain (loss) on derivatives, not
included in net income (loss) or settled in a
prior period

Amortization of turnaround costs

Impairment charges

Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate

Non-cash equity-based compensation and
other non-cash items

EBITDA

Less:

Interest expense

Debt extinguishment costs

Depreciation and amortization

Income tax expense (benefit)

Net income (loss)

$

$

$

$

$

$

(19.9) $

39.5

81.9
(25.9)
257.7

(10.0)
29.0

58.1

—

12.0

129.1

104.9

46.6

50.0

35.1

305.9

0.6

6.6

24.5

36.0

—

11.9

226.3

110.8

89.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

145.4
(28.4)
(139.4) $

138.6
(0.8)
(112.2) $

47.0

—

241.5

$

283.2

121.4

—

404.6

(25.7) $

3.8

(1.8)
15.9

10.5

—

9.5

233.1

96.8

14.6

117.8

0.4

3.5

(5.0)
13.4

1.6

—

7.1

383.7

85.6

—

91.6

0.8

$

$

$

205.7

188.9
(10.1)
(20.6)
158.2

$

$

(6.4)
33.2

35.9

113.9

5.0
(3.5) $

161.7

$

—

171.1
(7.7)
(328.6) $

56

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The historical consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report reflect all of the assets, liabilities and results 
of operations of the Company. The following discussion analyzes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company 
for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company realigned its 
reportable segments for financial reporting purposes as a result of the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions in 2014 resulting in a new 
segment, oilfield services. Unitholders should read the following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and notes of the Company included 
elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Overview

We  are  a  leading  independent  producer  of  high-quality,  specialty  hydrocarbon  products  in  North  America.  We  are 
headquartered in Indianapolis, Indiana, and own specialty and fuel products facilities primarily located in northwest Louisiana, 
northwest Wisconsin, northern Montana, western Pennsylvania, Texas, New Jersey and eastern Missouri. We own and lease oilfield 
services locations in Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Arkansas, Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, Montana, New Mexico, New York, North 
Dakota, Pennsylvania and Ohio. We own and lease additional facilities, primarily related to production and distribution of specialty, 
fuel and oilfield services products, throughout the United States (“U.S.”). Our business is organized into three segments: specialty 
products, fuel products and oilfield services. In our specialty products segment, we process crude oil and other feedstocks into a 
wide variety of customized lubricating oils, white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums and waxes. Our specialty products are sold 
to domestic and international customers who purchase them primarily as raw material components for basic industrial, consumer 
and automotive goods. We also blend and market specialty products through our Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, TruFuel and Quantum 
brands. In our fuel products segment, we process crude oil into a variety of fuel and fuel-related products, including gasoline, 
diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and heavy fuel oils, and from time to time resell purchased crude oil to third party customers. Our oilfield 
services segment manufactures and markets products and provides oilfield services including drilling fluids, completion fluids 
and solids control services to the oil and gas exploration industry throughout the U.S. 

2016 Update 

Outlook and Trends

Commodity markets and corresponding refined product margins were volatile during 2015 and 2016, with the average price 
per barrel of New York Mercantile Exchange West Texas Intermediate (“NYMEX WTI”) crude oil decreasing more than 45% 
during 2015 and approximately 11% during 2016. We expect this volatility to continue into 2017. Below are factors that have 
impacted our results of operations during 2016:

•  We realized record profit contribution from certain specialty product lines, primarily attributable to the continued growth 
of our brand-named products such as Royal Purple, Bel-Ray and TruFuel. We are committed to continued growth in our 
specialty products segment, and we continue to work on new products to introduce to the market.  Specialty products 
margins have remained relatively stable and are expected to remain stable in the near term.

•  We  reached  record  feedstock  runs  during  2016  through  our  continued  focus  on  improving  operations.  Our  average 
feedstock runs were 134,163 barrels per day (“bpd”) in 2016, a 9.0% increase compared to 2015, which was our second 
highest year. We expect to maintain these rates and hope to see modest improvement in the future as we continue to seek 
to minimize unplanned downtime at our facilities.  

•  We had record asphalt sales of 7.5 million barrels in 2016, a 42% increase compared to 2015. We are seeking to continue 
to increase our use of heavy crude oil in our refining system, which will lower our overall delivered cost of crude oil as 
we expect heavy crude oil discounts to remain wide.

•  Refined product margins have declined in 2016 as compared to 2015 with the Gulf Coast crack spread (defined below) 
declining 33% to $12 per barrel, while the Western Canadian Select (“WCS”) discount versus NYMEX WTI increased 
8% to $13 per barrel below NYMEX WTI. We have increased our use of WCS crude oil and other heavy crude oils to 
capture the higher margins associated with refining heavier crude oils, going from approximately 19% of feedstock runs 
in 2015 to approximately 26% of feedstock runs in 2016. 

•  Due to seasonal declines in demand during the winter months and the desire to minimize inventories at year-end, the 
fourth quarter tends to generate lower refined product margins. To mitigate this risk and to further enhance liquidity, we 
sought to minimize our inventory levels in 2016, while improving our logistics system. As a result of these efforts, our 
total inventory volumes (crude oil and refined products) as of the end of 2016 were approximately 8% lower (approximately 
410,000 barrels lower) than at year-end 2015 despite record feedstock runs. 

•  Environmental regulations continue to affect our margins in the form of the increasing cost of Renewable Identification 
Numbers (“RINs”). To the extent we are unable to blend biofuels, we must purchase RINs in the open market to satisfy 

57

Table of Contents

our annual requirement. It is not possible to predict what future volumes or costs may be, but given the increase in required 
volumes and the volatile price of RINs, we continue to anticipate that RINs have the potential to remain a significant 
expense for our fuel products segment, assuming current market prices for RINs continue, inclusive of the favorable 
impact of any exemptions received from the EPA.

•  Volatility in crude oil and natural gas prices negatively impacted our oilfield services segment, with a 48% decrease in 
the average U.S. land-based rig count during the full-year 2016; however there was an increase in rig count of approximately 
23% on average in the fourth quarter 2016 compared to the third quarter 2016. We anticipate that 2017 will remain 
challenging for the segment, and we expect to continue to adapt our cost structure to market conditions, which we believe 
will position us favorably if the market ultimately recovers.

•  A further decline in market prices of crude oil, refined products or continued narrow product margins may negatively 
impact the results of our operations which could result in further asset impairments. For example, we recorded a $113.9 
million loss on the sale of Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC (“Dakota Prairie”), our joint venture with MDU Resources, Inc. 
(“MDU”), a goodwill impairment charge of $33.4 million related to our Great Falls and San Antonio fuels refineries in 
the second quarter 2016 and a goodwill impairment charge of $1.4 million related to our Missouri facility in the fourth 
quarter 2016.

Financial Results 

We reported a net loss of $328.6 million in 2016, versus a net loss of $139.4 million in 2015. We reported Adjusted EBITDA 
(as defined in Item 6 “Selected Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures”) of $158.2 million in 2016, versus $257.7 
million in 2015. We generated $4.1 million of cash flow from operations in 2016, versus $376.4 million in 2015. Distributable 
Cash Flow (“DCF”) (as defined in Item 6 “Selected Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures”) was $(5.7) million in 
2016, compared to $161.9 million in 2015. 

Our net loss for the full-year 2016 includes the impact of four items: (1) $113.9 million of non-cash charges due to our 
divestiture of our 50% joint venture interest in Dakota Prairie, (2) a favorable lower of cost or market (“LCM”) inventory adjustment 
of $39.2 million, (3) $27.9 million of losses related to liquidation of last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) inventory layers and, (4) an $18.7 
million loss from unconsolidated affiliates primarily related to Dakota Prairie, which was included in results from operations until 
divested on June 27, 2016. Our 2016 full-year Adjusted EBITDA includes the impact of three items: (1) a favorable LCM inventory 
adjustment of $51.4 million, (2) $27.9 million of losses related to liquidation of LIFO inventory layers and, (3) $18.7 million loss 
from unconsolidated affiliates primarily related to Dakota Prairie.

Please read Item 6 “Selected Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted 
EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow to Net income (loss), our most directly comparable financial performance measure, and for 
a reconciliation of Distributable Cash Flow, Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA to Net cash provided by operating activities, our most 
directly comparable financial liquidity measure, both calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Commodity markets remained volatile in 2016, contributing to fluctuations in refined product margins. The average price 
of NYMEX WTI crude oil averaged approximately $43 per barrel in 2016 compared to $49 per barrel in 2015. In 2016, with 
respect to the average price differential per barrel between WCS and NYMEX WTI, WCS averaged $13 per barrel below NYMEX 
WTI, versus $12 per barrel below NYMEX WTI in 2015. Given our access to cost-advantaged, heavy Canadian crude oil in our 
northern refining system, we have embarked on a multi-year plan to increase our ability to process this crude oil grade. In the full-
year 2016, we processed 35,000 bpd of heavy Canadian crude oil, versus 23,500 bpd in the full-year 2015.

Our full-year performance benefited from stable contributions in our specialty products segment, however, these contributions 
were more than offset by weaker performance in our fuel products segment and oilfield services segments. Total facility production 
increased to a record 135,000 bpd in 2016, versus 123,000 bpd in 2015, while total sales volume increased to 140,000 bpd in 2016, 
versus 126,000 bpd in 2015. 

Specialty products segment Adjusted EBITDA was $188.9 million in 2016, a decrease of 6.3% versus the prior year. Gross 
profit per barrel for our specialty products segment was $34.57 in 2016, versus $40.24 in the prior year. 2016 results were impacted 
by a $13.7 million favorable LCM inventory adjustment and an $8.8 million loss related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory 
layers. Specialty products represented approximately 20% of total production in 2016, compared to 21% in 2015.

During 2016, the decrease in the average selling price per barrel of specialty products outpaced a decline in the average cost 
of crude oil, our primary input cost, resulting in margin compression within the specialty products segment. Total specialty products 
segment sales volumes increased to 27,000 bpd in 2016, an increase of 6.3% when compared to 2015. Demand for lubricating 
oils, white oils and packaged and synthetic products all increased on a year-over-year basis.

Fuel products segment Adjusted EBITDA was $(10.1) million in 2016, a decrease of 112.3% versus the prior year. Gross 
profit per barrel for our fuel products segment was $1.16 per barrel in 2016, versus $4.51 per barrel in the prior year. 2016 results 
were  impacted  by  reduced  Renewable  Fuel  Standard  (“RFS”)  compliance  costs,  a  $36.9  million  favorable  LCM  inventory 

58

Table of Contents

adjustment and a $19.7 million loss related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers. In 2016, production within our fuel products 
segment reached a record high, as did our total annual fuel product sales volumes which was primarily driven by the completion 
of the Great Falls refinery expansion. Fuel products represented approximately 80% of total production during the year. Total fuel 
products segment sales volumes increased 12.6% during 2016, when compared to the full-year 2015.

For benchmarking purposes, we compare our per barrel refined fuel products margin to the U.S. Gulf Coast 2/1/1 crack 
spread (“Gulf Coast crack spread”). The Gulf Coast crack spread represents the approximate gross margin per barrel that results 
from processing two barrels of crude oil into one barrel of gasoline and one barrel of ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel. The Gulf Coast 
crack spread is calculated using the near-month futures price of NYMEX WTI crude oil, the price of U.S. Gulf Coast Pipeline 87 
Octane Conventional Gasoline and the price of U.S. Gulf Coast Pipeline Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (“ULSD”).

During 2016, the Gulf Coast crack spread averaged approximately $12 per barrel, versus approximately $18 per barrel in 
2015, an approximate 33% decline. The Gulf Coast ULSD crack spread averaged approximately $12 per barrel during 2016, 
compared to approximately $17 per barrel in the prior year. The Gulf Coast gasoline crack spread averaged approximately $13 
per barrel during 2016, compared to approximately $19 per barrel in the prior year. Between 2015 and 2016, the average WCS 
discount versus NYMEX WTI widened from $12 per barrel to $13 per barrel.

Although the 2016 average Gulf Coast crack spread was below 2015 levels, the average Gulf Coast crack spread and the 
average ULSD crack spread increased in the fourth quarter 2016. During the fourth quarter 2016, the Gulf Coast crack spread 
averaged approximately $13 per barrel, versus approximately $11 per barrel in the same period in 2015. The market ULSD crack 
spread averaged approximately $15 per barrel during the fourth quarter 2016, compared to approximately $12 per barrel in the 
prior year period. The market gasoline crack spread averaged approximately $12 per barrel during the fourth quarter 2016, compared 
to approximately $10 per barrel in the prior year period. Between the fourth quarters of 2015 and 2016, the average WCS discount 
versus NYMEX WTI widened from $13 per barrel to $14 per barrel.

We refer to our fuel products segment gross profit per barrel divided by the Gulf Coast crack spread as the “capture rate.”  
The capture rate is a means of measuring refinery system gross profit per barrel against the benchmark crack spread. During 2016, 
our capture rate was approximately 10%, versus approximately 25% in 2015. 

Included within our fuel products segment gross profit per barrel calculation are the realized cost of crude oil and other 
feedstocks and other production-related expenses, the most significant portion of which includes labor, plant fuel, utilities, contract 
services, maintenance, depreciation and process materials. Our gross profit per barrel calculation may not be comparable to similar 
calculations published by our competitors. 

There are several factors that impact our refined product margin when compared to the benchmark crack spread. For example, 
several of our fuel products refineries produce asphalt and other residual products that may carry an average sales price below that 
of U.S. Gulf Coast gasoline or U.S. Gulf Coast ULSD. Alternatively, many of our fuel products refineries purchase select quantities 
of crude oil at a discount to NYMEX WTI, which helps support a higher capture rate, relative to the crack spread benchmark. 
Finally, some of our facilities, such as our Shreveport and San Antonio refineries, produce both fuel and specialty products; given 
that our specialty products facilities generally operate at lower utilization rates than our fuel products facilities, facilities producing 
specialty products may incur higher operating expenses when compared to refineries that produce fuels exclusively, such as our 
Great Falls and Superior refineries. Based on our system-wide crude purchasing behaviors and overall production slate, we believe 
the Gulf Coast crack spread remains a meaningful indicator in tracking directional shifts in our refined product margins.

Oilfield services segment Adjusted EBITDA was $(20.6) million in 2016, an improvement of 20.5% versus the prior year. 
While the average U.S. land-based rig count declined 48% on a year-over-year basis, it improved by approximately 23% on average 
in the fourth quarter 2016. Additionally, our oilfield services segment had a $0.8 million favorable LCM inventory adjustment in 
2016. We anticipate that 2017 will again be challenging, and we plan to continue to align our cost structure with market conditions, 
which we believe will position us favorably when the market ultimately recovers.

2017 Capital Spending Forecast

We currently anticipate total capital expenditures to range between $120 million and $140 million in 2017. 

 Liquidity Update

On December 31, 2016, we had availability under our revolving credit facility of approximately $360.8 million, based on a 
$453.1 million borrowing base, $82.1 million in outstanding standby letters of credit and $10.2 million in outstanding borrowings. 
In addition, we had $4.2 million of cash on hand as of December 31, 2016. We believe we will continue to have sufficient liquidity 
from cash on hand, cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity and other means by which to meet our financial commitments, 
debt service obligations, contingencies and anticipated capital expenditures. On a continuous basis, we focus on various initiatives, 
including working capital initiatives, to further enhance our liquidity over time, given current market conditions.

59

Table of Contents

Renewable Fuel Standard Update

We, along with the broader refining industry, remain subject to compliance costs under the RFS. Under the regulation of the 
Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), the RFS provides annual requirements for the total volume of renewable transportation 
fuels which are mandated to be blended into finished petroleum fuels. If a refiner does not meet its required annual Renewable 
Volume Obligation (“RVO”), the refiner can purchase blending credits in the open market, referred to as RINs.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our gain from RINs was $5.5 million, as compared to a RINs expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, of approximately $38.8 million and $9.4 million, respectively. Our gross RINs obligation, 
which includes RINs that are required to be secured through either blending or through the purchase of RINs in the open market, 
was 112 million RINs in 2016. For the full-year 2017, we anticipate our gross RINs obligation will increase to 128 million RINs, 
given recent production capacity expansion at our Great Falls refinery.

During 2016, the EPA granted certain of our refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the full year 2014 
and 2015 as provided for under the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA”). In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined 
that for the full year 2014 and 2015, compliance with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these 
refineries.

In February 2017, the EPA granted certain of our refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the full year 

2016, as provided for under the CAA. In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full year 2016, compliance 
with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

We continue to anticipate that expenses related to RFS compliance have the potential to remain a significant expense for our 
fuel products segment, assuming current market prices for RINs. Estimated RINs obligations remain subject to fluctuations in 
fuels production volumes during the full year 2017.

Chief Financial Officer Appointment

On January 5, 2017, we announced the appointment of David West Griffin as executive vice president and chief financial 
officer of our general partner, effective January 5, 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Griffin, 55, was a founder of, and served  
as the chief financial officer of, Energy XXI (Bermuda) Limited (also known as Energy XXI Ltd.) from 2005 to 2014, and previously 
was the chief financial officer for Alon USA in 2004, and was chief financial officer for InterGen North America from 1999 to 
2002. Mr. Griffin graduated from Dartmouth College in 1983 with a B.E. and received his M.B.A from Dartmouth College’s Amos 
Tuck School of Business in 1985.

Strategic Update

In early 2016, we introduced a revised vision designed to position our organization as the premier specialty petroleum products 
company  in  the  world. As  part  of  this  vision,  we  have  commenced  a  multi-year  initiative  that  emphasizes  a  combination  of 
operational excellence, opportunistic investments in “self-help,” high-return internal projects and a targeted acquisition strategy 
that seeks to support the purchase of complementary, competitively advantaged assets in the global specialty products market. By 
year-end 2018, the program is projected to generate an incremental $150 million to $200 million of annualized Adjusted EBITDA 
per year as compared to 2015. For information on forward-looking non-GAAP EBITDA, please read “— Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures.”

Operational Excellence. We seek to optimize our existing asset base through a series of improvement initiatives that are 
expected to position us for sustained, profitable growth. We have identified key areas of opportunity within the business that carry 
“low/no” capital investment requirements and attractive return profiles. Key initiatives under evaluation as part of the operational 
excellence initiative include efforts to further optimize the procurement of crude oil and other feedstocks, improve refinery yields, 
improve the efficiency of assets by operating at higher utilization rates, and upgrade lower margin product streams into higher 
margin finished products.

“Self-Help” Project Investments. We expect to pursue a series of “self-help” projects characterized by high-return investment 
profiles and sub-$50 million capital investment requirements. We evaluate projects that are smaller in size and scope than our prior 
organic growth campaigns and that carry shorter durations to completion. These projects are expected to carry high-return investment 
profiles capable of supporting growth in Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow.

Targeted Asset Strategy. We seek to acquire complementary, immediately accretive businesses with sustainable competitive 
advantages that further entrench us as a global leader in the specialty products market. Our acquisition focus includes specialty 
businesses where we have an existing core competency, and that have a sustainable competitive advantage. At the same time, we 
regularly evaluate our portfolio to identify potential asset divestiture candidates that may not fit our core asset portfolio criteria.

60

Table of Contents

Acquisitions

The following table sets forth information regarding our acquisitions for the 2016, 2015 and 2014 fiscal years (in millions): 

Acquisition

Acquisition Date

Description

Specialty Oilfield Solutions, Ltd. assets
(“SOS Acquisition”)

August 1, 2014

ADF Holdings, Inc. (“Anchor
Acquisition”)

March 31, 2014

A full-service drilling fluids and solids control
company with primary operations in the Eagle Ford,
Marcellus and Utica shale formations.

An independent provider and marketer of drilling
fluids and completion fluids to the oil and gas
exploration industry.

United Petroleum, LLC assets (“United
Petroleum Acquisition”)

February 28, 2014

A marketer and distributor of high performance
lubricants.

Aggregate 
Purchase Price 

(1)

$

$

$

29.6

223.6

10.4

(1)  Aggregate purchase price is net of cash acquired and includes working capital. 

Key Performance Measures

Our sales and net income are principally affected by the price of crude oil, demand for specialty products, fuel products and 
oilfield products and services, prevailing crack spreads for fuel products, the price of natural gas used as fuel in our operations 
and our results from derivative instrument activities.

Our primary raw materials are crude oil and other specialty feedstocks, and our primary outputs are specialty petroleum 
products, fuel products and oilfield services products. The prices of crude oil, specialty products, fuel products and oilfield products 
and services are subject to fluctuations in response to changes in supply, demand, market uncertainties and a variety of additional 
factors beyond our control. We monitor these risks and enter into derivative instruments designed to help mitigate the impact of 
commodity price fluctuations on our business. The primary purpose of our commodity risk management activities is to economically 
hedge our cash flow exposure to commodity price risk so that we can meet our debt service and capital expenditure requirements 
despite fluctuations in crude oil and fuel products prices. We enter into derivative contracts for future periods in quantities that do 
not exceed our projected purchases of crude oil and natural gas and sales of fuel products. Please read Part II, Item 7A “Quantitative 
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Commodity Price Risk” and Note 8 — “Derivatives” under Part II, Item 8 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Our management uses several financial and operational measurements to analyze our performance. These measurements 

include the following:

•  sales volumes;

•  production yields;

•  specialty products, fuel products and oilfield services segment gross profit; 

•  specialty products, fuel products and oilfield services segment Adjusted EBITDA; and

•  selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Sales volumes. We view the volumes of specialty products and fuel products sold as an important measure of our ability to 
effectively utilize our operating assets. Our ability to meet the demands of our customers is driven by the volumes of crude oil and 
feedstocks that we run at our facilities. Higher volumes improve profitability both through the spreading of fixed costs over greater 
volumes and the additional gross profit achieved on the incremental volumes.

Production yields. In order to maximize our gross profit and minimize lower margin products, we seek the optimal product 

mix for each barrel of crude oil we refine, or feedstocks we, or third parties, process, which we refer to as production yield.

Specialty products, fuel products and oilfield services segment gross profit. Specialty products, fuel products and oilfield 
services gross profit are important measures of our ability to maximize the profitability of our specialty products, fuel products 
and oilfield services segments. We define gross profit as sales less the cost of crude oil and other feedstocks and other production-
related and service-related expenses, the most significant portion of which includes labor, plant fuel, utilities, contract services, 
maintenance, depreciation and processing materials. We use gross profit as an indicator of our ability to manage our business 
during periods of crude oil and natural gas price fluctuations, as the prices of our specialty products and fuel products generally 
do not change immediately with changes in the price of crude oil and natural gas. The increase or decrease in selling prices typically 
lags behind the rising or falling costs, respectively, of crude oil feedstocks for specialty products. Other than plant fuel, production-
related expenses generally remain stable across broad ranges of specialty products and fuel products throughput volumes, but can 
fluctuate depending on maintenance activities performed during a specific period.

61

Table of Contents

Our fuel products segment gross profit per barrel may differ from standard U.S. Gulf Coast, Group 3, PADD 4 Billings, 
Montana or 3/2/1 and 2/1/1 market crack spreads due to many factors, including derivative activities to hedge both our fuel products 
segment sales and the cost of crude oil reflected in gross profit, our fuel products mix as shown in our production table being 
different than the ratios used to calculate such market crack spreads, LCM inventory adjustments reflected in gross profit, operating 
costs including fixed costs, actual crude oil costs differing from market indices and our local market pricing differentials for fuel 
products in the Shreveport, Louisiana, San Antonio, Texas, Superior, Wisconsin and Great Falls, Montana vicinities as compared 
to U.S. Gulf Coast, Group 3 and PADD 4 Billings, Montana postings.

Specialty products, fuel products and oilfield services segment Adjusted EBITDA. We believe that specialty products, fuel 
products and oilfield services segment Adjusted EBITDA measures are useful as they exclude transactions not related to our core 
cash operating activities and provide metrics to analyze our ability to pay distributions to our unitholders and pay interest to our 
noteholders as Adjusted EBITDA is a component in the calculation of Distributable Cash Flow and allows us to meaningfully 
analyze the trends and performance of our core cash operations as well as to make decisions regarding the allocation of resources 
to segments.

62

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth information about our combined operations, excluding the results of operations of our oilfield 
services segment. Facility production volume differs from sales volume due to changes in inventories and the sale of purchased 
fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, and the resale of crude oil in our fuel products segment. The table includes 
the results of operations of our United Petroleum assets commencing February 28, 2014:

Total sales volume (1)
Total feedstock runs (2)
Facility production: (3)
Specialty products:
Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (4)
Other

Total specialty products

Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other

Total fuel products
Total facility production (3)

Year Ended December 31,

2016

140,180
134,163

2015

(In bpd)

126,216
123,051

2014

122,852
117,427

14,697
7,427
1,571
2,074
1,553
27,322

37,713
34,808
5,306
29,780
107,607
134,929

13,325
7,942
1,460
1,584
1,355
25,666

37,691
30,204
5,157
24,077
97,129
122,795

11,836
8,934
1,510
1,754
1,829
25,863

34,221
27,074
4,799
22,189
88,283
114,146

(1)  Total sales volume includes sales from the production at our facilities and certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply 
and/or processing agreements, sales of inventories and the resale of crude oil to third party customers. Total sales volume 
includes the sale of purchased fuel product blendstocks, such as ethanol and biodiesel, as components of finished fuel products 
in our fuel products segment sales.

The increase in total sales volume in 2016 compared to 2015 is due primarily to increased sales volume of lubricating oils, 
diesel and asphalt as a result of market conditions and increased production at the Great Falls refinery from the expansion 
project completed in the first quarter 2016. 

The increase in total sales volume in 2015 compared to 2014 is due primarily to increased production at the Shreveport 
refinery due to increased reliability and extended turnaround activity in 2014 and increased production at the San Antonio 
refinery as a result of the crude oil unit expansion completed in December 2013 being fully operational, partially offset by 
decreased sales of solvents and crude oil sales to third parties as a result of market conditions. 

(2)  Total feedstock runs represent the barrels per day of crude oil and other feedstocks processed at our facilities and at certain 

third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements.

The increase in total feedstock runs in 2016 compared to 2015 is due primarily to increased feedstock runs at the Great Falls 
refinery from the expansion project completed in the first quarter 2016 and improved operational reliability, partially offset 
by scheduled turnaround activity in 2016.

The increase in total feedstock runs in 2015 compared to 2014 is due primarily to increased feedstock runs at the Shreveport 
refinery due to increased reliability and extended turnaround activity in 2014 and increased feedstock runs at the San Antonio 
refinery as a result of the crude oil unit expansion completed in December 2013 being fully operational, partially offset by 
decreased feedstock runs of solvents as a result of market conditions. 

(3)  Total facility production represents the barrels per day of specialty products and fuel products yielded from processing crude 
oil and other feedstocks at our facilities and at certain third-party facilities pursuant to supply and/or processing agreements. 
The difference between total facility production and total feedstock runs is primarily a result of the time lag between the 
input of feedstocks and the production of finished products and volume loss. 

63

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The increases in total facility production in 2016 over 2015 and 2015 over 2014 are due primarily to the operational items 
discussed above in footnote 2 of this table. 

(4)  Represents production of packaged and synthetic specialty products, including the products from the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, 

Calumet Packaging and Missouri facilities. 

The following table reflects our consolidated results of operations and includes the non-GAAP financial measures EBITDA, 
Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow. For a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow 
to Net loss and Net cash provided by operating activities, our most directly comparable financial performance and liquidity measures 
calculated  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  please  read  Item  6  “Selected  Financial  Data  — Non-GAAP Financial 
Measures.”

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In millions)

2014

Sales

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating costs and expenses:

Selling

General and administrative

Transportation

Taxes other than income taxes

Asset impairment

Other

Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):

Interest expense

Debt extinguishment costs

Realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates

Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates

Other

Total other expense

Net loss before income taxes

Income tax benefit

Net loss

EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA

Distributable Cash Flow

5,791.1

5,261.4

529.7

149.6

98.3

171.4

13.4

36.0

14.2

46.8

(110.8)
(89.9)
43.8
(0.6)
(3.4)
—

1.1
(159.8)
(113.0)
(0.8)
(112.2)
226.3

305.9

146.3

$

3,599.4

$

4,212.8

$

3,191.1

408.3

110.7

110.6

169.2

20.1

35.7

1.7
(39.7)

(161.7)
—
(24.0)
19.9
(18.7)
(113.4)
1.3
(296.6)
(336.3)
(7.7)
(328.6) $
(3.5) $
$
(5.7) $

158.2

3,618.2

594.6

146.0

135.5

175.5

17.7

33.8

11.1

75.0

(104.9)
(46.6)
8.1
(39.5)
(61.5)
—

1.6
(242.8)
(167.8)
(28.4)
(139.4) $
$
129.1

257.7

161.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

64

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2016, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Sales. Sales decreased $613.4 million, or 14.6%, to $3,599.4 million in 2016 from $4,212.8 million in 2015. Sales for each of our 
principal product categories in these periods were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

% Change

(In millions, except barrel and per barrel data)

Sales by segment:

Specialty products:

Lubricating oils

Solvents

Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (1)
Other (2)

Total specialty products

Total specialty products sales volume (in barrels)

Average specialty products sales price per barrel

Fuel products:

Gasoline

Diesel

Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other (3)
Hedging activities

Total fuel products

Total fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

Average fuel products sales price per barrel (excluding hedging
activities)

Average fuel products sales price per barrel (including hedging
activities)

Total oilfield services

Total sales
Total specialty and fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

538.7

$

237.7

128.7

311.2

36.0

575.6

302.0

136.9

316.6

36.7

1,252.3

9,779,000

128.06

$

$

1,367.8

9,200,000

148.67

844.3

$

1,002.4

748.7

117.5

451.8

59.7

773.2

136.5

471.0

179.4

2,222.0

$

2,562.5

41,527,000

36,869,000

52.07

53.51

125.1

3,599.4

$

$

$

$

64.64

69.50

282.5

4,212.8

51,306,000

46,069,000

(6.4)%

(21.3)%

(6.0)%

(1.7)%

(1.9)%

(8.4)%

6.3 %

(13.9)%

(15.8)%

(3.2)%

(13.9)%

(4.1)%

(66.7)%

(13.3)%

12.6 %

(19.4)%

(23.0)%

(55.7)%

(14.6)%

11.4 %

(1)  Represents packaged and synthetic specialty products at the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, Calumet Packaging and Missouri facilities.
(2)  Represents by-products, including fuels and asphalt, produced in connection with the production of specialty products at the 

Princeton and Cotton Valley refineries and Dickinson and Karns City facilities. 

(3)  Represents asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other products produced in connection with the production of fuels at the Shreveport, 
Superior, San Antonio and Great Falls refineries and crude oil sales from the Montana, Superior and San Antonio refineries 
to third party customers. 

65

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $115.5 million specialty products segment sales decrease in 2016 were as follows:

Sales price

Volume

Total specialty products segment sales decrease

Dollar Change
(In millions)

$

$

(201.7)
86.2
(115.5)

Specialty products segment sales for 2016 decreased $115.5 million, or 8.4%, primarily due to a decrease in the average 
selling price per barrel, partially offset by higher sales volume. Sales decreased $201.7 million compared to 2015 due to a 13.9%
decrease in the average selling price per barrel primarily as a result of decreased lubricating oils, solvents and packaged and 
synthetic specialty products average selling prices due to market conditions, while the average cost of crude oil per barrel decreased 
10.7%. The increase in sales volume is primarily due to higher sales volume of lubricating oils and packaged and synthetic specialty 
products, partially offset by decreased sales volume of solvents and waxes due to market conditions.

The components of the $340.5 million fuel products segment sales decrease in 2016 were as follows:

Sales price
Hedging activities

Volume

Total fuel products segment sales decrease

Dollar Change
(In millions)

(521.9)
(119.7)
301.1
(340.5)

$

$

Fuel products segment sales for 2016 decreased $340.5 million, or 13.3%, due primarily to a decrease in the average selling 
price per barrel and a $119.7 million decrease in realized derivative gains recorded in sales on our fuel products cash flow hedges, 
partially offset by increased sales volume. The average selling price per barrel (excluding the impact of hedging activities reflected 
in sales) decreased $12.57, or 19.4%, resulting in a $521.9 million decrease in sales, compared to a 14.1% decrease in the average 
cost of crude oil per barrel. The decrease in the average selling price per barrel is primarily due to market conditions. Sales volume 
increased 12.6% primarily due to increased sales volume of diesel and asphalt as a result of the Great Falls refinery expansion 
project completed in 2016, partially offset by decreased sales volume of gasoline due to market conditions.

Oilfield services segment sales for 2016 decreased $157.4 million, or 55.7%, primarily due to decreased sales volume driven 
by a decline in rig count. Our rig count decreased 49.1% consistent with the 48.0% decrease in the U.S. land-based rig count. 
Currently, we sell to approximately 10% of the U.S. land-based rigs. Volatility in crude oil and natural gas prices impacted our 
customers’ drilling and production activities during 2016, which resulted in an unfavorable impact on our sales in 2016.

66

Table of Contents

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased $186.3 million, or 31.3%, to $408.3 million in 2016 from $594.6 million in 2015. Gross 

profit for our specialty, fuel products and oilfield services segments was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015
(Dollars in millions, except per barrel data)

% Change   

Gross profit by segment:
Specialty products:
Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Specialty products gross profit per barrel

Fuel products:

Gross profit excluding hedging activities
Hedging activities
Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Fuel products gross profit per barrel (excluding
hedging activities)

Fuel products gross profit per barrel (including
hedging activities)

Oilfield services:
Gross profit

Percentage of sales

Total gross profit

Percentage of sales

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

338.1
27.0%
34.57

39.8
8.4
48.2
2.2%

0.96

1.16

22.0
17.6%
408.3
11.3%

370.2
27.1%
40.24

157.1
9.1
166.2

6.5%

4.26

4.51

58.2
20.6%
594.6
14.1%

(8.7)%

(14.1)%

(74.7)%
(7.7)%
(71.0)%

(77.5)%

(74.3)%

(62.2)%

(31.3)%

The components of the $32.1 million decrease in the specialty products segment gross profit for 2016 were as follows:

2015 reported gross profit

Sales price

Operating costs

Cost of materials

LCM inventory adjustment

Volume

LIFO inventory layer liquidation
2016 reported gross profit

Dollar Change
(In millions)

370.2
(201.7)
(4.9)
89.3

47.4

35.3

2.5
338.1

$

$

The decrease in specialty products segment gross profit of $32.1 million year-over-year was primarily due to a decrease in 
the average selling price per barrel and a $4.9 million increase in operating costs, partially offset by decreased cost of materials, 
a $47.4 million decrease in the unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment and increased sales volume. Sales price and cost of materials, 
net, lowered gross profit by $112.4 million, as the average selling price per barrel decreased 13.9%, while the average cost of crude 
oil per barrel decreased 10.7%. The increase in operating costs was primarily due to increased depreciation expense, partially offset 
by decreased natural gas costs. Gross profit was also positively impacted by decreased losses of $2.5 million related to the liquidation 
of LIFO inventory layers.

67

 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $118.0 million decrease in the fuel products segment gross profit for 2016 were as follows:

2015 reported gross profit

Sales price

Operating costs

LIFO inventory layer adjustment

Hedging activities

Cost of materials

Volume

LCM inventory layer liquidation

RINs expense

2016 reported gross profit

Dollar Change
(In millions)

166.2
(521.9)
(39.4)
(5.9)
(0.7)
285.5

65.1

58.0

41.3

48.2

$

$

The decrease in fuel products segment gross profit of $118.0 million year-over-year was primarily due to narrowing crack 
spreads, a $39.4 million increase in operating costs and increased losses of $5.9 million related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory 
layers, partially offset by increased sales volume, a $58.0 million decrease in the unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment and 
decreased RINs expense. During 2016, crack spreads narrowed as the average cost of crude oil per barrel decreased 14.1% and 
the average selling price per barrel decreased by 19.4%. The $41.3 million decrease in RINs expense primarily resulted from a 
reduction of the RINs liability as a result of an approval from the EPA of the small refinery exemption from the requirements of 
the RFS for certain of our refineries for the 2014 and 2015 calendar years, partially offset by increased RINs market pricing and 
increased production. The increase in operating costs was due primarily to increased depreciation expense, utility costs and salaries 
and benefits expense, partially offset by decreased repairs and maintenance expense.

The decrease in oilfield services segment gross profit of $36.2 million year-over-year was primarily due to decreased sales 
volume driven by a decline in rig count, partially offset by a $15.6 million decrease in the unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment. 
Volatility in crude oil and natural gas prices resulted in a significant reduction in our customers’ drilling and production activities, 
which had an unfavorable impact on our gross profit in 2016. The continued decrease in crude oil prices created pricing pressure 
in the basins in which we operate.

 Selling. Selling expenses decreased $35.3 million, or 24.2%, to $110.7 million in 2016 from $146.0 million in 2015. The 
decrease was due primarily to a $17.1 million decrease in salaries and benefits primarily as a result of workforce reductions in the 
oilfield services segment, a $6.8 million decrease in depreciation and amortization, a $5.3 million decrease in professional fees, 
a $4.3 million decrease in advertising expense and $0.7 million decrease in bad debt expense. 

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased $24.9 million, or 18.4%, to $110.6 million in 
2016 from $135.5 million in 2015. The decrease was due primarily to a $23.1 million decrease in incentive compensation costs, 
a $4.6 million legal settlement recognized in the 2015 period, a $3.5 million decrease in professional fees expense and a $2.1 
million decrease in severance expense, partially offset by a $7.7 million increase in salaries and benefits.

Transportation. Transportation expenses decreased $6.3 million, or 3.6%, to $169.2 million in 2016 from $175.5 million in 
2015. This decrease is due primarily to decreased drilling and production activities by our customers in the oilfield services segment 
and decreased freight rates, partially offset by increased sales of lubricating oils and asphalt.

Asset impairment. During 2016, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $35.7 million in 2016 related to the fuel 
products segment and specialty products segment compared to a goodwill impairment charge of $33.8 million in 2015 related to 
the oilfield services segment. The 2016 fuel products segment impairment charge of $33.4 million was primarily a result of the 
reduced outlook on crack spreads. The 2016 specialty products segment impairment charge of $1.4 million was the result of a 
significant reduction in orders from a customer of significance. The 2015 oilfield services segment impairment charge was due 
primarily to our reduced outlook on revenues and profitability as a result of the continued decline of crude oil prices. 

Other operating costs and expenses. Other operating costs and expenses decreased $9.4 million, or 84.7%, to $1.7 million 
in 2016 from $11.1 million in 2015. The decrease is due primarily to decreased environmental remediation expense, decreased 
profit sharing expense related to a profit share agreement and gains from fixed asset sales. 

Interest expense. Interest expense increased $56.8 million, or 54.1%, to $161.7 million in 2016 from $104.9 million in 2015. 
The increase is due primarily to an increase in the amount of our outstanding long-term debt, higher interest rates on senior secured 
notes issued in April 2016 compared to other outstanding long-term debt and decreased capitalized interest.

68

Table of Contents

Debt extinguishment costs. Debt extinguishment costs were $46.6 million in 2015. Debt extinguishment costs were due 
primarily to the redemption of the 9.625% senior notes due 2020 (“2020 Notes”) with a portion of the net proceeds from the 
issuance of the 2023 Notes in the 2015 period, with no comparable activity in the 2016 period.

Derivative activity. The following table details the impact of our derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of 

operations for 2016 and 2015: 

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Derivative gain reflected in sales
Derivative loss reflected in cost of sales
Derivative gain reflected in gross profit

Realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

Total derivative gain (loss) reflected in the consolidated statements of operations

Total gain (loss) on commodity derivative settlements

$

$

$

$
$

$

(In millions)
59.7
(53.3)
6.4

$

(24.0) $
19.9
2.3
$
(24.0) $

179.4
(167.3)
12.1

8.1
(39.5)
(19.3)
10.2

Realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments. Realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments decreased $32.1 million to a 
loss of $24.0 million in 2016 from a gain of $8.1 million in 2015. The change was primarily due to decreased realized gains of 
approximately $27.6 million related to settlements of derivative instruments used to economically hedge crack spreads and crude 
oil that are not classified as hedges for accounting purposes, increased realized losses of approximately $1.9 million on natural 
gas swaps used to economically hedge natural gas purchases, a $2.7 million decrease in premiums received for crude oil option 
contracts and decreased gain ineffectiveness of approximately $0.7 million.

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments. Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments increased $59.4 million
to a gain of $19.9 million in 2016 from a loss of $39.5 million in 2015. The change is primarily due to decreased unrealized losses 
related to derivative instruments used to economically hedge crack spreads, crude oil and natural gas that are not classified as 
hedges for accounting purposes.

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates. Loss from unconsolidated affiliates decreased $42.8 million to $18.7 million in 2016
from $61.5 million in 2015, due primarily to a $24.3 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to Juniper (defined 
below) in the 2015 period and the sale of Dakota Prairie in June 2016.

Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates. Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates was $113.4 million in 2016. The loss on 

sale of unconsolidated affiliates was primarily due to the $113.9 million loss on sale of Dakota Prairie in June 2016.

Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit decreased $20.7 million to $7.7 million in 2016 from $28.4 million in 2015. The 
change was primarily due to the conversion of ADF Holdings, Inc. to ADF Holdings, LLC and Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, Inc. 
to Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC in 2015, which decreased the proportion of losses subject to federal, state and local income 
taxes, partially offset by a $7.8 million income tax refund in 2016.

69

 
 
Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Sales. Sales decreased $1,578.3 million, or 27.3%, to $4,212.8 million in 2015 from $5,791.1 million in 2014. The results of 
operations related to the United Petroleum Acquisitions has been included in the specialty products segment since their date of 
acquisition, February 28, 2014. The results of operations related to the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions have been included in the 
oilfield services segment since their dates of acquisition, March 31, 2014, and August 1, 2014, respectively. Sales for each of our 
principal product categories in these periods were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

% Change

(In millions, except barrel and per barrel data)

Sales by segment:

Specialty products:

Lubricating oils

Solvents

Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products (1)
Other (2)

Total specialty products

Total specialty products sales volume (in barrels)

Average specialty products sales price per barrel

Fuel products:

Gasoline

Diesel

Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other (3) 
Hedging activities

Total fuel products

Total fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

Average fuel products sales price per barrel (excluding hedging
activities)

Average fuel products sales price per barrel (including hedging
activities)

Total oilfield services

Total sales

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

575.6

$

302.0

136.9

316.6

36.7
1,367.8

9,200,000

148.67

$

$

748.4

485.2

144.1

313.5

38.0
1,729.2

9,087,000

190.29

1,002.4

$

773.2

136.5

471.0

179.4

2,562.5

$

1,444.5

1,205.3

199.0

853.6
(9.0)
3,693.4

36,869,000

35,754,000

64.64

69.50

282.5

4,212.8

$

$

$

$

103.55

103.30

5,791.1

Total specialty and fuel products sales volume (in barrels)

46,069,000

44,841,000

(23.1)%

(37.8)%

(5.0)%

1.0 %

(3.4)%
(20.9)%

1.2 %

(21.9)%

(30.6)%

(35.8)%

(31.4)%

(44.8)%

2,093.3 %

(30.6)%

3.1 %

(37.6)%

(32.7)%

(27.3)%

2.7 %

368.5

(23.3)%

(1)  Represents packaged and synthetic specialty products at the Royal Purple, Bel-Ray, Calumet Packaging and Missouri facilities.
(2)  Represents by-products, including fuels and asphalt, produced in connection with the production of specialty products at the 

Princeton and Cotton Valley refineries and Dickinson and Karns City facilities. 

(3)  Represents asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other products produced in connection with the production of fuels at the Shreveport, 
Superior, San Antonio and Great Falls refineries and crude oil sales from the Superior and San Antonio refineries to third 
party customers.

70

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $361.4 million specialty products segment sales decrease in 2015 were as follows:

Sales price

Volume

Acquisitions

Total specialty products segment sales decrease

Dollar Change
(In millions)

(385.4)
19.8

4.2
(361.4)

$

$

Specialty products segment sales for 2015 decreased $361.4 million, or 20.9%, primarily due to a decrease in the average 
selling price per barrel, partially offset by higher sales volume and $4.2 million of incremental sales from the United Petroleum 
Acquisition. Legacy operations’ sales decreased $385.4 million compared to 2014 due to a 22.0% decrease in the average selling 
price per barrel primarily as a result of decreased lubricating oils, solvents and packaged and synthetic specialty products average 
selling prices due to market conditions, while the average cost of crude oil per barrel decreased 46.2%. The increase in sales volume 
is due primarily to higher sales volume of lubricating oils at the Shreveport refinery due to increased production reliability in 2015 
and extended turnaround activity in 2014 and increased sales volume of packaged and synthetic specialty products, partially offset 
by decreased sales volume of solvents due to market conditions.

The components of the $1,130.9 million fuel products segment sales decrease in 2015 were as follows:

Sales price

Hedging activities

Volume

Total fuel products segment sales decrease

Dollar Change

(In millions)

$

$

(1,440.9)
188.4

121.6
(1,130.9)

Fuel products segment sales for 2015 decreased $1,130.9 million, or 30.6%, due primarily to a decrease in the average selling 
price per barrel, partially offset by a $188.4 million decrease in realized derivative losses recorded in sales on our fuel products 
cash flow hedges and increased sales volume. The average selling price per barrel (excluding the impact of hedging activities 
reflected in sales) decreased $38.91, or 37.6%, resulting in a $1,440.9 million decrease in sales, compared to a 47.0% decrease in 
the average price of crude oil per barrel. The decrease in the average selling price per barrel is primarily due to market conditions. 
Sales volume increased 3.1% primarily due to increased production reliability in 2015 and extended turnaround activity in 2014 
at the Shreveport refinery and increased production at the San Antonio refinery as a result of the crude oil unit expansion completed 
in December 2013 being fully operational, partially offset by decreased crude oil sales to third parties.

Oilfield services segment sales for 2015 decreased $86.0 million, or 23.3%, primarily due to decreased sales volume driven 
by a decline in rig count, partially offset by $93.4 million of incremental sales from the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions completed 
in 2014. Our rig count decreased 46.5% as a result of a 47.8% decrease in the U.S. land-based rig count. Currently, we sell to 
approximately 10% of the U.S. land-based rigs. Volatility in crude oil and natural gas prices impacted our customers’ drilling and 
production activities during 2015, which resulted in an unfavorable impact on sales in 2015.

71

Table of Contents

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $64.9 million, or 12.3%, to $594.6 million in 2015 from $529.7 million in 2014. Gross 

profit for our specialty, fuel products and oilfield services segments was as follows:

Gross profit by segment:
Specialty products:
Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Specialty products gross profit per barrel

Fuel products:

Gross profit (loss) excluding hedging activities
Hedging activities
Gross profit

Percentage of sales
Fuel products gross profit (loss) per barrel
(excluding hedging activities)

Fuel products gross profit per barrel (including
hedging activities)

Oilfield services:

Gross profit

Percentage of sales

Total gross profit

Percentage of sales

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

% Change    

(Dollars in millions, except per barrel data)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

370.2
27.1%
40.24

157.1
9.1
166.2

6.5%

4.26

4.51

58.2

20.6%
594.6
14.1%

373.2
21.6%
41.07

(0.7)
35.2
34.5
0.9%

(0.02)

0.96

122.0

33.1%
529.7

9.1%

(0.8)%

(2.0)%

22,542.9 %
(74.1)%
381.7 %

21,400.0 %

369.8 %

(52.3)%

12.3 %

The components of the $3.0 million decrease in the specialty products segment gross profit for 2015 were as follows:

2014 reported gross profit

Cost of materials

Volume

Acquisitions

Sales price

LCM inventory adjustment
LIFO inventory layer liquidation

2015 reported gross profit

Dollar Change
(In millions)

373.2

415.6

6.5

1.0
(385.4)
(34.9)
(5.8)
370.2

$

$

The decrease in specialty products segment gross profit of $3.0 million year over year was due primarily to a decrease in the 
average selling price per barrel and a $34.9 million increase in the unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment primarily as a result 
of the lower crude oil prices, partially offset by decreased cost of materials and increased sales volume. Sales price and cost of 
materials, net, from our legacy operations increased gross profit by $30.2 million, as the average selling price per barrel decreased 
22.0%, while the average cost of crude oil per barrel decreased 46.2%. Gross profit was also negatively impacted by increased 
losses of $5.8 million related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers.

72

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The components of the $131.7 million increase in the fuel products segment gross profit for 2015 were as follows:

2014 reported gross profit

Cost of materials

LCM inventory adjustment

LIFO inventory layer adjustment

Volume

Operating costs

Sales price

RINs, net

Hedging activities

2015 reported gross profit

Dollar Change
(In millions)

34.5

1,561.2

42.0

12.5

10.8

1.6
(1,440.9)
(29.4)
(26.1)
166.2

$

$

The increase in fuel products segment gross profit of $131.7 million year over year was due primarily to widening gasoline 
crack spreads and asphalt margins, a $42.0 million decrease in the unfavorable LCM inventory adjustment and decreased losses 
of $12.5 million related to the liquidation of LIFO inventory layers, partially offset by a $29.4 million unfavorable RINs adjustment 
and a $26.1 million decrease in realized gains on derivatives. During 2015, crack spreads widened as the average cost of crude oil 
per barrel decreased 47.0% and the average selling price per barrel decreased by 37.6%. The $29.4 million unfavorable RINs 
adjustment primarily resulted from increased RINs market pricing.

The decrease in oilfield services segment gross profit of $63.8 million year over year was due primarily to decreased sales 
volume driven by a decline in rig count and a $14.8 million unfavorable LCM adjustment, partially offset by $26.9 million of 
incremental gross profit from the Anchor and SOS acquisitions completed in 2014. Volatility in crude oil and natural gas prices 
impacted our customers’ drilling and production activities, which had an unfavorable impact on our gross profit in 2015. The 
continued decrease in crude oil prices created tighter market conditions in the basins in which we operate.

Selling. Selling  expenses  decreased  $3.6  million,  or  2.4%,  to  $146.0  million  in  2015  from  $149.6  million  in  2014. The 
decrease was due primarily to a $5.6 million decrease in advertising expense and a $2.0 million decrease in travel and entertainment 
expense, partially offset by incremental selling expenses related to the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions and a $0.8 million increase 
in bad debt expense.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $37.2 million, or 37.8%, to $135.5 million in 
2015 from $98.3 million in 2014. The increase was due primarily to incremental general and administrative expenses related to 
the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions, a $12.2 million increase in incentive compensation costs, an $8.5 million increase in professional 
fees expense, a $4.6 million legal settlement and a $2.9 million increase in severance expenses.

Transportation. Transportation expenses increased $4.1 million, or 2.4%, to $175.5 million in 2015 from $171.4 million in 
2014. This  increase  is  due  primarily  to  increased  sales  of  lubricating  oils  and  packaged  and  synthetic  specialty  products  and 
incremental transportation expenses related to the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions, partially offset by decreased crude oil sales to 
third parties and decreased freight rates.

Asset impairment. During 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $33.8 million related to the oilfield services segment 
compared to an impairment charge of $36.0 million in 2014. The impairment charges were driven primarily by our reduced outlook 
on revenues and profitability as a result of the continued decline of crude oil prices. 

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $5.9 million, or 5.3%, to $104.9 million in 2015 from $110.8 million in 2014. 
The decrease is due primarily to increased capitalized interest and lower interest rates on outstanding senior notes, partially offset 
by increased outstanding long-term debt.

Debt extinguishment costs. Debt extinguishment costs decreased $43.3 million, or 48.2%, to $46.6 million in 2015, due 
primarily to the redemption of the 2020 Notes with a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2023 Notes in 2015 
compared to the redemption of the remaining 9.375% senior notes due 2019 (“2019 Notes”) with a portion of the net proceeds 
from the issuance of the 2021 Notes in 2014.

73

Table of Contents

Derivative activity. The following table details the impact of our derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of 

operations for 2015 and 2014: 

Derivative gain (loss) reflected in sales
Derivative gain (loss) reflected in cost of sales
Derivative gain reflected in gross profit

Realized gain on derivative instruments
Unrealized loss on derivative instruments
Derivative gain reflected in interest expense

Total derivative gain (loss) reflected in the consolidated statements of operations

Total gain on commodity derivative settlements

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

(In millions)

179.4
(167.3)
12.1

$

$

$

8.1
(39.5)
—
(19.3) $
$
10.2

(9.0)
46.0
37.0

43.8
(0.6)
3.3
83.5
87.5

$

$

$

$
$

Realized gain on derivative instruments. Realized gain on derivative instruments decreased $35.7 million to $8.1 million in 
2015 from $43.8 million in 2014. The change was due primarily to decreased realized gains of approximately $12.9 million related 
to settlements of derivative instruments used to economically hedge crack spreads and crude oil that are not classified as hedges 
for accounting purposes, decreased realized gains of approximately $11.8 million on natural gas swaps used to economically hedge 
natural gas purchases and decreased gain ineffectiveness of approximately $10.9 million, partially offset by a $1.7 million gain 
associated with premiums received for crude oil option contracts in the 2015 period.

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments. Unrealized loss on derivative instruments increased $38.9 million to $39.5 million
in 2015 from $0.6 million in 2014. This change was due primarily to decreased unrealized gains of approximately $52.3 million 
related to derivative instruments used to economically hedge crack spreads, crude oil and natural gas that are not accounted for as 
hedges for accounting purposes, partially offset by ineffectiveness of approximately $13.4 million in 2014 with no comparable 
activity in the current period.

Loss from unconsolidated affiliates. Loss from unconsolidated affiliates increased $58.1 million to $61.5 million in 2015 
from $3.4 million in 2014, due primarily to unfavorable operating results of Dakota Prairie, which commenced sales to third parties 
in May 2015 and a $24.3 million other-than-temporary impairment charge related to Juniper (defined below).

Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit increased $27.6 million to $28.4 million in 2015 from $0.8 million in 2014. The 
change was due primarily to weaker performance in our oilfield services segment, including a $33.8 million goodwill impairment 
charge and a $14.8 million LCM inventory adjustment, which increased the proportion of losses subject to federal, state and local 
income taxes and the conversion of ADF Holdings, Inc. to ADF Holdings, LLC and Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, Inc. to Anchor 
Drilling Fluids USA, LLC, which resulted in the write-off of deferred taxes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of cash have historically included cash flow from operations, proceeds from public equity offerings, 
proceeds  from  notes  offerings  and  bank  borrowings.  Principal  uses  of  cash  have  included  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions, 
distributions to our limited partners and general partner and debt service. We expect that our principal uses of cash in the future 
will be for debt service, replacement and environmental capital expenditures and capital expenditures related to internal growth 
projects. 

We expect to fund planned capital expenditures in 2017 of $120 million and $140 million with current cash flows from 
operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and by accessing capital markets as necessary. Future internal growth 
projects or acquisitions may require expenditures in excess of our then-current cash flow from operations and borrowing availability 
under our existing revolving credit facility and may require us to issue debt or equity securities in public or private offerings or 
incur additional borrowings under bank credit facilities to meet those costs. However, our credit ratings were downgraded in April 
2016 which could adversely affect our ability to obtain new financing and increase the costs of our financing. We may from time 
to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open 
market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing 
market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

The borrowing base on our revolving credit facility increased from $411.3 million as of December 31, 2015, to $453.1 
million at  December 31,  2016,  resulting  in  a  corresponding  increase  in  our  borrowing  availability  from  $233.5  million  at 

74

 
 
Table of Contents

December 31, 2015, to $360.8 million at December 31, 2016.  As the price of crude oil increased, the value of crude oil and product 
inventories pledged as collateral under our revolving credit facility also increased, resulting in an increase in the borrowing base.   

Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities

We believe that we have sufficient liquid assets, cash flow from operations, borrowing capacity and adequate access to capital 
markets to meet our financial commitments, debt service obligations and anticipated capital expenditures. We continue to seek to 
lower our operating costs, selling expenses and general and administrative expenses as a means to further improve our cash flow 
from operations with the objective of having our cash flow from operations support all of our capital expenditures and interest 
payments. However, we are subject to business and operational risks that could materially adversely affect our cash flows. A 
material decrease in our cash flow from operations including a significant, sudden decrease in crude oil prices would likely produce 
a corollary material adverse effect on our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility and potentially our ability to 
comply with the covenants under our revolving credit facility. A significant, sudden increase in crude oil prices, if sustained, would 
likely result in increased working capital requirements which would be funded by borrowings under our revolving credit facility. 
In addition, our cash flow from operations may be impacted by the timing of settlement of our derivative activities. Gains and 
losses from derivative instruments that qualify as effective cash flow hedges are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss), but may impact operating cash flow in the period settled. Gains and losses from derivative instruments that do not 
qualify as hedges are recorded in unrealized gain (loss) until settlement and will impact operating cash flow in the period settled.

The following table summarizes our primary sources and uses of cash in each of the most recent three years:

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In millions)

2014

$

$

$

4.1
(154.2)
148.7

(1.4) $

$

376.4
(389.0)
9.7
(2.9) $

226.8
(658.8)
319.4
(112.6)

Operating Activities. Operating activities provided cash of $4.1 million during 2016 compared to $376.4 million during 
2015. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities is primarily due to increased net loss of $189.2 million, increased 
working capital requirements in 2016 using $0.9 million compared to 2015 working capital requirements providing $117.9 million
as well as a decrease in non-cash items of $64.3 million. Working capital increases were primarily driven by decreased accounts 
payable, increased accounts receivable and decreased accrued salaries, wages and benefits.

Operating activities provided cash of $376.4 million during 2015 compared to $226.8 million during 2014. The increase in 
cash provided by operating activities is primarily due to decreased working capital requirements in 2015 providing $117.9 million, 
compared to 2014 working capital requirements providing $25.1 million, as well as an increase in non-cash items of $84.0 million, 
partially offset by increased net loss of $27.2 million. Working capital improvements were primarily driven by decreased accounts 
receivable and inventories.

Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities decreased to $154.2 million in 2016 compared to $389.0 million in 
2015. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in capital expenditures of $199.9 million mainly due to the completion of several 
capital improvement projects, proceeds of $29.0 million mainly related to the sale of Dakota Prairie and a decrease in net joint 
venture investments of $4.5 million.

Cash used in investing activities decreased to $389.0 million in 2015 compared to $658.8 million in 2014. The decrease is 
primarily due to the higher combined purchase price of $263.6 million for the Anchor, United Petroleum and SOS Acquisitions, 
which closed in 2014 with no similar activity in 2015, a decrease in net joint venture investments to the Dakota Prairie Refining, 
LLC and Juniper GTL LLC joint ventures of $55.2 million, partially offset by an increase in capital expenditures of $49.4 million 
primarily due to the capital improvement projects discussed below.

Financing Activities. Financing activities provided cash of $148.7 million during 2016 compared to $9.7 million during 
2015. This increase is primarily due to the redemption of the 2020 Notes of $275.0 million in 2015 with no comparable activity 
in 2016, decreased distributions of $167.2 million, increased net proceeds from the private placements of senior notes of $65.6 
million and increased proceeds of $9.2 million from other financing activities. Partially offsetting these increases are decreased 
net proceeds from public offerings of common units (including our general partner’s contributions) of $167.4 million, increased 
payments on the revolving credit facility of  $100.8 million in 2016 compared to repayments of $39.8 million in 2015 and $75.0 
million in repayments of a related party note in 2016.

Financing activities provided cash of $9.7 million during 2015 compared to $319.4 million during 2014. The decrease is 
primarily due to decreased net proceeds from the private placement of senior notes of $563.1 million, repayments of $39.8 million 

75

 
 
 
Table of Contents

on the revolving credit facility in 2015 compared to use of $150.8 million of net proceeds from revolving credit facility borrowings 
in 2014 and increased distributions of $14.4 million. Partially offsetting these decreases are the redemption of the 2019 Notes of 
$500.0 million in 2014 compared to the redemption of the 2020 Notes of $275.0 million in 2015, an increase in net proceeds from 
public offerings of common units (including our general partner’s contributions) of $163.9 million and $75.0 million of proceeds 
from a related party note payable.

Acquisitions

Acquisitions impact our results of operations commencing on the closing date of each acquisition. Our acquisitions are 
discussed further in Note 3 “Acquisitions” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8 “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.” Information regarding acquisitions completed in 2016, 2015 and 2014 is set forth in the 
table below (in millions):

Acquisition

Closing Date

Purchase Price

Funding Methods

United Petroleum

February 28, 2014

March 31, 2014

August 1, 2014

Anchor

SOS

2014 Total

Joint Ventures

Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC 

$

$

10.4 Cash on hand

223.6

Net proceeds from our March 2014 private placement
of 2021 Notes

29.6 Borrowings under our revolving credit facility

263.6

Segment

Specialty Products

Oilfield Services

Oilfield Services

On June 27, 2016, we consummated the sale of our 50% equity interest in Dakota Prairie to joint venture partner WBI Energy, 
Inc. (“WBI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MDU. Concurrent with the sale of our equity interest in Dakota Prairie to WBI, Tesoro 
Refining & Marketing Company LLC (“Tesoro”) acquired 100% of Dakota Prairie from WBI in a separate transaction that closed 
on June 27, 2016.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement with WBI, we received consideration of $28.5 million, which was offset by our 
repayment of $36.0 million in borrowings under Dakota Prairie’s revolving credit facility. In addition, our $39.4 million letter of 
credit supporting the Dakota Prairie revolving credit facility was terminated. As part of the transaction, MDU and WBI released 
us from all liabilities arising out of or related to Dakota Prairie. Further, Tesoro and Dakota Prairie released us from all liabilities 
arising out of the organization, management and operation of Dakota Prairie, subject to certain limited exceptions. Also, WBI 
agreed to indemnify us from all liabilities arising out of or related to Dakota Prairie, subject to certain limited exceptions. As a 
result of the sale of Dakota Prairie, we recorded a loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate of $113.9 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2016.

Pacific New Investment Limited

On August 5, 2015, we and The Heritage Group, a related party, formed Pacific New Investment Limited (“PACNIL”) for 
the purpose of investing in a joint venture with Shandong Hi-Speed Materials Group Corporation and China Construction Installation 
Engineering Co., Ltd. to construct, develop and operate a solvents refinery in mainland China. The joint venture is named Shandong 
Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd. (“Hi-Speed”). We invested $4.8 million in June 2016 and $4.8 million in October 2016. 
As of December 31, 2016, we had an investment of $9.6 million in PACNIL, we owned an equity interest of approximately 23.8% in 
PACNIL, and through that ownership we owned an equity interest of approximately 6% in Hi-Speed. PACNIL wishes to exit its 
investment in Hi-Speed. We and PACNIL believe we will fully recover our investment in Hi-Speed. 

Juniper GTL LLC 

On June 9, 2014, we entered into a joint venture agreement with Clean Fuels North America, LLC, which is owned by SGC 
Energia and Great Northern Project Development, to develop, build and operate a gas-to-liquids (“GTL”) plant in Lake Charles, 
Louisiana. The joint venture is named New Source Fuels, LLC, and it owns 100% of Juniper GTL LLC (“Juniper”). We invested 
$25.0 million in total in exchange for an equity interest of approximately 23% in the joint venture. During the third quarter of 
2015, we determined the fair value of our investment in Juniper was less than its carrying value of $24.3 million. As a result, we 
recorded a $24.3 million impairment charge in loss from unconsolidated affiliates in the consolidated statement of operations for 
the year ended December 31, 2015. In June 2016, we sold our equity interest in New Source Fuels, LLC for an immaterial amount. 

Capital Expenditures

Our property, plant and equipment capital expenditure requirements consist of capital improvement expenditures, replacement 
capital expenditures and environmental capital expenditures. Capital improvement expenditures include expenditures to acquire 
assets to grow our business, to expand existing facilities, such as projects that increase operating capacity, or to reduce operating 
costs. Replacement capital expenditures replace worn out or obsolete equipment or parts. Environmental capital expenditures 

76

Table of Contents

include asset additions to meet or exceed environmental and operating regulations. Turnaround capital expenditures represent 
capitalized costs associated with our periodic major maintenance and repairs.

The following table sets forth our capital improvement expenditures, replacement capital expenditures, environmental capital 
expenditures, turnaround capital expenditures and joint venture contributions in each of the periods shown (including capitalized 
interest): 

Capital improvement expenditures
Replacement capital expenditures
Environmental capital expenditures
Turnaround capital expenditures
Joint venture contributions, net (1)

Total

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In millions)

2014

$

$

67.6
20.0
9.3
8.7
16.7
122.3

$

$

311.7
28.9
15.3
19.3
50.2
425.4

$

$

284.9
18.8
13.0
27.6
105.4
449.7

(1) 

Includes proceeds from sale of unconsolidated affiliates and return of capital.

The decrease in capital expenditures from 2015 to 2016 is due primarily to the completion of several projects including the 

Great Falls refinery expansion. 

We estimate our capital expenditures will be between $120 million and $140 million in 2017. We anticipate that capital 
expenditure requirements will be provided primarily through cash flow from operations, cash on hand, available borrowings under 
our revolving credit facility and by accessing capital markets as necessary. If future capital expenditures require expenditures in 
excess of our then-current cash flow from operations and borrowing availability under our existing revolving credit facility, we 
may be required to issue debt or equity securities in public or private offerings or incur additional borrowings under bank credit 
facilities to meet those costs.  

Debt and Credit Facilities

As of December 31, 2016, our primary debt and credit instruments consisted of:

•  a $900.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing in July 2019, subject to borrowing base limitations, 
with a maximum letter of credit sublimit equal to $600.0 million, which amount may be increased to 90% of revolver 
commitments in effect with the consent of the Agent (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) (“revolving credit 
facility”); 

•  $900.0 million of 6.50% senior notes due 2021 (“2021 Notes”);

•  $350.0 million of 7.625% senior notes due 2022 (“2022 Notes”);

•  $325.0 million of 7.75% senior notes due 2023 (“2023 Notes”); and

•  $400.0 million of 11.50% senior secured notes due 2021 (“2021 Secured Notes”).

We were in compliance with all covenants under our debt instruments in place as of December 31, 2016, and believe we 

have adequate liquidity to conduct our business.

Short-Term Liquidity 

As of December 31, 2016, our principal sources of short-term liquidity were (i) $360.8 million of availability under our 
revolving credit facility and (ii) $4.2 million of cash. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility can be used for, among other 
things, working capital, capital expenditures, and other lawful partnership purposes including acquisitions.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are limited to a borrowing base that is determined based on advance rates of 
percentages of Eligible Accounts Receivable and Eligible Inventory (as defined in the revolving credit agreement). As such, the 
borrowing base can fluctuate based on changes in selling prices of our products and our current material costs, primarily the cost 
of crude oil. On December 31, 2016, we had availability on our revolving credit facility of $360.8 million, based on a $453.1 
million borrowing base, $82.1 million in outstanding standby letters of credit and $10.2 million of outstanding borrowings. The 
borrowing base cannot exceed the revolving credit facility commitments then in effect. The lender group under our revolving credit 
facility is comprised of a syndicate of fifteen lenders with total commitments of $900.0 million. The lenders under our revolving 
credit facility have a first priority lien on our accounts receivable, inventory and substantially all of our cash.

77

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility fluctuate materially during each quarter mainly due to cash flow 
from operations, normal changes in working capital, capital expenditures and debt service costs. Specifically, the amount borrowed 
under our revolving credit facility is typically at its highest level after we pay for the majority of our crude oil supply on the 20th 
day of every month per standard industry terms. The maximum revolving credit facility borrowings during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2016, were $52.0 million. Our availability on our revolving credit facility during the peak borrowing days of the 
quarter has been ample to support our operations and service upcoming requirements. During the quarter ended December 31, 
2016, availability for additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility was approximately $302.0 million at its lowest 
point.

The revolving credit facility currently bears interest at a rate equal to prime plus a basis points margin or LIBOR plus a basis 
points margin, at our option. As of December 31, 2016, this margin was 50 basis points for prime and 150 basis points for LIBOR; 
however, the margin can fluctuate quarterly based on our average availability for additional borrowings under the revolving credit 
facility in the preceding calendar quarter.

In  addition  to  paying  interest  on  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility,  we  are  required  to  pay  a 
commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate 
equal to either 0.250% or 0.375% per annum depending on the average daily available unused borrowing capacity for the preceding 
month. We also pay a customary letter of credit fee, including a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum of the stated amount of each 
outstanding letter of credit, and customary agency fees.

Our revolving credit facility contains various covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to: incur indebtedness; 
grant  liens;  dispose  of  certain  assets;  make  certain  acquisitions  and  investments;  redeem  or  prepay  other  debt  or  make  other 
restricted payments such as distributions to unitholders; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into a merger, consolidation 
or sale of assets. The revolving credit facility generally permits us to make cash distributions to our unitholders as long as immediately 
after giving effect to such a cash distribution we have cash and availability under the revolving credit facility totaling at least the 
greater of (i) 15% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in the credit agreement) then in effect and (ii) $70.0 million. Further, the 
revolving credit facility contains one springing financial covenant which provides that only if our availability under the revolving 
credit facility falls below the greater of (a) 12.5% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in the credit agreement) then in effect and 
(b) $45.0 million, we will be required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined 
in the credit agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0. 

If an event of default exists under the revolving credit facility, the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the credit 
facility and exercise other rights and remedies. An event of default includes, among other things, the nonpayment of principal, 
interest, fees or other amounts; failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct when made or confirmed; failure 
to perform or observe covenants in the revolving credit facility or other loan documents, subject, in limited circumstances, to 
certain grace periods; cross-defaults in other indebtedness if the effect of such default is to cause, or permit the holders of such 
indebtedness to cause, the acceleration of such indebtedness under any material agreement; bankruptcy or insolvency events; 
monetary judgment defaults; asserted invalidity of the loan documentation; and a change of control.

As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants under the revolving credit facility.

For additional information regarding our revolving credit facility, see Note 7 “Long-Term Debt” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Long-Term Financing 

In addition to our principal sources of short-term liquidity listed above, subject to market conditions, we may meet our cash 
requirements (other than distributions of Available Cash (as defined in our partnership agreement) to our common unitholders) 
through the issuance of long-term notes or additional common units. 

From time to time we issue long-term debt securities, referred to as our senior notes. All of our outstanding senior notes, 
other than the 2021 Secured Notes, are unsecured obligations that rank equally with all of our other senior debt obligations to the 
extent they are unsecured. As of December 31, 2016, we had $400.0 million in 2021 Secured Notes, $900.0 million in 2021 Notes, 
$350.0 million in 2022 Notes and $325.0 million in 2023 Notes outstanding. As of December 31, 2015, we had $900.0 million in 
2021 Notes, $350.0 million in 2022 Notes and $325.0 million in 2023 Notes outstanding. 

The indentures governing our senior notes contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of 
certain of our subsidiaries to: (i) sell assets; (ii) pay distributions on or redeem or repurchase our common units or redeem or 
repurchase our subordinated debt and, in the case of the 2021 Secured Notes, our unsecured notes; (iii) make investments; (iv) 
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units; (v) create or incur certain liens; (vi) enter into agreements that 
restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us; (vii) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially 
all of our assets; (viii) engage in transactions with affiliates, and (ix) create unrestricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject 
to important exceptions and qualifications. At any time when the senior notes are rated investment grade by either Moody’s Investors 
Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or S&P’s Global Ratings (“S&P”) and no Default or Event of Default, each as defined in the indentures 
78

Table of Contents

governing the senior notes, has occurred and is continuing, many of these covenants will be suspended. As of December 31, 2016, 
our Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the indentures governing the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes) was 0.95
to 1.0.

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, each holder of the senior notes will have the right to require that 
we repurchase all or a portion of such holder’s senior notes in cash at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount 
thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.

To date, our debt balances have not adversely affected our operations, our ability to repay or refinance our indebtedness. 
Based on our historical record, we believe that our capital structure will continue to allow us to achieve our business objectives.

We are subject, however, to conditions in the equity and debt markets for our common units and long-term senior notes, and 
there can be no assurance we will be able or willing to access the public or private markets for our common units and/or senior 
notes in the future. If we are unable or unwilling to issue additional common units, we may be required to either restrict capital 
expenditures and/or potential future acquisitions or pursue debt financing alternatives, some of which could involve higher costs 
or negatively affect our credit ratings. Furthermore, our ability to access the public and private debt markets is affected by our 
credit ratings. For additional information regarding our credit ratings, see “Credit Ratings” below.

 For additional information regarding our senior notes, see Note 7 “Long-Term Debt” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements 

and Supplementary Data.”

Master Derivative Contracts and Collateral Trust Agreement

Under our credit support arrangements, our payment obligations under all of our master derivatives contracts for commodity 
hedging generally are secured by a first priority lien on our and our subsidiaries’ real property, plant and equipment, fixtures, 
intellectual  property,  certain  financial  assets,  certain  investment  property,  commercial  tort  claims,  chattel  paper,  documents, 
instruments and proceeds of the foregoing (including proceeds of hedge arrangements). We had no additional letters of credit or 
cash margin posted with any hedging counterparty as of December 31, 2016. Our master derivatives contracts and Collateral Trust 
Agreement (as defined below) continue to impose a number of covenant limitations on our operating and financing activities, 
including  limitations  on  liens  on  collateral,  limitations  on  dispositions  of  collateral  and  collateral  maintenance  and  insurance 
requirements. For financial reporting purposes, we do not offset the collateral provided to a counterparty against the fair value of 
our obligation to that counterparty. Any outstanding collateral is released to us upon settlement of the related derivative instrument 
liability.

The fair value of our derivatives that were outstanding as of December 31, 2016, increased by approximately $2.0 million
subsequent to December 31, 2016, to a net liability of approximately $4.0 million. All credit support thresholds with our hedging 
counterparties are at levels such that it would take a substantial increase in fuel products crack spreads or interest rates to require 
significant additional collateral to be posted. As a result, we do not expect further increases in fuel products crack spreads or interest 
rates to significantly impact our liquidity.

Additionally, we have a collateral trust agreement (the “Collateral Trust Agreement”) which governs how the holders of the 
2021 Secured Notes and secured hedging counterparties share collateral pledged as security for the payment obligations owed by 
us to the holders of the 2021 Secured Notes and secured hedging counterparties under their respective master derivatives contracts. 
The Collateral Trust Agreement limits to $150.0 million the extent to which forward purchase contracts for physical commodities 
are covered by, and secured under, the Collateral Trust Agreement and the Parity Lien Security Documents (as defined in the 
Collateral Trust Agreement). There is no such limit on financially settled derivative instruments used for commodity hedging. 
Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Collateral Trust Agreement, we have the ability to add secured hedging counterparties 
from time to time.

Credit Ratings

In April 2016, our senior unsecured notes ratings and partnership ratings were downgraded by credit rating agencies. Our 
senior unsecured notes ratings decreased to Caa2 from B3 and CCC+ from B by Moody’s and S&P, respectively. Our partnership 
rating decreased to Caa1 from B2 and B- from B by Moody’s and S&P, respectively. This downgrade in our credit ratings could 
adversely affect our ability to obtain new financing and increase the costs of our financing and, in turn, adversely affect our financial 
results.

Equity Transactions

We entered into an Equity Placement Agreement with various sales agents under which we issued and sold, from time to 
time, common units representing limited partner interests, having an aggregate offering price of up to $300.0 million through one 
or more sales agents. The Equity Placement Agreement expired in May 2016. The net proceeds from any sales under this agreement 
were used for general partnership purposes, which included, among other things, repayment of indebtedness, working capital and 
capital expenditures. Our general partner contributed its proportionate capital contribution to retain its 2% general partner interest. 
For the year ended December 31, 2016, we had no sales of our common units under the Equity Placement Agreement. For the year 
79

Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2015, we sold 432,167 common units under the Equity Placement Agreement for net proceeds of $10.2 
million. Underwriting discounts for 2015 totaled $0.1 million, and our general partner contributed $0.2 million, to maintain its 
general partner interest.

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, we completed the following marketed public offerings of common units (in millions, except 

unit and per unit data):

Closing Date

Number of
Common
Units Offered

Price 
per Unit

Net 
Proceeds (1)

General 
Partner 
Contribution (2)

Underwriting
Discount

March 13, 2015

6,000,000

$

26.75

$

153.9

$

3.3

$

6.4

Use of Proceeds

Net proceeds were used to
redeem a portion of the 2020
Notes and to repay borrowings
under the revolving credit
facility.

(1)  Proceeds are net of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses but before our general partner’s capital contribution.

(2)  Our general partner contributions were made to retain its 2% general partner interest.

In April 2016, the board of directors of our general partner suspended payment of our quarterly cash distribution. The board 
of directors of our general partner will continue to evaluate our ability to reinstate the distribution. During 2016 and through 
February 2017, we have made the following cash distributions on all outstanding common units (including our general partner’s 
incentive distribution rights) (in millions except per unit data):

Quarter Ended

Declaration Date

Record Date

Distribution Date

Quarterly 
Distribution 
per Unit

Aggregate
Quarterly
Distribution

December 31, 2015

January 19, 2016

February 2, 2016

February 12, 2016

$

0.685

$

57.4

Seasonality Impacts on Liquidity

The operating results for the fuel products segment, including the selling prices of asphalt products we produce, generally 
follow seasonal demand trends. Asphalt demand is generally lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year, as compared to the 
second and third quarters, due to the seasonality of the road construction and roofing industries we supply. Demand for gasoline 
and diesel is generally higher during the summer months than during the winter months due to seasonal increases in highway 
traffic. In addition, our natural gas costs can be higher during the winter months, as demand for natural gas as a heating fuel 
increases during the winter. As a result, our operating results for the first and fourth calendar quarters may be lower than those for 
the second and third calendar quarters of each year due to seasonality related to these and other products that we produce and sell.

The operating results for the oilfield services segment follow seasonal changes in weather and significant weather events 
can temporarily affect the performance and delivery of our oilfield services and products. The severity and duration of the winter 
can have a significant impact on drilling activity. Additionally, customer spending patterns for other oilfield services and products 
can result in lower activity in the fourth quarter.

80

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of our total contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2016, at current maturities is as follows:

Operating Activities:

Interest on long-term and short-term debt at contractual rates 
and maturities (1)
Operating lease obligations (2)
Letters of credit (3)
Purchase commitments (4)
Pension obligations

Employment agreements

Financing Activities:

Capital lease obligations

Long-term debt obligations, excluding capital lease obligations

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1–3
Years

3–5
Years

More Than
5 Years

(In millions)

$

873.4

$

168.0

$

330.9

$

272.4

$

102.1

145.9

82.1

1,680.1

6.9

5.0

46.5
1,993.2

39.4

82.1

659.8

0.3

3.0

2.1
1.4

57.3

—

929.2

1.5

1.5

28.9

—

91.1

1.4

0.5

4.4
13.0

1.9
1,303.8

20.3

—

—

3.7

—

38.1
675.0

839.2

Total obligations

$ 4,833.1

$

956.1

$ 1,337.8

$ 1,700.0

$

(1) 

Interest on long-term and short-term debt at contractual rates and maturities relates primarily to interest on our senior notes, 
revolving credit facility interest and fees, and interest on our capital lease obligations, which excludes the adjustment for the 
interest rate swap agreement.

(2)  We  have  various  operating  leases  primarily  for  railcars,  the  use  of  land,  storage  tanks,  compressor  stations,  equipment, 

precious metals and office facilities that extend through July 2055.

(3)  Letters of credit primarily supporting crude oil and feedstock purchases and precious metals leasing.
(4)  Purchase commitments consist primarily of obligations to purchase fixed volumes of crude oil, other feedstocks and finished 

products for resale from various suppliers based on current market prices at the time of delivery.

In  connection  with  the  closing  of  the  acquisition  of  Penreco  on  January 3,  2008,  we  entered  into  a  feedstock  purchase 
agreement with Phillips 66 related to the LVT unit at its Lake Charles, Louisiana refinery (the “LVT Feedstock Agreement”). 
Pursuant to the LVT Feedstock Agreement, Phillips 66 is obligated to supply a minimum quantity (the “Base Volume”) of feedstock 
for the LVT unit for a term of ten years. Based upon this minimum supply quantity, we expect to purchase $39.9 million of feedstock 
for the LVT unit in each fiscal year of the term based on pricing estimates as of December 31, 2016. This amount is not included 
in the table above.

For additional information regarding our expected capital and turnaround expenditures, for which we have not contractually 

committed, refer to “Capital Expenditures” above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not enter into any material off-balance sheet debt or operating lease transactions during fiscal year 2016.

81

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial 
statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect 
the amounts reported in those financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates and base our estimates on historical 
experience and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Those estimates form the basis for our judgments 
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from our estimates under different assumptions 
or conditions. Our significant accounting policies, which may be affected by our estimates and assumptions, are more fully described 
in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” We 
believe that the following are the more critical judgment areas in the application of our accounting policies that currently affect 
our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue on orders received from our customers when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the 
customer that is supportive of revenue recognition, the customer has made a fixed commitment to purchase the product for a fixed 
or determinable sales price, collection is reasonably assured under our normal billing and credit terms, all of our obligations related 
to the product have been fulfilled and ownership and all risks of loss have been transferred to the buyer, which is primarily upon 
shipment to the customer or, in certain cases, upon receipt by the customer in accordance with contractual terms. We recognize 
revenue on certain drilling fluids and completion fluids when consumed at the customer site during the drilling process. 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses in the collection of accounts receivable.

Inventory

The cost of inventory is recorded using the LIFO method. Costs include crude oil and other feedstocks, labor, processing 
costs and refining overhead costs.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Under the LIFO method, the most recently 
incurred costs are charged to cost of sales and inventories are valued at the earliest acquisition costs. In periods of rapidly declining 
prices, LIFO inventories may have to be written down to market value due to the higher costs assigned to LIFO layers in prior 
periods. Such write downs are subject to reversal in subsequent periods, not to exceed LIFO cost, if prices recover. In addition, 
the use of the LIFO inventory method may result in increases or decreases to cost of sales in years that inventory volumes decline 
as the result of charging cost of sales with LIFO inventory costs generated in prior periods. Accordingly, interim LIFO calculations 
are based on management’s estimates of expected year-end inventory levels and are subject to the final year-end LIFO inventory 
valuation.

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

Judgment is required in determining the market value of inventory, as the geographic location impacts market prices, and 
quoted market prices may not be available for the particular location of our inventory. Because crude oil and refined products are 
essentially commodities, we have no control over the changing market value of these inventories. Because our inventory is valued 
at the lower of cost or market, if the market value of our inventory were to decline to an amount less than our cost, we would 
record a write-down of inventory and a charge to cost of sales. In a period of decreasing crude oil or refined product prices, our 
inventory valuation methodology may result in decreases in net income.

Sensitivity Analysis

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to establish our markdown or inventory loss 

adjustments during the past three fiscal years. 

The replacement cost of our inventory, based on current market values, would have been $14.4 million lower and $41.0 
million lower at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded gains of $39.2 
million in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations due to the LCM inventory valuation. During the year ended 
December 31, 2015, we recorded losses of $81.8 million in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations due to the 
LCM inventory valuation. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded $27.9 million and $24.3 million, 
respectively, of losses in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations due to the liquidation of higher cost LIFO 
inventory layers.

82

Table of Contents

Valuation of Definite Long-Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash 
flows related to the asset are less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value 
and the estimated fair value, usually determined by the estimated discounted future cash flows of the asset. When a decision has 
been made to dispose of property and equipment prior to the end of the previously estimated useful life, depreciation estimates 
are revised to reflect the use of the asset over the shortened estimated useful life.

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

Estimated undiscounted future cash flows are used for the purpose of testing our definite long-lived assets for impairment.  
Fair values calculated for the purpose of measuring impairments on definite long-lived assets are estimated using the expected 
present value of future cash flows method and comparative market prices when appropriate. Significant judgment is involved in 
estimating undiscounted future cash flows and performing these fair value estimates since the results are based on forecasted 
assumptions. Significant assumptions include:

•  Future margins on products produced and sold. Our estimates of future product margins are based on our analysis of 
various supply and demand factors, which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, our planned utilization 
rate, end-user demand, capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in 
our planning and capital investment reviews.

•  Future capital requirements. These are based on authorized spending and internal forecasts.

•  Discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. We apply a discount rate to our cash flows based on a variety of 
factors, including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate 
is also compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. A higher discount rate decreases the net present 
value of cash flows. 

We base our estimated undiscounted future cash flows and fair value estimates on projected financial information which we 

believe to be reasonable. However, actual results may differ from these projections.

Sensitivity Analysis

An estimate of the sensitivity to net income resulting from impairment calculations is not practicable, given the numerous 
assumptions (e.g., pricing, volumes and discount rates) that can materially affect our estimates. That is, unfavorable adjustments 
to some of the above listed assumptions may be offset by favorable adjustments in other assumptions.

Valuation of Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

We review goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate its 
carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing 
Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). Under ASU 2011-08, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to 
determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of  events or  circumstances, an entity 
determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the 
two-step impairment test is unnecessary. 

In assessing the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount 
of the reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair 
value or carrying amount involve significant judgment and assumptions. The judgment and assumptions include the identification 
of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and Company specific 
events and the assessment on whether each relevant factor will impact the impairment test positively or negatively and the magnitude 
of any such impact.

If our qualitative assessment concludes that it is probable that an impairment exists or we skip the qualitative assessment, 
then we need to perform a quantitative assessment. In the first step of the quantitative assessment, our assets and liabilities, including 
existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are assigned to the identified reporting units to determine the carrying value of the 
reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, and we must perform 
an impairment analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to its carrying value to determine the impairment 
charge, if any.

When performing the quantitative assessment, as required in step one of the impairment test, the fair value of the reporting 
units is determined using the income approach. The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, 

83

Table of Contents

measuring the current value of the asset by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost 
savings, corporate tax structure and product offerings. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their 
present value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks 
associated with the reporting unit. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, an impairment may exist, 
and we must perform an impairment analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to its carrying value to 
determine the impairment charge, if any.

Intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized but are subject to review each reporting period to determine whether 

events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life as well as an annual impairment test.

Inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s reporting units are considered Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy 

and include the following:

•  The Company’s financial projections for its reporting units are based on its analysis of various supply and demand factors 
which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, its planned utilization rate, end-user demand, crack spreads, 
capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in the Company’s planning 
and capital investment reviews and include recent historical prices and published forward prices. 

•  The discount rate used to measure the present value of the projected future cash flows is based on a variety of factors, 
including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate is also 
compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. 

For Level 3 measurements, significant increases or decreases in long-term growth rates or discount rates in isolation or in 

combination could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

2015 Impairment Charge

Due to the continued decline in crude oil prices, we updated our goodwill impairment analysis through September 30, 2015, 
resulting in the fair value of the oilfield services reporting unit to be less than its carrying value. The discount rate used in our 
reporting unit valuation was 15.5%. Revenue growth rates assumed for this reporting unit ranged from (17)% to 18% in 2015 
through 2020 and 3% thereafter. An impairment charge of $33.8 million was recorded on goodwill as a result of the step 2 analysis. 
The oilfield services segment has no remaining goodwill. 

2016 Impairment Charge

In April 2016, the board of directors of our general partner determined to suspend payment of our quarterly cash distribution 
to unitholders. The suspension of the quarterly cash distribution caused a sustained decrease in our common unit price. As a result, 
we determined that these events constituted a triggering event that required us to update our financial projections and our goodwill 
impairment assessment as of April 30, 2016.The discount rates used for our Great Falls and San Antonio reporting units where 
impairment was recognized were approximately 13.0% and 13.5%, respectively, per year. Revenue growth rates assumed for our 
Great Falls reporting unit where impairment was recognized were approximately 41.1% for 2016 and (2.6)% to 39.9% for 2017 
and  beyond.  Revenue  growth  rates  assumed  for  our  San  Antonio  reporting  unit  where  impairment  was  recognized  were 
approximately (8.5)% for 2016 and (1.0)% to 27.4% for 2017 and beyond. An impairment charge of $33.4 million related to the 
fuel products segment was recorded for goodwill as a result of the step 2 analysis. 

In December 2016, the Missouri reporting unit experienced a significant reduction in orders from a customer of significance, 
which is expected to have an adverse impact on the business.  As a result, we determined that this event constituted a triggering 
event that required us to update our financial projections and our goodwill impairment assessment in December 2016. An impairment 
charge  of $1.4  million for  goodwill  related  to  the  specialty  products  segment  was  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations within asset impairment.

A significant decline in our revenue and earnings or a significant decline in the price of our common units could result in 
an impairment charge related to the remaining fuel products segment goodwill of $5.1 million and specialty products segment 
goodwill of $172.1 million in the future.

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

Fair  values  calculated  for  the  purpose  of  testing  our  goodwill  and  indefinite  lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  are 
estimated using the expected present value of future cash flows method and comparative market prices when appropriate. Significant 
judgment is involved in performing these fair value estimates since the results are based on forecasted assumptions. Significant 
assumptions include:

•  Future margins on products produced and sold. Our estimates of future product margins are based on our analysis of 
various supply and demand factors, which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, our planned utilization 
rate, end-user demand, crack spreads, capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with 

84

Table of Contents

those used in our planning and capital investment reviews and include recent historical prices and published forward 
prices.  

•  Discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. We apply a discount rate to our cash flows based on a variety of 
factors, including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate 
is also compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. A higher discount rate decreases the net present 
value of cash flows. 

•  Future capital requirements. These are based on authorized spending and internal forecasts.

We base our fair value estimates on projected financial information which we believe to be reasonable. However, actual 

results may differ from these projections.

Sensitivity Analysis

An estimate of the sensitivity to net income resulting from impairment calculations is not practicable, given the numerous 
assumptions (e.g., pricing, volumes and discount rates) that can materially affect our estimates. That is, unfavorable adjustments 
to some of the above listed assumptions may be offset by favorable adjustments in other assumptions.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2016, approximately 16% of our recurring liabilities were measured at fair value and classified as Level 
3 in the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2016, we had 73% recurring assets measured at fair value and classified as Level 
3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative Instruments

In accordance with ASC 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging, we recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities 
at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Our derivative instruments are valued at Level 3 fair value measurement under 
ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, depending upon the degree by which inputs are observable. 

The increase in the fair market value of our outstanding derivative instruments from a net liability of $33.9 million as of 
December 31, 2015, to a net liability of $14.0 million as of December 31, 2016, was due primarily to decreases in the forward 
market values of crude oil and fuel products margins, or crack spreads, relative to our hedged products margins and settlements 
of derivatives in 2016 that resulted in realized losses. We recorded realized losses of $24.0 million and unrealized gains of $19.9 
million on derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The decrease in the fair market value of our outstanding derivative instruments from a net asset of $17.6 million as of 
December 31, 2014, to a net liability of $33.9 million as of December 31, 2015, was due primarily to increases in the forward 
market values of fuel products margins, or crack spreads, relative to our hedged products margins and settlements of derivatives 
in  2015  that  resulted  in  realized  gains. We  recorded  realized  gains  of  $8.1  million  and  unrealized  losses  of  $39.5  million  on 
derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

Our derivative instruments consist of over-the-counter contracts, which are not traded on a public exchange. Substantially 
all of our derivative instruments are with counterparties that have long-term credit ratings of at least Baa1 and BBB+ by Moody’s 
and S&P, respectively.

To estimate the fair values of our derivative instruments, we use the forward rate, the strike price, contractual notional 
amounts, the risk free rate of return and contract maturity. Various analytical tests are performed to validate the counterparty data. 
The fair values of our derivative instruments are adjusted for nonperformance risk and creditworthiness of the hedging entities 
through our credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”). The CVA is calculated at the transaction level utilizing the fair value exposure 
at each payment date and applying a weighted probability of the appropriate survival and marginal default percentages. We use 
the counterparty’s marginal default rate and our survival rate when we are in a net asset position at the payment date and use our 
marginal default rate and the counterparty’s survival rate when we are in a net liability position at the payment date. As a result 
of applying the applicable CVA at December 31, 2016, our net assets were increased by less than $0.1 million and our net liabilities
were reduced by approximately $0.5 million. As a result of applying the CVA at December 31, 2015, our net liabilities were reduced 
by approximately $1.2 million.

Observable inputs utilized to estimate the fair values of our derivative instruments were primarily based on inputs that are 
readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets. Based on the use of 
various unobservable inputs, principally non-performance risk, creditworthiness of the hedging entities and unobservable inputs 
in the forward rate, we have categorized these derivative instruments as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those 
unobservable inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. We believe we have obtained 

85

Table of Contents

the most accurate information available for the types of derivative instruments we hold. See Note 8 “Derivatives” in Part II, Item 
8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for further information on derivative instruments.

Sensitivity Analysis

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to establish our derivative values or pension 
asset valuations during the past three fiscal years. We have consistently applied these valuation techniques in all periods presented 
and believe we obtained the most accurate information available for the types of derivative instruments and pension assets we 
hold.

We believe that the fair values of our derivative instruments may diverge materially from the amounts currently recorded at 
fair value at settlement due to the volatility of commodity prices. Holding all other variables constant, we expect a $1.00 increase 
in the applicable commodity prices would change our recorded mark-to-market valuation by the following amounts based upon 
the volumes hedged as of December 31, 2016:

Crude oil swaps
Crude oil basis swaps
Crude oil percentage basis swaps
Gasoline crack spread swaps
Diesel crack spread swaps
2/1/1 crack spread swaps
Natural gas swaps

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In millions

0.8
2.6
1.1
(0.6)
(0.6)
(0.6)
5.0

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

For a summary of recently issued and adopted accounting standards applicable to us, see Note 2 “Summary of Significant 

Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Commodity Price Risk 

Derivative Instruments 

We are exposed to price risks due to fluctuations in the price of crude oil, refined products (primarily in our fuel products 
segment), natural gas and precious metals. We use various strategies to reduce our exposure to commodity price risk. We do not 
attempt to eliminate all of our risk as the costs of such actions are believed to be too high in relation to the risk posed to our future 
cash flows, earnings and liquidity. The strategies we use to reduce our risk utilize both physical forward contracts and financially 
settled derivative instruments, such as swaps, collars and options, to attempt to reduce our exposure with respect to: 

•  crude oil purchases and sales;

• 

refined product sales and purchases;

•  natural gas purchases; 

•  precious metals; and

• 

fluctuations in the value of crude oil between geographic regions and between the different types of crude oil such as 
NYMEX WTI, Light Louisiana Sweet (“LLS”), Western Canadian Select (“WCS”), Mixed Sweet Blend (“MSW”) and 
ICE Brent (“Brent”).

We manage our exposure to commodity markets, credit, volumetric and liquidity risks to manage our costs and volatility of 
cash flows as conditions warrant or opportunities become available. These risks may be managed in a variety of ways that may 
include the use of derivative instruments. Derivative instruments may be used for the purpose of mitigating risks associated with 
an asset, liability and anticipated future transactions and the changes in fair value of our derivative instruments will affect our 
earnings and cash flows; however, such changes should be offset by price or rate changes related to the underlying commodity or 
financial transaction that is part of the risk management strategy. We do not speculate with derivative instruments or other contractual 
arrangements that are not associated with our business objectives. Speculation is defined as increasing our natural position above 
the maximum position of our physical assets or trading in commodities, currencies or other risk bearing assets that are not associated 
with our business activities and objectives. Our positions are monitored routinely by a risk management committee and discussed 
with the board of directors of our general partner quarterly to ensure compliance with our stated risk management policy and 
documented risk management strategies. All strategies are reviewed on an ongoing basis by our risk management committee, 

86

 
Table of Contents

which will add, remove or revise strategies in anticipation of changes in market conditions and/or in risk profiles. These changes 
in strategies are to position us in relation to our risk exposures in an attempt to capture market opportunities as they arise.

The following table provides a summary of the implied crack spreads of gasoline crack spread swaps, diesel crack spread swaps 
and 2/1/1 crack spread swaps on a combined basis as of December 31, 2016 in our fuel products segment:

Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

1,770,000

1,770,000

Average
Implied Crack
Spread 
($/Bbl)

19,667

$

11.93

$

11.93

The  following  tables  provide  a  summary  of  crude  oil  swaps  as  of  December 31,  2016,  in  our  fuel  products  segment:

Crude Oil Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

320,049

323,605

327,161

327,161

1,297,976

Crude Oil Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Sold

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017
Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

130,320

131,768

133,216

133,216

528,520

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

48.87

48.87

48.87

48.87

48.87

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

41.56

41.56

41.56

41.56

41.56

3,556

3,556

3,556

3,556

1,448

1,448

1,448

1,448

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The Company has entered into derivative instruments to secure a percentage differential of WCS crude oil to NYMEX WTI. 
The  following  table  provides  a  summary  of  crude  oil  percentage  basis  swap  contracts  related  to  crude  oil  purchases  as  of 
December 31, 2016, in our fuel products segment:

Crude Oil Percentage Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average percentage

270,000

273,000

276,000

276,000

1,095,000

3,000

3,000

3,000

3,000

Fixed Percentage
of NYMEX WTI
(Average % of
WTI/Bbl)

72.3%

72.3%

72.3%

72.3%

72.3%

87

Table of Contents

We entered into crude oil basis swaps to mitigate the risk of future changes in pricing differentials between WCS and NYMEX 
WTI. The following table provides a summary of crude oil basis swap contracts as of December 31, 2016, in our fuel products 
segment:

Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average differential

630,000

637,000

644,000

644,000

2,555,000

Average
Differential to
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

7,000

7,000

7,000

7,000

$

$

$

$

$

(13.22)

(13.22)

(13.22)

(13.22)

(13.22)

The following table provides a summary of natural gas swaps as of December 31, 2016, in our specialty products segment:

Natural Gas Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

MMBtu

$/MMBtu

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

1,350,000

1,320,000

1,320,000

960,000

4,950,000

$

$

$

$

$

3.88

3.87

3.87

3.72

3.85

Please  read  Note  8 “Derivatives”  in  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  under  Part  II,  Item 8  “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of the accounting treatment for the various types of derivative instruments, 
for a further discussion of our hedging policies and for more information relating to our implied crack spreads of crude oil, diesel, 
and gasoline derivative instruments. 

Our derivative instruments and overall specialty products segment and fuel products segment hedging positions are monitored 
regularly by our risk management committee, which includes executive officers. The risk management committee reviews market 
information and our hedging positions regularly to determine if additional derivatives activity is advised. A summary of derivative 
positions and a summary of hedging strategy are presented to our general partner’s board of directors quarterly.

The following table illustrates how a change in market price (holding all other variables constant and excluding the impact 

of our current hedges) would affect our sales and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations:

Specialty Products:

$1.00 change in per barrel price of crude oil (1)

$0.50 change in MMBtu (one million British Thermal 
Units) of natural gas (2)

Fuel Products:

$1.00 change in per barrel price of crude oil (1)
$1.00 change in per barrel selling price of gasoline, diesel 
and jet fuel (1)

Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016

Cost of Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016

(In millions)

$

$

$

9.8

7.2

$

$

9.2

6.0

29.8

$

28.2

$

29.8

$

28.2

(1)  Based on our 2016 and 2015 sales volumes.

(2)  Based on our results for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

88

Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are limited to a borrowing base that is determined based on advance rates of 
percentages of Eligible Accounts Receivable and Eligible Inventory (as defined in the revolving credit agreement). As such, the 
borrowing base can fluctuate based on changes in selling prices of our products and our current material costs, primarily the cost 
of crude oil. Our inventory is based on local crude oil prices at period end, which can materially fluctuate period to period.

Pension Assets Volatility and Investment Policy

Our Pension Plan assets are also subject to volatility that can be caused by fluctuation in general economic conditions. Plan 
assets are invested by the Plan’s fiduciaries, which direct investments according to specific policies. Our consolidated statement 
of operations is currently shielded from volatility in plan assets due to the way accounting standards are applied for pension plans, 
although favorable or unfavorable investment performance over the long term will impact our pension expense if it deviates from 
our assumption related to the future rate of return. Please read Note 12 “Employee Benefit Plans” under Part II, Item 8 “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of our investment policies.

Compliance Price Risk 

Renewable Identification Numbers

We are exposed to market risks related to the volatility in the price of credits needed to comply with governmental programs. 
The EPA sets annual quotas for the percentage of biofuels that must be blended into transportation fuels consumed in the U.S., 
and as a producer of motor fuels from petroleum, we are required to blend biofuels into the fuel products we produce at a rate that 
will meet the EPA’s annual quota. To the extent we are unable to blend biofuels at that rate, we must purchase RINs in the open 
market to satisfy the annual requirement. We have not entered into any derivative instruments to manage this risk, but we have 
purchased RINs when the price of these instruments is deemed favorable.

Holding other variables constant (RINs requirements), a $1.00 change in the price of RINs as of December 31, 2016, would 

be expected to have an impact on net income for 2016 of approximately $112.0 million.

Interest Rate Risk 

We use various strategies to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, including the use of financially settled derivative 
instruments, such as interest rate swaps and options, to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by 
interest  rate  volatility.  Our  goal  is  to  manage  interest  rate  sensitivity  by  modifying  the  pricing  characteristics  of  certain  debt 
instruments so that earnings are not adversely affected by movement in interest rates. During 2014, we entered into an interest rate 
swap agreement that converted a portion of our senior notes from a fixed interest rate to a variable rate that fluctuates based on 
changes in the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). During the first quarter 2015, we terminated this interest 
rate swap agreement. We have disclosed this interest rate swap designated as a fair value hedge in Note 8 “Derivatives” under Part 
II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Our exposure to interest rate changes is limited to the fair value of the debt issued, which would not have a material impact 
on our earnings or cash flows. The following table provides information about the fair value of our fixed rate debt obligations as 
of December 31, 2016 and 2015, which we disclose in Note 7 “Long-Term Debt” and Note 9 “Fair Value Measurements” under 
Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Financial Instrument:
2021 Unsecured Notes

2022 Unsecured Notes

2023 Unsecured Notes

2021 Secured Notes

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

Carrying Value

$

$

$

$

763.9

296.0

274.2

458.8

$

$

$

$

(In millions)

890.2

343.7

318.3

384.5

$

$

$

$

798.3

297.5

294.1

$

$

$

— $

888.0

342.8

317.6

—

For our variable rate debt, if any, changes in interest rates generally do not impact the fair value of the debt instrument, but 
may impact our future earnings and cash flows. We had a $900.0 million revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2016, with 
borrowings bearing interest at the prime rate or LIBOR, at our option, plus the applicable margin. Borrowings under this facility 
are variable. We had $10.2 million of variable rate debt as of December 31, 2016. Holding other variables constant (such as debt 
levels), a 100 basis point change in interest rates on our variable rate debt as of December 31, 2016, would be expected to have 
an impact on net income and cash flows for 2016 of approximately $0.1 million. We had $111.0 million of variable rate debt 
outstanding as of December 31, 2015. 

89

 
 
Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

We have minimal exposure to foreign currency risk and as such the cost of hedging this risk is viewed to be in excess of the 

benefit of further reductions in our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

90

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The  management  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.  (the  “Company”)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  Company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, 
based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (“COSO”). Based on this 
assessment, we have concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting which appears on 
the following page.

March 6, 2017

March 6, 2017

/s/ Timothy Go
Timothy Go
Chief Executive Officer of Calumet GP, LLC, general partner of 
Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ D. West Griffin
D. West Griffin
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Calumet 
GP, LLC, general partner of Calumet Specialty Products 
Partners, L.P. 
(Principal Financial Officer)

91

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of Calumet GP, LLC
General Partner of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.

We have audited Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2016,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.’s 
management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting 
based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 

financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the consolidated balance sheets of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, partners’ capital and cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2016, of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and our report dated March 6, 2017, expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana
March 6, 2017

92

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of Calumet GP, LLC
General Partner of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.  as  of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, partners’ capital and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We did not audit the financial statements of Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC a company in which Calumet Specialty Products 
Partners, L.P. had a 50% interest during the year ended December 31, 2015. In the consolidated financial statements, Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P’s investment in Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC is stated at $124.7 million as of December 31, 2015 
and Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.’s equity in the net loss of Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC is stated at $36.1 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2015. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, 
and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the 2015 amounts included for Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC, is based solely on the report 
of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report 
of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and, for 2015, the report of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above 
present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 6, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana
March 6, 2017

93

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable:

Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.9 million and $2.0
million, respectively

Other

Inventories
Derivative assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other noncurrent assets, net
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
Other taxes payable
Other current liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Note payable — related party
Derivative liabilities

Total current liabilities
Noncurrent deferred income taxes
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Other long-term liabilities
Long-term debt, less current portion
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Partners’ capital:

Limited partners’ interest (76,392,258 units and 75,884,400 units, issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

General partner’s interest

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total partners’ capital
Total liabilities and partners’ capital

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

(In millions, except unit data)

$

4.2

$

5.6

$

$

216.4
22.3
238.7
386.2
0.8
11.0
640.9
1,678.0
10.3
177.2
178.5
40.3
2,725.2

295.5
52.5
11.5
20.8
99.6
3.5
—
14.8
498.2
2.3
11.3
1.0
1,993.7
2,506.5

211.2

15.8
(8.3)
218.7
2,725.2

$

195.3
15.4
210.7
384.4
—
8.3
609.0
1,719.2
126.0
212.0
214.1
64.4
2,944.7

316.6
31.1
32.9
17.5
119.0
1.7
73.5
33.9
626.2
2.5
13.0
0.9
1,698.2
2,340.8

578.0

27.5
(1.6)
603.9
2,944.7

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

94

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating costs and expenses:

Selling
General and administrative
Transportation
Taxes other than income taxes
Asset impairment
Other

Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense):
Interest expense
Debt extinguishment costs
Realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Other

Total other expense
Net loss before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
Allocation of net loss:

Net loss
Less:

General partner’s interest in net loss
General partner’s incentive distribution rights

Net loss available to limited partners

Weighted average limited partner units outstanding: basic and
diluted

Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net loss per unit
Cash distributions declared per limited partner unit

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

(In millions, except unit and per unit data)
3,599.4
3,191.1
408.3

4,212.8
3,618.2
594.6

$

110.7
110.6
169.2
20.1
35.7
1.7
(39.7)

(161.7)
—
(24.0)
19.9
(18.7)
(113.4)
1.3
(296.6)
(336.3)
(7.7)
(328.6) $

146.0
135.5
175.5
17.7
33.8
11.1
75.0

(104.9)
(46.6)
8.1
(39.5)
(61.5)
—
1.6
(242.8)
(167.8)
(28.4)
(139.4) $

5,791.1
5,261.4
529.7

149.6
98.3
171.4
13.4
36.0
14.2
46.8

(110.8)
(89.9)
43.8
(0.6)
(3.4)
—
1.1
(159.8)
(113.0)
(0.8)
(112.2)

(328.6) $

(139.4) $

(112.2)

(6.6)
—
(322.0) $

(2.8)
16.8
(153.4) $

(2.2)
15.4
(125.4)

77,043,935

74,896,096

(4.18) $
$
0.685

(2.05) $
$
2.74

69,671,827
(1.80)
2.74

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

95

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Net loss

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Cash flow hedges:

Cash flow hedge gain reclassified to net loss

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

Defined benefit pension and retiree health benefit plans

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive loss attributable to partners’ capital

$

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

(In millions)

$

(328.6) $

(139.4) $

(112.2)

(6.4)
—
(0.3)
—
(6.7)
(335.3) $

(12.1)
(7.3)
4.7
(0.6)
(15.3)
(154.7) $

(37.0)
114.2
(9.6)
(0.5)
67.1
(45.1)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

96

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

Balance at December 31, 2013

Other comprehensive income

Net income (loss)

Common units repurchased for phantom unit grants

Issuance of phantom units

Settlement of tax withholdings on equity-based incentive
compensation

Cash settlement of unit-based compensation

Amortization of phantom units

Proceeds from public offerings of common units, net

Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC

Distributions to partners

Balance at December 31, 2014

Other comprehensive loss

Net income (loss)

Common units repurchased for phantom unit grants

Issuance of phantom units

Settlement of tax withholdings on equity-based incentive
compensation

Reclassification of Liability Awards to equity

Amortization of phantom units

Proceeds from public offerings of common units, net

Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC

Distributions to partners

Balance at December 31, 2015

Other comprehensive loss

Net loss

Issuance of phantom units

Settlement of tax withholdings on equity-based incentive
compensation

Amortization of phantom units

Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC

Distributions to partners

Balance at December 31, 2016

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

$

(53.4) $
67.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

$

13.7
(15.3)
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(1.6) $
(6.7)
—

—

—

—

—

—
(8.3) $

$

$

$

Partners’ Capital

General
Partner

Limited
Partners

Total

(In millions)

36.6

$

1,079.6

$

1,062.8

—

13.2

—

—

—

—

—

—
0.1
(19.3)
30.6

—

14.0

—

—

—

—

—

—

3.5
(20.6)
27.5

—
(6.6)
—

—

—

0.2
(5.3)
15.8

$

$

$

—
(125.4)
(3.1)
0.9

(1.2)
(0.9)
3.0

3.6
—
(190.6)
765.9

—
(153.4)
(5.5)
1.9

(1.5)
7.9

2.4

164.1

—
(203.8)
578.0

—
(322.0)
4.1

(2.4)
5.6

—
(52.1)
211.2

$

$

$

67.1
(112.2)
(3.1)
0.9

(1.2)
(0.9)
3.0

3.6
0.1
(209.9)
810.2
(15.3)
(139.4)
(5.5)
1.9

(1.5)
7.9

2.4

164.1

3.5
(224.4)
603.9
(6.7)
(328.6)
4.1

(2.4)
5.6

0.2
(57.4)
218.7

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

97

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(In millions)

2014

$

(328.6) $

(139.4) $

(112.2)

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of turnaround costs
Non-cash interest expense
Non-cash debt extinguishment costs
Provision for doubtful accounts
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments
Asset impairment
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
Non-cash equity-based compensation
Deferred income tax benefit
Lower of cost or market inventory adjustment
Loss from unconsolidated affiliates
Loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Other non-cash activities
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Derivative activity
Turnaround costs
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
Other taxes payable
Other liabilities
Pension and postretirement benefit obligations

Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated affiliates
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings — revolving credit facility
Repayments of borrowings — revolving credit facility
Proceeds from senior notes offerings
Repayments of borrowings — senior notes
Proceeds from borrowings — related party note
Repayments of borrowings — related party note
Payments on capital lease obligations
Proceeds from other financing obligations
Proceeds from public offerings of common units, net
Debt issuance costs
Contributions from Calumet GP, LLC
Common units repurchased and taxes paid for phantom unit grants
Cash settlement of unit-based compensation
Distributions to partners
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest
Income taxes paid
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities
Non-cash property, plant and equipment additions
Non-cash capital lease

171.1
33.2
9.6
—
0.4
(19.9)
35.7
1.0
5.6
(0.7)
(39.2)
18.7
113.4
4.7

(28.4)
49.6
(3.5)
(19.0)
(8.7)
(0.6)
21.4
21.4
(17.9)
3.4
(16.6)
(2.0)
4.1

(139.4)
(45.7)
—
29.0
1.9
(154.2)

1,187.1
(1,287.9)
393.1
—
—
(75.0)
(8.5)
10.3
—
(11.4)
0.2
(1.8)
—
(57.4)
148.7
(1.4)
5.6
4.2

130.2
1.2

$

$
$

$

$
$

145.4
29.0
6.6
9.1
1.1
39.5
33.8
2.9
9.8
(28.5)
81.8
61.5
—
5.9

138.0
47.3
3.4
(7.0)
(19.3)
—
(119.9)
(6.5)
10.2
0.2
73.8
(2.3)
376.4

(339.3)
(50.2)
—
—
0.5
(389.0)

1,390.0
(1,429.8)
322.6
(275.0)
75.0
—
(8.0)
1.1
164.1
(5.6)
3.5
(3.6)
—
(224.6)
9.7
(2.9)
8.5
5.6

120.6
1.1

56.5
4.4

$

$
$

$
$

138.6
24.5
6.4
19.0
0.5
0.6
36.0
4.8
6.5
(1.2)
74.1
3.4
—
0.7

(0.4)
43.9
3.9
6.7
(27.6)
—
(13.1)
15.1
(14.7)
(1.1)
13.7
(1.3)
226.8

(289.9)
(105.4)
(263.6)
—
0.1
(658.8)

1,625.1
(1,474.3)
900.0
(500.0)
—
—
(1.9)
—
3.6
(19.9)
0.1
(2.2)
(0.9)
(210.2)
319.4
(112.6)
121.1
8.5

107.8
0.5

39.9
39.4

$
$
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

14.0
2.3

$
$

98

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of the Business 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “Company”) is a publicly-traded Delaware limited partnership listed on the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the ticker symbol “CLMT.” The general partner of the Company is Calumet 
GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had 76,392,258 limited partner common 
units and 1,559,026 general partner equivalent units outstanding. The general partner owns 2% of the Company and all of the 
incentive distribution rights (as defined in the Company’s partnership agreement), while the remaining 98% is owned by limited 
partners. 

The Company is engaged in the production and marketing of crude oil-based specialty products including lubricating oils, 
white mineral oils, solvents, petrolatums, waxes, and fuel and fuel related products including gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, asphalt and 
heavy fuel oils, in addition to oilfield services and products. The Company is based in Indianapolis, Indiana and owns specialty 
and fuel products facilities. The Company owns and leases oilfield services locations and leases additional facilities, primarily 
related to production and distribution of specialty, fuel and oilfield services products, throughout the United States (“U.S.”). The 
Company has three reportable segments: specialty products, fuel products and oilfield services.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All 
intercompany  profits,  transactions  and  balances  have  been  eliminated.  Investments  in  significant  noncontrolled  entities  are 
accounted for using the equity method.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year 

presentation.

Use of Estimates

The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S. generally  accepted  accounting 
principles (“U.S. GAAP”) which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase.

Accounts Receivable

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. 
Accounts receivable are carried at their face amounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated 
losses in the collection of accounts receivable. The Company makes estimates regarding the future ability of its customers to make 
required payments based on historical experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances, credit quality of its customers, 
current economic conditions, expected future trends and other factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay. Individual accounts 
are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after all reasonable collection efforts have been exhausted. 

The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in millions): 

Beginning balance
Provision
Write-offs, net
Ending balance

Inventories

2016

December 31,

2015

2014

$

$

2.0
0.4
(1.5)
0.9

$

$

1.6
1.1
(0.7)
2.0

$

$

1.2
0.5
(0.1)
1.6

The cost of inventory is recorded using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. Costs include crude oil and other feedstocks, 
labor, processing costs and refining overhead costs. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value. The replacement 

99

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

cost of these inventories, based on current market values, would have been $14.4 million lower and $41.0 million lower as of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $1.3 million and $1.4 million, 
respectively, of inventory consigned to others.

Inventories consist of the following (in millions):

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

57.4
74.2
254.6
386.2

$

$

47.9
64.0
272.5
384.4

Under the LIFO inventory method, the most recently incurred costs are charged to cost of sales and inventories are valued 
at the earliest acquisition costs. For each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded increases 
(exclusive of lower of cost or market (“LCM”) adjustments) of $27.9 million, $24.3 million and $26.5 million, respectively, in 
cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations due to the liquidation of inventory layers.

In addition, the use of the LIFO inventory method may result in increases or decreases to cost of sales in years that inventory 
volumes decline as the result of charging cost of sales with LIFO inventory costs generated in prior periods. In periods of rapidly 
declining prices, LIFO inventories may have to be written down to market value due to the higher costs assigned to LIFO layers 
in prior periods. Such write downs are subject to reversal in subsequent periods, not to exceed LIFO cost, if prices recover. During 
the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $39.2 million of decreases in cost of sales in the consolidated statements 
of operations due to the LCM valuation. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $81.8 
million and $74.1 million, respectively, of increases in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations due to the LCM 
valuation. 

Derivatives

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the price of numerous commodities, such as crude oil (its principal raw material) 
and natural gas, as well as the sales prices of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel. Given the historical volatility of commodity prices, these 
fluctuations can significantly impact sales, gross profit and net income. Therefore, the Company utilizes derivative instruments 
primarily to minimize its price risk and volatility of cash flows associated with the purchase of crude oil and natural gas and the 
sale of fuel products. The Company employs various hedging strategies and does not hold or issue derivative instruments for 
trading purposes. For further information, please refer to Note 8.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis of cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over 
the estimated useful lives. Assets under capital leases are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the asset or the term of the 
lease.

Property, plant and equipment, including depreciable lives, consisted of the following (in millions):

Land
Buildings and improvements (10 to 40 years)
Machinery and equipment (10 to 20 years)
Furniture and fixtures (5 to 10 years)
Assets under capital leases (4 to 26 years)
Construction-in-progress

Less accumulated depreciation

100

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

20.4
87.2
2,102.7
33.3
51.3
49.0
2,343.9
(665.9)
1,678.0

$

$

19.5
70.2
1,629.7
28.5
49.0
466.4
2,263.3
(544.1)
1,719.2

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Under the composite depreciation method, the cost of partial retirements of a group is charged to accumulated depreciation. 
However, when there are dispositions of complete groups or significant portions of groups, the cost and related accumulated 
depreciation are retired, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings.

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred $166.8 million, $133.5 million and $122.8 million, respectively, of 
interest expense of which $5.1 million, $28.6 million and $12.0 million, respectively, was capitalized as a component of property, 
plant and equipment.

The Company has not recorded an asset retirement obligation as of December 31, 2016 or 2015, because such potential 

obligations cannot be measured since it is not possible to estimate the settlement dates.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $133.8 million, $102.0 million and $98.3 
million, respectively, of depreciation expense on its property, plant and equipment. Depreciation expense included $3.6 million, 
$2.6 million and $0.8 million for the years ended 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to the Company’s capital lease assets. 

The Company capitalizes the cost of computer software developed or obtained for internal use. Capitalized software is 
amortized using the straight-line method over five years. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $17.6 million and 
$17.4 million, respectively, of capitalized software costs. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $17.2 million and 
$13.1  million,  respectively  of  accumulated  depreciation  related  to  the  capitalized  software  costs.  During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $4.1 million, $4.2 million and $3.4 million, respectively, of amortization 
expense on capitalized computer software. Capitalized software is included in furniture and fixtures. As of December 31, 2016, 
the Company recorded $25.5 million in construction-in-progress related to capitalized software related to the installation of an 
enterprise resource planning system. 

Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates 

The Company accounts for its ownership in its Pacific New Investment Limited joint venture in accordance with ASC 323, 
Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures. The equity method of accounting is applied when the investor has an ownership 
interest of less than 50% and/or has significant influence over the operating or financial decisions of the investee. Under the equity 
method, the Company’s proportionate share of net income (loss) is reflected as a single-line item in the consolidated statements 
of operations and as increases or decreases, as applicable, in the carrying value of the Company’s investment in the consolidated 
balance sheets. In addition, the proportionate share of net income (loss) is reflected as a non-cash activity in operating activities 
in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Contributions increase the carrying value of the investment and are reflected as an 
investing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. 

Equity  method  investments  are  assessed  for  other-than-temporary  impairment  whenever  changes  in  the  facts  and 
circumstances indicate an other than temporary loss in value has occurred. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company 
recorded a $0.2 million impairment charge in loss from unconsolidated affiliates in the consolidated statements of operations. The 
Company recorded a $24.3 million impairment charge in loss from unconsolidated affiliates in the consolidated statements of 
operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. No impairment was recognized in 2014. For further information on the Company’s 
investment in unconsolidated affiliates, refer to Note 4. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of the net assets acquired in various acquisitions. See Note 
5 for more information. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and 
Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). Under ASU 2011-08, an entity has the option to first assess 
qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, 
an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then 
performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. 

In assessing the qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, the Company assesses relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the 
carrying amount of the reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting 
unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgment and assumptions. The judgment and assumptions include the 
identification of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and 
Company specific events and making the assessment on whether each relevant factor will impact the impairment test positively 
or negatively and the magnitude of any such impact.

101

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

If the Company’s qualitative assessment concludes that it is probable that an impairment exists or the Company skips the 
qualitative assessment then the Company needs to perform a quantitative assessment. In the first step of the quantitative assessment, 
the Company’s assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill and other intangible assets, are assigned to the identified reporting 
units to determine the carrying value of the reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, 
an impairment may exist, and the Company must perform an impairment analysis, in which the implied fair value of the goodwill 
is compared to its carrying value to determine the impairment charge, if any.

When performing the quantitative assessment, the fair value of the reporting units is determined using the income approach. 
The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current value of the asset by calculating 
the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, corporate tax structure and product offerings. 
Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the 
risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the reporting unit. For more information, 
refer to Note 5.

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Definite lived intangible assets consist of intangible assets associated with customer relationships, supplier agreements, 
tradenames, trade secrets, patents, non-competition agreements, distributor agreements and royalty agreements that were acquired 
in various acquisitions. The majority of these assets are being amortized using discounted estimated future cash flows over the 
term of the related agreements. Intangible assets associated with customer relationships are being amortized using the discounted 
estimated future cash flows method based upon assumed rates of annual customer attrition. For more information, refer to Note 
5.

Other Noncurrent Assets

Other noncurrent assets include turnaround costs. Turnaround costs represent capitalized costs associated with the Company’s 
periodic major maintenance and repairs and were $35.9 million and $60.4 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 
The Company capitalizes these costs and amortizes the costs on a straight-line basis over the lives of the turnaround assets which 
is  generally  two  to  five  years.  These  amounts  are  net  of  accumulated  amortization  of  $101.9  million  and  $71.6  million  at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

RINs Obligation
Other
Total

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

79.3
20.3
99.6

$

$

88.4
30.6
119.0

The Company’s Renewable Identification Numbers (“RINs”) obligation (“RINs Obligation”) represents a liability for the 
purchase of RINs to satisfy the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) requirement to blend biofuels into the fuel products 
it produces pursuant to the EPA’s Renewable Fuel Standard (“RFS”). RINs are assigned to biofuels produced in the U.S. as required 
by the EPA. The EPA sets annual quotas for the percentage of biofuels that must be blended into transportation fuels consumed in 
the U.S., and as a producer of motor fuels from petroleum, the Company is required to blend biofuels into the fuel products it 
produces at a rate that will meet the EPA’s annual quota. To the extent the Company is unable to blend biofuels at that rate, it must 
purchase RINs in the open market to satisfy the annual requirement. The Company’s RINs Obligation is based on the amount of 
RINs it must purchase and the price of those RINs as of the balance sheet date. The Company uses the inventory model to account 
for RINs, measuring acquired RINs at weighted-average cost. The cost of RINs used each period is charged to cost of sales with 
cash inflows and outflows recorded in the operating cash flow section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. Excess RINs 
are classified as inventory in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes a liability at the end of each reporting 
period in which the Company does not have sufficient RINs to cover the RINs Obligation. The liability is calculated by multiplying 
the RINs shortage (based on actual results) by the period end RIN spot price.

From time to time, the Company holds varying amounts of RINs for resale. RINs obtained from third parties are initially 
recorded at their cost at the time the Company acquires them and are subsequently revalued at the lower of cost or market as of 
the last day of each accounting period and the resulting adjustments are reflected in costs of sales for the period in the consolidated 
statements of operations. The value of RINs obtained from third parties would be reflected in prepaid expenses and other assets 
on the consolidated balance sheets.

102

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used, including definite-lived 
intangible assets, when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and 
used is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an asset are less than 
the carrying value of the asset. In such an event, a write-down of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations, based 
on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using 
anticipated cash flows assumed by a market participant discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Long-lived 
assets to be disposed of other than by sale are considered held and used until disposal.

During 2016, the Company recorded write-downs related to idle fixed assets within the specialty and fuel products segments. 
The non-cash charges of $0.9 million were recorded in asset impairment on the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated 
statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016. No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded in 2015 and 
2014. 

Business Combinations and Related Business Acquisition Costs

Assets  and  liabilities  associated  with  business  acquisitions  are  recorded  at  fair  value,  using  the  acquisition  method  of 
accounting. The Company allocates the purchase price of acquisitions based upon the fair value of each component, which may 
be derived from various observable or  unobservable inputs and assumptions. The Company may  utilize third-party valuation 
specialists to assist the Company in this allocation. Initial purchase price allocations are preliminary and subject to revision within 
the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. The fair value of the property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets are based upon the discounted cash flow method that involves inputs that are not observable in the market 
(Level 3). Goodwill assigned represents the amount of consideration transferred in excess of the fair value assigned to identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Business acquisition costs are expensed as incurred, and are reported as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statements of operations. The Company defines these costs to include finder’s fees, advisory, legal, accounting, valuation, and 
other professional or consulting fees, as well as travel associated with the evaluation and effort to acquire specific businesses. For 
further information, refer to Note 3. 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on orders received from its customers when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement 
with the customer that is supportive of revenue recognition, the customer has made a fixed commitment to purchase the product 
for a fixed or determinable sales price, collection is reasonably assured under the Company’s normal billing and credit terms, all 
of the Company’s obligations related to the product have been fulfilled and ownership and all risks of loss have been transferred 
to the buyer, which is primarily upon shipment to the customer or, in certain cases, upon receipt by the customer in accordance 
with contractual terms. The Company recognizes revenue on certain drilling fluids and completion fluids when consumed at the 
customer site during the drilling process. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and in some instances requires cash 
in advance or letters of credit prior to shipment for domestic orders. For international orders, letters of credit are generally required 
and  the  Company  maintains  insurance  policies  which  cover  certain  export  orders. The  Company  maintains  an  allowance  for 
doubtful customer accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based on several factors including historical experience, the age of the accounts 
receivable balances, credit quality of the Company’s customers, current economic conditions, expected future trends and other 
factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay, which exist as of the balance sheet dates. If the financial condition of the Company’s 
customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. 
In addition, from time to time the Company has significant derivative assets with a limited number of counterparties. The evaluation 
of these counterparties is performed quarterly in connection with the Company’s ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and 
Disclosures, valuations to determine the impact of the counterparty credit risk on the valuation of its derivative instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company, as a partnership, is generally not liable for federal and state income taxes on the earnings of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. However, the Company conducts certain activities through wholly-
owned  subsidiaries  that  are  corporations,  which  in  certain  circumstances  are  subject  to  federal,  state  and  local  income  taxes. 
Additionally, the Company is subject to franchise taxes in certain states. Income taxes on the earnings of the Company, with the 

103

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

exception of the above mentioned taxes, are the responsibility of its partners, with earnings of the Company included in partners’ 
earnings.

In the event that the Company’s taxable income does not meet certain qualification requirements, the Company would be 
taxed as a corporation. Interest and penalties related to income taxes, if any, would be recorded in income tax expense. Generally, 
tax returns remain subject to examination by taxing authorities for three years. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as 
of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Company accounts for income taxes for its corporations under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial 
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the 
enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than 
not to be realized. 

The determination of the provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, use of estimates, and the interpretation 
and application of complex tax laws. Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable 
items and the probability of sustaining uncertain tax positions. The benefits of uncertain tax positions are recorded in the Company’s 
financial  statements  only  after  determining  a  more-likely-than-not  probability  that  the  uncertain  tax  positions  will  withstand 
challenge, if any, from taxing authorities. When facts and circumstances change, the Company reassesses these probabilities and 
records any changes through the provision for income taxes.

Excise and Sales Taxes

The Company assesses, collects and remits excise taxes associated with the sale of certain of its fuel products. Furthermore, 
the Company collects and remits sales taxes associated with certain sales of its products to non-exempt customers. Excise taxes 
and sales taxes assessed and collected from customers are recorded on a net basis within sales in the Company’s consolidated 
statements of operations.

Earnings per Unit

The Company calculates earnings per unit under ASC 260-10, Earnings per Share. The Company treats incentive distribution 
rights (“IDRs”) as participating securities for the purposes of computing earnings per unit in the period that the general partner 
becomes contractually obligated to receive IDRs. Also, the undistributed earnings are allocated to the partnership interests based 
on the allocation of earnings to the Company’s partners’ capital accounts as specified in the Company’s partnership agreement. 
When distributions exceed earnings, net income is reduced by the actual distributions with the resulting net loss being allocated 
to capital accounts as specified in the Company’s partnership agreement.

Unit Based Compensation

For unit based compensation awards granted, compensation expense is recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements on a straight line basis over the awards’ vesting periods based on their fair values on the dates of grant. The unit based 
compensation awards vest over a period not exceeding four years. The amount of compensation expense recognized at any date 
is at least equal to the portion of the grant date value of the award that is vested at that date. 

Unit based compensation liability awards are awards that are expected to be settled in cash on their vesting dates, rather than 
in equity units (“Liability Awards”). Liability Awards are recorded in accrued salaries, wages and benefits based on the vested 
portion of the fair value of the awards on the balance sheet date. The fair values of Liability Awards are updated at each balance 
sheet date and changes in the fair values of the vested portions of the awards are recorded as increases or decreases to compensation 
expense. See Note 11 for more information on Liability Awards.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company complies with ASC 605-45, Revenue Recognition — Principal Agent Considerations. ASC 605-45 requires 
the classification of shipping and handling costs billed to customers in sales and the classification of shipping and handling costs 
incurred in cost of sales, or to be disclosed if classified elsewhere. The Company has reflected $169.2 million, $175.5 million and 
$171.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, in transportation expense in the consolidated 
statements of operations, the majority of which is billed to customers.

104

Table of Contents

Advertising Expenses

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred which totaled $9.9 million, $14.2 million and $20.5 million in 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. Advertising expenses are reported as selling expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries use a local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries 
with a local currency as their functional currency are translated at period-end rates of exchange, and revenues and expenses are 
translated at average exchange rates prevailing for each month. The resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate 
component of other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected in partners’ capital in the Company’s consolidated balance 
sheets.

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries also enter into transactions and have monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated 
in a currency other than such entity’s respective functional currency. Gains and losses from the revaluation of foreign currency 
transactions and monetary assets and liabilities are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations. 

New Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 
2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):  Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”), in which 
the guidance on testing for goodwill was updated by the elimination of Step 2 in the determination on whether goodwill should 
be considered impaired. The annual and/or interim assessments are still required to be completed. Further, the guidance eliminates 
the requirement to assess reporting units with zero or negative carrying values, however, the carrying values for all reporting units 
must be disclosed. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2019, with 
early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2017-04 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Clarifying the Definition of a 
Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The guidance provides criteria for use in determining when to conclude a “set” (as defined in the 
original guidance) being acquired or disposed in a transaction is not a business. Where the criteria are not met, more stringent 
screening has been provided to define a set as a business without an output, as more narrowly defined within the guidance. ASU 
2017-01 is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. 
The adoption of ASU 2017-01 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In  December  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2016-19,  Technical  Corrections  and  Improvements  (“ASU  2016-19”). 
Regarding derivatives and hedging, ASU 2016-19 clarified the guidance in assessing the probability of a forecasted transaction 
with respect to hedged cash flow items. ASU 2016-19 also clarified the definition of approaches versus techniques with respect 
to fair value measurements and related disclosures. The Company has adopted the updated derivative guidance within ASU 2016-19 
as it was effective upon issuance, and this guidance has not had an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 
The amendments regarding fair value measurements and disclosures within ASU 2016-19 are effective for fiscal years (including 
interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2016, and will require adoption on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2016-19 
is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash 
Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), to provide specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues to reduce the 
diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2017, 
and will require adoption on a retrospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 606): Improvements to 
Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”). ASU 2016-09 involves several aspects of the accounting for share-
based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and 
classification on the statement of cash flows. Under the new standard, income tax benefits and deficiencies are to be recognized 
as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement and the tax effects of exercised or vested awards should be treated as 
discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. Excess tax benefits should be classified along with other income tax 
cash flows as an operating activity. In regards to forfeitures, the entity may make an entity-wide accounting policy election to 
either estimate the number of awards that are expected to vest or account for forfeitures when they occur. The amendments in this 
standard are effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. 
The adoption of ASU 2016-09 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

105

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-07, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying 
the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting (“ASU 2016-07”), which eliminates the retroactive adjustments to an investment 
upon it qualifying for the equity method of accounting as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of 
influence by the investor. ASU 2016-07 requires that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest 
in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the 
date the investment qualifies for equity method accounting. The amendments in this standard are effective for fiscal years (including 
interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2016-07 is not expected 
to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options 
in Debt Instruments (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 simplifies the embedded derivative analysis for debt instruments containing 
contingent call or put options by removing the requirement to assess whether a contingent event is related to interest rates or credit 
risks. The amendments in this standard are effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 
2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2016-06 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract 
Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (“ASU 2016-05”). ASU 2016-05 clarifies that a change in the counterparty 
to a derivative instrument that has been designated as a hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require 
dedesignation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met. The amendments 
in this standard are effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption 
permitted. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments of ASU 2016-05 on either a prospective or modified retrospective basis. 
The adoption of ASU 2016-05 is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which supersedes the lease 
accounting requirements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, Leases. ASU 2016-02 provides principles for 
the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. The new standard requires lessees 
to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease 
is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on 
an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, respectively. A lessee is also required to record 
a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term of greater than twelve months regardless of classification. Leases 
with a term of twelve months or less will be accounted for similar to existing guidance for operating leases. The amendments in 
this standard are effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption 
permitted and modified retrospective application required. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its 
consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and 
Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 requires that (i) equity investments 
in unconsolidated entities that are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting generally be measured at fair value 
with changes recognized in net income (loss) and (ii) when the fair value option has been elected for financial liabilities, changes 
in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk be recognized separately in other comprehensive income (loss). Additionally, 
ASU 2016-01 changes the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. The amendments in this standard 
are generally effective for fiscal years (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption not 
permitted. For provisions not adopted early, the Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated 
financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), 
which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 is based on the 
principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration 
to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU also requires enhanced disclosures.  
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective 
Date, which defers the original effective date by one year to annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with 
early  adoption  permitted  as  of  the  original  effective  date. ASU  2014-09  allows  for  either  a  full  retrospective  or  a  modified 
retrospective transition method. In March, April, May and December 2016, the FASB clarified the implementation guidance on 
principal versus agent considerations, identifying performance obligations, licensing, collectibility, presentation of sales taxes, 
non-cash consideration, transition, the scope of Topic 606, impairment testing, policy elections over determining the provision for 
losses on certain types of contracts, the accrual of advertising costs and disclosure requirements. All amendments are effective 
with the same date as ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of these standards on its consolidated financial 

106

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

statements. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2014-09 as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach and is in 
the process of evaluating the full impact of adoption on the Company’s financial reporting. 

Based on the evaluation performed to date, the Company has identified some contracts within the oilfield services segment 
that include implicit arrangements that could be considered material rights under the new standard. Additionally, these contracts 
contain elements of variable consideration that may impact the total transaction price for these contracts. The Company does not 
believe that these elements would result in a material change to how revenue would be recognized for these contracts upon the 
adoption of ASU 2014-09.    

Within  the  Company’s  specialty  products  segment  there  are  agreements  with  distributors  that  are  subject  to  rebate  and 
incentive programs that could contain elements of material rights and/or variable consideration. The Company does not believe 
that these elements would result in a material change to how revenue would be recognized for these agreements upon the adoption 
of ASU 2014-09.

The Company continues to analyze the full impact to its operating segments of the adoption of ASU 2014-09, which may 
result in differences between current revenue recognition practices and those required by ASU 2014-09 that may be material. As 
part of the Company’s evaluation, it has segregated its revenue streams into categories which will serve as the basis for the continuing 
accounting analysis and documentation as it relates to the impact of ASU 2014-09 on revenues. In addition, the Company continues 
to actively monitor outstanding issues currently being addressed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Revenue 
Recognition Working Group and the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Transition Resource Group, since conclusions reached 
by these groups may impact its application of ASU 2014-09.

Correction of Immaterial Errors

During the quarter ended September 30, 2016, the Company identified and corrected errors in the accounting for the LCM 
of inventory and income taxes that related to the year ended December 31, 2015. These errors primarily related to LCM adjustments 
at its branded and packaged products operating segment and an adjustment for a tax benefit associated with its decision to liquidate 
a wholly-owned C corporation as of December 31, 2015, and convert it to an entity which will not be subject to tax. The impact 
of correcting these items in the third quarter of 2016 increased cost of sales by $6.5 million, increased income tax benefit by $7.8 
million and decreased net loss by $1.3 million. The Company concluded that the corrections to the financial statements were 
immaterial to its financial results for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

3. Acquisitions 

On August 1, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of privately-held Specialty 
Oilfield Solutions, Ltd. (“SOS”) for aggregate consideration of approximately $29.6 million, net of cash acquired (the “SOS 
Acquisition”). SOS is a full-service drilling fluids and solids control company with operations in the Eagle Ford, Marcellus and 
Utica shale formations. The SOS Acquisition was financed with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The 
Company believes the SOS Acquisition increases its sales into the oilfield services market, expands its geographic reach and 
increases its asset diversity.

On March 31, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of ADF Holdings, Inc., the parent 
company of Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, Inc. (“Anchor”), an independent provider and marketer of drilling fluids and completion 
fluids to the oil and gas exploration industry (the “Anchor Acquisition”). Total consideration was approximately $223.6 million, 
net of cash acquired. In connection with the Anchor Acquisition, the Company was required to pay the sellers 50% of the amount 
of taxes paid in a post-closing tax period that are reduced (or a refund is actually received or credited) as a result of the utilization 
of post-closing transaction tax deductions in the 2014 taxable year (but, for the avoidance of doubt, no other taxable year), which 
was $1.1 million and paid in March 2016. Anchor designs, manufactures and packages drilling fluid products at its locations in 
Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Arkansas, Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, Montana, New Mexico, New York, North Dakota, Pennsylvania 
and Ohio. The Anchor Acquisition was financed by using a portion of the net proceeds of approximately $884.0 million from the 
Company’s March 2014 private placement of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2021. The Company believes the Anchor Acquisition further 
expands its specialty products offering, increases its sales into the oilfield services market, expands its geographic reach and 
increases its asset diversity.

On February 28, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of United Petroleum, LLC 
(“United Petroleum”), a marketer and distributor of high performance lubricants, for aggregate consideration of approximately 
$10.4 million, (the “United Petroleum Acquisition”). The United Petroleum Acquisition was financed with cash on hand. The 
Company believes the United Petroleum Acquisition increases its position in the specialty lubricants market.

107

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Purchase Price Allocation

The assets and results of operations from such assets acquired as a result of the United Petroleum Acquisition have been 
included in the specialty products segment since their date of acquisition, February 28, 2014. The assets and results of operations 
from such assets acquired as a result of the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions have been included in the oilfield services segment since 
their dates of acquisition, March 31, 2014, and August 1, 2014, respectively. 

The allocations of the aggregate purchase prices to assets acquired and liabilities assumed for acquisitions are as follows (in 

millions):

2014 Acquisitions

SOS

Anchor

United
Petroleum

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Deposits

Deferred tax asset

Property, plant and equipment, net

Investment in unconsolidated affiliates

Goodwill

Other intangible assets, net

Accounts payable

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits

Other taxes payable

Other current liabilities

Deferred income tax liability

$

11.6

$

2.7

0.1

—

—

15.1

—

0.8

5.7
(6.2)
—
(0.2)
—

—

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

$

29.6

$

Intangible Assets

The components of intangible assets listed in the table above were as follows (in millions):

75.0

61.2

0.4

0.6

0.9

35.9

1.9

69.0

74.0
(44.2)
(18.2)
(1.8)
(0.4)
(30.7)
223.6

$

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

—

5.0

5.2

—

—

—

—

—

$

10.4

SOS

August 1, 2014

Anchor

March 31, 2014

United Petroleum

February 28, 2014

Amount

Life (Years)

Amount

Life (Years)

Amount

Life (Years)

Customer relationships

Tradenames

Non-competition agreements

Totals

Weighted average amortization
period

$

$

4.3

1.4

—

5.7

52.7

18.4

2.9

74.0

$

$

15

20

—

16

3.8

1.4

—

5.2

$

$

20

21

2

20

20

20

—

20

108

Table of Contents

Goodwill

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company recorded the following goodwill (in millions):

SOS Acquisition (1)
Anchor Acquisition (1) (2)
United Petroleum Acquisition (1)

Amount

0.8

69.0

5.0

$

$

$

Business Segment
Oilfield Services

Oilfield Services

Specialty Products

(1)  Goodwill recognized relates primarily to enhancing the Company’s strategic platform for expansion in the respective business 

segment noted above.

(2)  Approximately $9.7 million of goodwill associated with the Anchor Acquisition is tax deductible due to Anchor’s tax status 

as a corporation on the acquisition date.

During 2015 and 2014, the goodwill was impaired.  See Note 5 for further discussion. 

Acquisition Expenses

In connection with the respective acquisitions, the Company incurred the following expenses, which are reflected in general 
and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
(in millions):

SOS Acquisition

Anchor Acquisition

United Petroleum Acquisition

Results of Sales and Earnings

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

0.1

0.6

0.1

The following financial information reflects sales and operating loss of the Anchor Acquisition that are included in the 

consolidated statements of operations (in millions):

Sales

Operating loss

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

114.2
$
(34.1) $

259.8
$
(74.5) $

349.1
(19.1)

The following unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the unaudited consolidated results of operations of the 

Company as if the Anchor Acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2014, (in millions, except for per unit data): 

Sales

Net loss

Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net loss per unit

Year Ended
December 31, 2014
5,873.6
$
(124.6)
(1.97)

$

$

The  Company’s  historical  financial  information  was  adjusted  to  give  effect  to  the  pro  forma  events  that  were  directly 
attributable to the Anchor Acquisition. This unaudited pro forma financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes 
only and is not necessarily indicative of results of operations that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken place 
on the dates indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations of the combined company.

109

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4. Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 31, 

2016 and 2015 (in millions):

Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC

Pacific New Investment Limited

Other

Total

Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Year Ended December 31, 2015

Investment

Percent
Ownership

Investment

Percent
Ownership

$

$

—

9.6

0.7

10.3

—% $

124.7

23.8%

—

1.3

$

126.0

50%

—%

On June 27, 2016, the Company consummated the sale of its 50% equity interest in Dakota Prairie Refining, LLC (“Dakota 
Prairie”) to joint venture partner WBI Energy, Inc. (“WBI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (“MDU”). 
Concurrent with the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Dakota Prairie to WBI, Tesoro Refining & Marketing Company LLC 
(“Tesoro”) acquired 100% of Dakota Prairie from WBI in a separate transaction that closed on June 27, 2016. 

Under the terms of the definitive agreement with WBI, the Company received consideration of $28.5 million, which was 
offset by the Company’s repayment of $36.0 million in borrowings under Dakota Prairie’s revolving credit facility. In addition, 
the Company’s $39.4 million letter of credit supporting the Dakota Prairie revolving credit facility was terminated. As part of the 
transaction, MDU and WBI released the Company from all liabilities arising out of or related to Dakota Prairie. In addition, Tesoro 
and Dakota Prairie released the Company from all liabilities arising out of the organization, management and operation of Dakota 
Prairie, subject to certain limited exceptions. Further, WBI agreed to indemnify the Company from all liabilities arising out of or 
related to Dakota Prairie, subject to certain limited exceptions. As a result of the sale of Dakota Prairie, the Company recorded a 
loss on sale of unconsolidated affiliate of $113.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company purchased $5.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively, 
of crude oil and other feedstocks at cost from Dakota Prairie. There were no accounts payable to Dakota Prairie as of December 
31,  2016. Accounts  payable  to  Dakota  Prairie  as  of  December 31,  2015,  were  $1.4  million  for  crude  oil  and  other  feedstock 
purchases. 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company purchased $14.7 million and $4.6 million, respectively, 
of crude oil on behalf of Dakota Prairie and sold it to Dakota Prairie at cost, which resulted in an immaterial gains each year. There 
were no receivables due from Dakota Prairie as of December 31, 2016. Other receivables from Dakota Prairie as of December 31, 
2015, were $0.4 million.

Dakota Prairie subleased railcars from the Company during the year ended December 31, 2016, which totaled $0.1 million. 

In the event Dakota Prairie was unable to sell atmospheric towers bottoms (“ATB’s”) to a third party at or above acquisition 
costs, or in the event third party sales did not cover crude oil acquisition costs, the joint venture agreement required the Company 
to either buy the ATB’s or cover any shortfall between the third party sales and the crude oil acquisition cost. The joint venture 
agreement was terminated upon the sale of the Company’s Dakota Prairie equity interest in June 2016. During the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company paid $0.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, of shortfall under the agreement. 
There  were  no  accounts  payable  due  to  Dakota  Prairie  as  of  December  31,  2016. Accounts  payable  to  Dakota  Prairie  as  of 
December 31, 2015, were $0.7 million related to the shortfall agreement.  

The Company subleased railcars from Dakota Prairie in 2015. The amount charged for these subleases totaled $0.6 million
in 2015. There were no accounts payable as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 related to the railcar subleases. The 
Company had no subleased railcars from Dakota Prairie in 2016.

On January 1, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with Dakota Prairie to provide administrative services to Dakota 
Prairie. The amount charged for these services during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $0.1 million and $0.4 
million, respectively. There were no accounts receivable from Dakota Prairie as of December 31, 2016. Other accounts receivable 
from Dakota Prairie as of December 31, 2015 were immaterial.

The Company provided certain services to Dakota Prairie during the year ended December 31, 2015, which included costs 
for payroll and certain other employee benefits. The amount related to such services was $0.2 million in 2015. The Company 
provided none of these services to Dakota Prairie during 2016. 

110

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Pacific New Investment Limited and Shandong Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd.

On August 5, 2015, the Company and The Heritage Group (“Heritage Group”), a related party, formed Pacific New Investment 
Limited (“PACNIL”) for the purpose of investing in a joint venture with Shandong Hi-Speed Materials Group Corporation and 
China Construction Installation Engineering Co., Ltd. to construct, develop and operate a solvents refinery in mainland China. 
The joint venture is named Shandong Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd. (“Hi-Speed”). The Company invested $4.8 million 
in June 2016 and $4.8 million in October 2016.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company owned an equity interest of approximately 
23.8% in PACNIL and through that ownership the Company owned an equity interest of approximately 6% in Hi-Speed.  PACNIL 
wishes to exit its investment in Hi-Speed. The Company and PACNIL believe they will fully recover their investment in Hi-Speed.

The Company accounts for its ownership in PACNIL under the equity method of accounting. As of December 31, 2016, the 
Company had an investment of $9.6 million in PACNIL, primarily related to the purchase of equity in the Hi-Speed joint venture.

Juniper GTL LLC 

On June 9, 2014, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Clean Fuels North America, LLC, which is owned 
by SGC Energia and Great Northern Project Development, to develop, build and operate a gas-to-liquids (“GTL”) plant in Lake 
Charles, Louisiana. The joint venture is named New Source Fuels, LLC, and it owns 100% of Juniper GTL LLC (“Juniper”). The 
Company invested $25.0 million in total in exchange for an equity interest of approximately 23% in the joint venture. During 
September 2015, the Company determined the fair value of its investment in Juniper was less than its carrying value of $24.3 
million. As  a  result,  the  Company  recorded  a  $24.3  million  impairment  charge  in  loss  from  unconsolidated  affiliates  in  the 
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. Inputs used to estimate the fair value of Juniper were 
considered Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. In June 2016, the Company sold its equity interest in New Source Fuels, LLC for 
an immaterial amount. 

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

In April 2016, the board of directors of the Company’s general partner determined to suspend payment of the Company’s 
quarterly cash distribution to unitholders. The suspension of the quarterly cash distribution caused a sustained decrease in the 
Company’s common unit price. As a result, the Company determined that these events constituted a triggering event that required 
the Company to update its financial projections and its goodwill impairment assessment as of April 30, 2016. An impairment 
charge of $33.4 million for goodwill related to the fuel products segment was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations 
within asset impairment. The impairment charge was primarily driven by the reduced outlook on revenues and profitability as a 
result of falling crude oil prices and crack spreads. 

In December 2016, the Missouri reporting unit experienced a significant reduction in orders from a customer of significance 
which is expected to have an adverse impact on the business. As a result, the Company determined that this event constituted a 
triggering event that required the Company to update its financial projections and its goodwill impairment assessment in December 
2016. An impairment charge of $1.4 million for goodwill related to the specialty products segment was recorded in the consolidated 
statements of operations within asset impairment.

During September 2015, the Company determined that the expected operating results for one of its reporting units was 
projected to be substantially lower than previous forecasts due to the continued decline in crude oil prices. As a result, the Company 
determined that these events constituted a triggering event that required the Company to update its goodwill impairment assessment 
through September 30, 2015. An impairment charge of $33.8 million for goodwill related to the oilfield services segment was 
recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within asset impairment. The impairment charge was primarily driven by 
the reduced outlook on revenues and profitability as a result of falling crude oil prices driving declines in U.S. land based rig 
counts.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company determined that the expected operating results for one of its reporting units was 
projected to be substantially lower than previous forecasts due to the falling crude oil prices. Given this information, the Company 
updated its impairment test and determined that impairment existed for this reporting unit. An impairment charge of $36.0 million for 
goodwill related to the oilfield services segment was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within asset impairment. 
The impairment charge was primarily driven by the reduced outlook on revenues and profitability as a result of falling crude oil 
prices driving declines in U.S. land based rig counts.

To derive the fair value of the reporting units, as required in step one of the impairment test, the Company used the income 
approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and the associated amount 
of the impairment charge. The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current 
value of the asset by calculating the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, corporate 
tax structure and product offerings. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at 

111

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation, and risks associated with the 
reporting unit.

Inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s reporting units are considered Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy 

and include the following:

•  The Company’s financial projections for its reporting units are based on its analysis of various supply and demand factors 
which include, among other things, industry-wide capacity, its planned utilization rate, end-user demand, crack spreads, 
capital expenditures and economic conditions. Such estimates are consistent with those used in the Company’s planning 
and capital investment reviews and include recent historical prices and published forward prices. 

•  The discount rate used to measure the present value of the projected future cash flows is based on a variety of factors, 
including market and economic conditions, operational risk, regulatory risk and political risk. This discount rate is also 
compared to recent observable market transactions, if possible. 

For Level 3 measurements, significant increases or decreases in long-term growth rates or discount rates in isolation or in 

combination could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement.

Changes in goodwill balances for the periods indicated below are as follows (in millions):

Net balance as of December 31, 2014
Impairment (1)
Net balance as of December 31, 2015
Impairment (1)
Net balance as of December 31, 2016

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Oilfield
Services

Total

$

$

$

173.5

—

173.5
(1.4)
172.1

$

$

$

38.5

—

38.5
(33.4)
5.1

$

$

$

$

33.8
(33.8)

— $

—

— $

245.8
(33.8)
212.0
(34.8)
177.2

(1)  Total accumulated goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, is $104.6 million and $69.8 million, respectively.

Other intangible assets consist of the following (in millions):

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Customer relationships
Tradenames
Trade secrets
Patents
Royalty agreements

Weighted
Average Life
(Years) 
21
16
13
12
19
18

Gross Amount  
243.7
$
46.6
52.7
1.6
6.2
350.8

$

$

Accumulated
Amortization 
$

(122.8) $
(16.1)
(29.6)
(1.5)
(2.3)
(172.3) $

Gross Amount 
243.7
46.6
52.7
1.6
4.5
349.1

Accumulated
Amortization 
(97.5)
$
(10.7)
(23.4)
(1.4)
(2.0)
(135.0)

$

Tradenames,  trade  secrets,  patents  and  royalty  agreements  are  being  amortized  to  properly  match  expenses  with  the 
undiscounted estimated future cash flows over the terms of the related agreements or the period expected to be benefited. The 
costs of agreements with terms allowing for the potential extension of such agreements are being amortized based on the initial 
term only. Customer relationships are being amortized to properly match expenses with the undiscounted estimated future cash 
flows based upon assumed rates of annual customer attrition. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company 
recorded amortization expense of intangible assets of $37.3 million, $43.4 million and $40.3 million, respectively. 

112

 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 As of December 31, 2016, the Company estimates that amortization of intangible assets for the next five years will be as 

follows (in millions):

Year

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

6. Commitments and Contingencies 

Operating Leases

Amortization Amount

$

$

$

$

$

32.4

27.4

22.9

18.9

15.5

The Company has various operating leases primarily for the use of land, storage tanks, railcars, equipment, precious metals 
and office facilities that extend through July 2055. Renewal options are available on certain of these leases in which the Company 
is the lessee. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $63.2 million, $67.8 million and $59.9 
million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had estimated minimum commitments for the payment of rentals under leases 

which, at inception, had a noncancelable term of more than one year, as follows (in millions):

Year
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total

Operating
Leases

39.4
33.1
24.2
18.6
10.3
20.3
145.9

$

$

Crude Oil Supply, Other Feedstocks and Finished Products

The Company is currently purchasing a majority of its crude oil under month-to-month evergreen contracts or on a spot basis. 

Certain other feedstocks are purchased under long-term supply contracts. The Company also purchases finished products 
from Houston Refining. The Company is required to purchase all of the naphthenic lubricating oils produced at Houston Refining’s 
refinery in Houston, Texas, up to 3,100 bpd, and has a right of first refusal to purchase any additional naphthenic lubricating oils 
(above the 3,100 bpd) produced at the refinery. In addition, Houston Refining is required to toll-process a minimum of approximately 
600 bpd of white mineral oil for the Company at Houston Refining’s Houston, Texas refinery. The annual purchase commitment 
under these agreements is approximately $103.2 million.

As of December 31, 2016, the estimated minimum purchase commitments under the Company’s crude oil, other feedstock 

supply and finished product agreements were as follows (in millions):

Year
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total

Commitment

659.8
468.9
460.3
91.1
—
—
1,680.1

$

$

113

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company has a feedstock purchase agreement with Phillips 66 related to the LVT unit at its Lake Charles, Louisiana 
refinery (the “LVT Feedstock Agreement”). Pursuant to the LVT Feedstock Agreement, Phillips 66 is obligated to supply a minimum 
quantity (the “Base Volume”) of feedstock for the LVT unit for a term of ten years. Based upon this minimum supply quantity, the 
Company expects to purchase approximately $39.9 million of feedstock for the LVT unit in each fiscal year of the term of the 
contract expiring January 1, 2018, based on pricing estimates as of December 31, 2016. This amount is not included in the table 
above.

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is a party to certain claims and litigation incidental to its business, including claims made 
by various regulatory and taxation authorities, such as the EPA, various state environmental regulatory bodies, the Internal Revenue 
Service, various state and local departments of revenue and the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), 
as the result of audits or reviews of the Company’s business. In addition, the Company has property, business interruption, general 
liability and various other insurance policies that may result in certain losses or expenditures being reimbursed to the Company.

Environmental

The Company conducts crude oil and specialty hydrocarbon refining, blending and terminal operations in addition to providing 
oilfield  services  and  products,  which  activities  are  subject  to  stringent  federal,  state,  regional  and  local  laws  and  regulations 
governing worker health and safety, the discharge of materials into the environment and environmental protection. These laws and 
regulations impose obligations that are applicable to the Company’s operations, such as requiring the acquisition of permits to 
conduct regulated activities, restricting the manner in which the Company may release materials into the environment, requiring 
remedial activities or capital expenditures to mitigate pollution from former or current operations, requiring the application of 
specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection and imposing substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from its 
operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of sanctions, including administrative, 
civil and criminal penalties; the imposition of investigatory, remedial or corrective action obligations or the incurrence of capital 
expenditures; the occurrence of delays in the permitting, development or expansion of projects, and the issuance of injunctive 
relief limiting or prohibiting Company activities. Moreover, certain of these laws impose joint and several, strict liability for costs 
required to remediate and restore sites where petroleum hydrocarbons, wastes or other materials have been released or disposed. 
In addition, new laws and regulations, new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, increased governmental enforcement 
or  other  developments,  some  of  which  legal  requirements  are  discussed  below,  could  significantly  increase  the  Company’s 
operational or compliance expenditures.

Remediation of subsurface contamination is in process at certain of the Company’s refinery sites and is being overseen by 
the appropriate state agencies. Based on current investigative and remedial activities, the Company believes that the soil and 
groundwater  contamination  at  these  refineries  can  be  controlled  or  remedied  without  having  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s financial condition. However, such costs are often unpredictable and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the 
future costs will not become material.

San Antonio Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the San Antonio refinery, the Company agreed to indemnify NuStar for an unlimited 
term and without consideration of a monetary deductible or cap from any environmental liabilities associated with the San Antonio 
refinery, except for any governmental penalties or fines that may result from NuStar’s actions or inactions during NuStar’s 20-
month period of ownership of the San Antonio refinery. Anadarko Petroleum Corporation (“Anadarko”) and Age Refining, Inc. 
(“Age Refining”), a third party that has since entered bankruptcy, are subject to a 1995 Agreed Order from the Texas Natural 
Resource Conservation Commission, now known as the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, pursuant to which Anadarko 
and Age  Refining  are  obligated  to  assess  and  remediate  certain  contamination  at  the  San Antonio  refinery  that  predates  the 
Company’s acquisition of the facility. The Company does not expect this pre-existing contamination at the San Antonio refinery 
to have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Great Falls Refinery

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  the  Great  Falls  refinery  from  Connacher  Oil  and  Gas  Limited  (“Connacher”),  the 
Company became a party to an existing 2002 Refinery Initiative Consent Decree (the “Great Falls Consent Decree”) with the EPA 
and the Montana Department of Environmental Quality (the “MDEQ”). The material obligations imposed by the Great Falls 
Consent Decree have been completed. On September 27, 2012, Montana Refining Company, Inc., received a final Corrective 
Action Order on Consent, replacing the refinery’s previously held hazardous waste permit. This Corrective Action Order on Consent 
governs the investigation and remediation of contamination at the Great Falls refinery. The Company believes the majority of 
damages related to such contamination at the Great Falls refinery are covered by a contractual indemnity provided by HollyFrontier 
Corporation (“Holly”), the owner and operator of the Great Falls refinery prior to its acquisition by Connacher, under an asset 

114

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

purchase agreement between Holly and Connacher, pursuant to which Connacher acquired the Great Falls refinery. Under this 
asset  purchase  agreement,  Holly  agreed  to  indemnify  Connacher  and  Montana  Refining  Company,  Inc.,  subject  to  timely 
notification, certain conditions and certain monetary baskets and caps, for environmental conditions arising under Holly’s ownership 
and operation of the Great Falls refinery and existing as of the date of sale to Connacher. During 2014, Holly provided the Company 
a  notice  challenging  the  Company’s  position  that  Holly  is  obligated  to  indemnify  the  Company’s  remediation  expenses  for 
environmental conditions to the extent arising under Holly’s ownership and operation of the refinery and existing as of the date 
of sale to Connacher, which expenditures totaled approximately $18.7 million as of December 31, 2016, of which $14.6 million
was capitalized into the cost of the Company’s recently completed expansion project and $4.1 million was expensed. The Company 
continues to believe that Holly is responsible to indemnify the Company for these remediation expenses disputed by Holly, and 
on September 22, 2015, the Company initiated a lawsuit against Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls refinery under the asset 
purchase agreement. On November 24, 2015, Holly and the sellers of the Great Falls refinery under the asset purchase agreement 
filed a motion to dismiss the case pending arbitration. On February 10, 2016, the court ordered that all of the claims be addressed 
in arbitration. Arbitration is scheduled for early 2018. In the event the Company is unsuccessful in the legal dispute with Holly, 
the Company will be responsible for the remediation expenses. The Company expects that it may incur some costs to remediate 
other environmental conditions at the Great Falls refinery; however, the Company believes at this time that these other costs it 
may incur will not be material to its financial position or results of operations.

Superior Refinery

In connection with the acquisition of the Superior refinery, the Company became a party to an existing Refinery Initiative 
Consent Decree (“Superior Consent Decree”) with the EPA and the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (“WDNR”) that 
applies, in part, to its Superior refinery. Under the Superior Consent Decree, the Company must complete certain reductions in air 
emissions at the Superior refinery as well as report upon certain emissions from the refinery to the EPA and the WDNR. As of 
December 31, 2016, the Company estimates costs of up to $5.0 million to make known equipment upgrades and conduct other 
discrete tasks in compliance with the Superior Consent Decree. Failure to perform these required tasks under the Superior Consent 
Decree could result in the imposition of stipulated penalties, which could be material. The Company is currently assessing certain 
past actions at the refinery for compliance with the terms of the Superior Consent Decree, which actions may be subject to stipulated 
penalties under the Superior Consent Decree but, in any event, the Company does not currently believe that the imposition of such 
penalties for those actions, should they be imposed, would be material. In addition, the Company is pursuing certain additional 
environmental and safety-related projects at the Superior refinery. Completion of these additional projects will result in the Company 
incurring additional costs, which could be substantial. During 2016, the Company incurred less than $0.1 million for costs related 
to installing process equipment at the Superior refinery pursuant to EPA fuel content regulations. During 2015, the Company 
incurred no costs related to installing process equipment at the Superior refinery pursuant to EPA fuel content regulations.

In June 2012, the EPA issued a Finding of Violation/Notice of Violation to the Superior refinery, which included a proposed 
penalty amount of $0.1 million. This finding is in response to information provided to the EPA by the Company in response to an 
information request. The EPA alleges that the efficiency of the flares at the Superior refinery is lower than regulatory requirements. 
The Company is contesting the allegations and is in settlement discussions with the EPA to resolve this issue. The Company has 
not yet received formal action from the EPA. The Company does not believe that the resolution of these allegations will have a 
material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

The Company is contractually indemnified by Murphy Oil Corporation (“Murphy Oil”) under an asset purchase agreement 
between the Company and Murphy Oil for specified environmental liabilities arising from the operation of the Superior refinery 
including: (i) certain obligations arising out of the Superior Consent Decree (including payment of a civil penalty required under 
the Superior Consent Decree), (ii) certain liabilities arising in connection with Murphy Oil’s transport of certain wastes and other 
materials to specified offsite real properties for disposal or recycling prior to the acquisition of Superior and (iii) certain liabilities 
for certain third-party actions, suits or proceedings alleging exposure, prior to the acquisition of Superior, of an individual to wastes 
or other materials at the specified on-site real property, which wastes or other materials were spilled, released, emitted or otherwise 
discharged by Murphy Oil. The Company believes contractual indemnity by Murphy Oil for such specified environmental liabilities 
is unlimited in duration and not subject to any monetary deductibles or maximums. The amount of any damages payable by Murphy 
Oil  pursuant  to  the  contractual  indemnities  under  the  asset  purchase  agreement  are  net  of  any  amount  recoverable  under  an 
environmental insurance policy that the Company obtained in connection with the acquisition of the Superior refinery, which 
named the Company and Murphy Oil as insureds and covers environmental conditions existing at the Superior refinery prior to 
the acquisition of the Superior refinery. 

Shreveport, Cotton Valley and Princeton Refineries

On December 23, 2010, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the Louisiana Department of Environmental 
Quality (“LDEQ”) under LDEQ’s “Small Refinery and Single Site Refinery Initiative,” covering the Shreveport, Princeton and 

115

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Cotton Valley refineries. This settlement agreement became effective on January 31, 2012. The settlement agreement, termed the 
“Global Settlement,” resolved alleged violations of the federal Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA”), and federal Clean Water Act 
regulations that arose prior to December 23, 2010. Among other things, the Company agreed to complete beneficial environmental 
programs and implement emissions reduction projects at the Company’s Shreveport, Cotton Valley and Princeton refineries on an 
agreed-upon schedule. During 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred approximately $2.4 million and $6.8 million, respectively. 
The Global Settlement is substantially complete and any remaining capital investment requirements will be incorporated into the 
Company’s annual capital expenditures budget, and the Company does not expect any additional capital expenditures included in 
the Global Settlement to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

The Company is contractually indemnified by Shell Oil Company (“Shell”), as successor to Pennzoil-Quaker State Company, 
and Atlas Processing Company, under an asset purchase agreement between the Company and Shell, for specified environmental 
liabilities arising from the operations of the Shreveport refinery prior to the Company’s acquisition of the facility. The Company 
believes the contractual indemnity is unlimited in amount and duration, but requires the Company to contribute $1.0 million of 
the first $5.0 million of indemnified costs for certain of the specified environmental liabilities.

Bel-Ray Facility

Bel-Ray executed an Administrative Consent Order (“ACO”) with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, 
effective January 4, 1994, which required investigation and remediation of contamination at or emanating from the Bel-Ray facility. 
In 2000, Bel-Ray entered into a fixed price remediation contract with Weston Solutions (“Weston”), a large remediation contractor, 
whereby Weston agreed to be fully liable for the remediation of the soil and groundwater issues at the facility, including an offsite 
groundwater plume pursuant to the ACO (“Weston Agreement”). The Weston Agreement set up a trust fund to reimburse Weston, 
administered by Bel-Ray’s environmental counsel. As of December 31, 2016, the trust fund contained approximately $0.5 million. 
In addition, Weston has remediation cost containment insurance, should Weston be unable to complete the work required under 
the Weston Agreement. In connection with the acquisition of Bel-Ray, the Company became a party to the Weston Agreement. 

Weston has been addressing the environmental issues at the Bel-Ray facility over time, and the next phase will address the 

groundwater issues, which extend offsite.

Renewable Identification Numbers Obligation

The Company’s RINs Obligation represents a liability for the purchase of RINs to satisfy the EPA requirement to blend 
biofuels into the fuel products it produces pursuant to the RFS. RINs are assigned to biofuels produced in the U.S. as required by 
the EPA. The EPA sets annual quotas for the percentage of biofuels that must be blended into transportation fuels consumed in the 
U.S., and as a producer of motor fuels from petroleum, the Company is required to blend biofuels into the fuel products it produces 
at a rate that will meet the EPA’s annual quota. To the extent the Company is unable to blend biofuels at that rate, it must purchase 
RINs in the open market to satisfy the annual requirement. The Company’s RINs Obligation is based on the amount of RINs it 
must purchase net of amounts internally generated or purchased and the price of those RINs as of the balance sheet date.

In October 2016, the EPA granted certain of the Company’s refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the 
full year 2015, as provided for under the CAA. In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full year 2015, 
compliance with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

In June 2016, the EPA granted certain of the Company’s refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the full 
year 2014, as provided for under the CAA. In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full year 2014, compliance 
with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

In October 2014, the EPA granted certain of the Company’s refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS for the 
full year 2013, as provided for under the CAA. In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full year 2013, 
compliance with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had a RINs Obligation of $79.3 million and $88.4 million, respectively. 
RINs gain for the year ended December 31, 2016, was approximately $5.5 million as compared to a RINs expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, of approximately $38.8 million and $9.4 million, respectively.

Occupational Health and Safety

The Company is subject to various laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety, including OSHA and 
comparable state laws. These laws and regulations strictly govern the protection of the health and safety of employees. In addition, 
OSHA’s hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in 
the Company’s operations and that this information be provided to employees, contractors, state and local government authorities 
and customers. The Company maintains safety and training programs as part of its ongoing efforts to ensure compliance with 

116

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

applicable laws and regulations. The Company conducts periodic audits of Process Safety Management (“PSM”) systems at each 
of its locations subject to the PSM standard. The Company’s compliance with applicable health and safety laws and regulations 
has required, and continues to require, substantial expenditures. Changes in occupational safety and health laws and regulations 
or a finding of non-compliance with current laws and regulations could result in additional capital expenditures or operating 
expenses, as well as civil penalties and, in the event of a serious injury or fatality, criminal charges.

In the first quarter of 2011, OSHA conducted an inspection of the Cotton Valley refinery’s PSM program. On March 14, 
2011, OSHA issued a Citation and Notification of Penalty (the “Cotton Valley Citation”) to the Company as a result of the Cotton 
Valley inspection, which included a proposed penalty amount of $0.2 million. The Company has contested the Cotton Valley 
Citation and the parties have reached a tentative settlement with OSHA on the matter, which the Company does not believe will 
have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Labor Matters

The Company has approximately 700 employees covered by various collective bargaining agreements, or approximately 
35% of its total workforce of approximately 2,000 employees. These agreements have expiration dates of July 1, 2021, October 31, 
2017, January 31, 2019, March 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019. The Company has approximately 100 employees, or approximately 
5% of its total workforce, covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire in less than one year and does not expect any 
work stoppages.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is subject to claims and litigation arising in the normal course of its business. The Company has recorded 
accruals with respect to certain of these matters, where appropriate, that are reflected in the consolidated financial statements but 
are not individually considered material. For other matters, the Company has not recorded accruals because it has not yet determined 
that a loss is probable or because the amount of loss cannot be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate outcome of claims and 
litigation currently pending cannot be determined, the Company currently does not expect that these proceedings and claims, 
individually will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The outcome of any 
litigation is inherently uncertain, however, and if decided adversely to the Company, or if the Company determines that settlement 
of particular litigation is appropriate, the Company may be subject to liability that could have a material adverse effect on its 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Standby Letters of Credit

The Company has agreements with various financial institutions for standby letters of credit which have been issued primarily 
to vendors. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit of $82.1 million and $66.8 
million, respectively, under its senior secured revolving credit facility (the “revolving credit facility”). Refer to Note 7 for additional 
information regarding the Company’s revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the maximum amount of letters 
of credit the Company could issue under its revolving credit facility was subject to borrowing base limitations, with a maximum 
letter of credit sublimit equal to $600.0 million, which amount may be increased to 90% of revolver commitments in effect ($900.0 
million at December 31, 2016 and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015) with the consent of the Agent (as defined below).

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had availability to issue letters of credit of $360.8 million and $233.5 

million, respectively, under its revolving credit facility.

117

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

7. Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):

Borrowings under amended and restated senior secured revolving credit agreement with
third-party lenders, interest payments quarterly, borrowings due July 2019, weighted average
interest rates of 4.8% and 3.3% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

Borrowings under 2021 Secured Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 11.50%, interest payments
semiannually, borrowings due January 2021, effective interest rate of 12.2% for the year
ended December 31, 2016

Borrowings under 2021 Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 6.50%, interest payments
semiannually, borrowings due April 2021, effective interest rates of 6.8% for each year
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
Borrowings under 2022 Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 7.625%, interest payments 
semiannually, borrowings due January 2022, effective interest rate of 8.0% for each year 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (1)

Borrowings under 2023 Notes, interest at a fixed rate of 7.75%, interest payments
semiannually, borrowings due April 2023, effective interest rate of 8.0% for each year ended
December 31, 2016 and 2015

Related party note payable, interest at a fixed rate of 6.0% on a portion of the note, interest
payments at various dates, borrowings due July 2016 and uncommitted prepayments due
November 2016, weighted average interest rate of 6.0% for each year ended December 31,
2016 and 2015

Other

Capital lease obligations, at various interest rates, interest and principal payments monthly
through October 2034
Less unamortized debt issuance costs (2)
Less unamortized discounts

Total long-term debt

Less current portion of note payable — related party

Less current portion of long-term debt

December 31,
2016

December 31,
2015

$

10.2

$

111.0

400.0

—

900.0

900.0

352.5

352.9

325.0

325.0

—

8.0

46.5
(33.2)
(11.8)
1,997.2

—

3.5

73.5

—

46.4
(28.9)
(6.5)
1,773.4

73.5

1.7

$

1,993.7

$

1,698.2

(1)  The balance includes a fair value interest rate hedge adjustment, which increased the debt balance by $2.5 million and $2.9 
million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively (refer to Note 8 for additional information on the interest rate swap 
designated as a fair value hedge). 

(2)  Deferred debt issuance costs are being amortized by the effective interest rate method over the lives of the related debt 
instruments. These amounts are net of accumulated amortization of $14.5 million and $8.1 million at December 31, 2016
and 2015, respectively.

118

Table of Contents

Senior Notes

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

11.50% Senior Secured Notes (the “2021 Secured Notes”)

On April 20, 2016, the Company issued and sold $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Secured 
Notes due January 15, 2021, in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities Act”), to eligible purchasers at a discounted price of 98.273 percent of par. Subject to certain exceptions, the 2021 
Secured Notes are secured by a lien on all of the fixed assets that secure the Company’s obligations under its secured hedge 
agreements, including certain present and future real property, fixtures and equipment; all U.S. registered patents and patent license 
rights, trademarks and trademark license rights, copyrights and copyright license rights and trade secrets; chattel paper, documents 
and instruments; certain cash deposits in the property, plant and equipment proceeds account; certain books and records; and all 
accessions and proceeds of any of the foregoing. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $382.5 million net of 
discount, initial purchasers’ fees and estimated expenses, which it used to repay borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit 
facility and for general partnership purposes, including planned capital expenditures at its facilities and working capital. Interest 
on the 2021 Secured Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on July 15, 2016.

At any time prior to April 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate 
principal amount of the 2021 Secured Notes with the net proceeds of a public or private equity offering at a redemption price of 
111.5% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, provided that: (1) at least 65% of 
the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  2021  Secured  Notes  issued  remains  outstanding  immediately  after  the  occurrence  of  such 
redemption and (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such public or private equity offering.

On and after April 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2021 Secured Notes 
at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to 
the applicable redemption date on such 2021 Secured Notes, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 
of the years indicated below: 

Year
2018

2019

2020 and thereafter

Percentage

111.500%

108.625%

100.000%

Prior to April 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the 2021 Secured Notes at a 
redemption price equal to the sum of: (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) a make-whole premium (as set forth in the indenture 
governing the 2021 Secured Notes) at the redemption date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date.

7.75% Senior Notes (the “2023 Notes”)

On March 27, 2015, the Company issued and sold $325.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 
April 15, 2023 in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to eligible purchasers at a discounted price 
of 99.257 percent of par. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $317.0 million net of discount, initial purchasers’ 
fees and expenses, which the Company used to fund the redemption of $178.8 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding 
9.625% senior notes due 2020 on April 28, 2015, to repay borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility and for general 
partnership purposes, including planned capital expenditures at the Company’s facilities and working capital. Interest on the 2023 
Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2015.

At any time prior to April 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate 
principal amount of the 2023 Notes with the net proceeds of a public or private equity offering at a redemption price of 107.75%
of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, provided that: (1) at least 65% of the 
aggregate principal amount of 2023 Notes issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and 
(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such public or private equity offering.

119

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

On and after April 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2023 Notes at the 
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable 
redemption date on such 2023 Notes, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated 
below:

Year
2018

2019

2020

2021 and thereafter

Percentage

105.813%

103.875%

101.938%

100.000%

Prior to April 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the 2023 Notes at a redemption 
price equal to the sum of: (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) the make-whole premium (as set forth in the indenture governing 
the 2023 Notes) at the redemption date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date.

On March 27, 2015, in connection with the issuance and sale of the 2023 Notes, the Company entered into a registration 
rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2023 Notes obligating the Company to use reasonable best efforts to file an 
exchange offer registration statement with the SEC, so that holders of the 2023 Notes can offer to exchange the 2023 Notes for 
registered notes having substantially the same terms as the 2023 Notes and evidencing the same indebtedness as the 2023 Notes. 
On December 11, 2015, the Company filed an exchange offer registration statement for the 2023 Notes with the SEC, which was 
declared  effective  on  January  28,  2016.  The  exchange  offer  was  completed  on  March  7,  2016,  thereby  fulfilling  all  of  the 
requirements of the 2023 Notes registration rights agreement.

6.50% Senior Notes (the “2021 Notes”)

On March 31, 2014, the Company issued and sold $900.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 
April 15, 2021 in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to eligible purchasers at par. The Company 
received net proceeds of approximately $884.0 million, net of initial purchasers’ fees and expenses, which the Company used to 
fund the purchase price of ADF Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, Inc. (subsequently converted 
to ADF Holdings, LLC and Anchor Drilling Fluids USA, LLC), the redemption of $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
outstanding of 9.375% Senior Notes due 2019 and for general partnership purposes, including planned capital expenditures at the 
Company’s facilities. Interest on the 2021 Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning 
on October 15, 2014. 

At any time prior to April 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate 
principal amount of the 2021 Notes with the net proceeds of a public or private equity offering at a redemption price of 106.5%
of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, provided that: (1) at least 65% of the 
aggregate principal amount of 2021 Notes issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and 
(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such public or private equity offering.

On and after April 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2021 Notes at the 
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the 
applicable redemption date on such 2021 Notes, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years 
indicated below: 

Year
2017

2018

2019 and thereafter

Percentage

103.250%

101.625%

100.000%

Prior to April 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the 2021 Notes at a redemption 
price equal to the sum of: (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) a make-whole premium (as set forth in the indenture governing 
the 2021 Notes) at the redemption date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date.

On March 31, 2014, in connection with the issuance and sale of the 2021 Notes, the Company entered into a registration 
rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2021 Notes obligating the Company to use reasonable best efforts to file an 
exchange offer registration statement with the SEC, so that holders of the 2021 Notes can offer to exchange the 2021 Notes for 
registered notes having substantially the same terms as the 2021 Notes and evidencing the same indebtedness as the 2021 Notes. 

120

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

On March 24, 2015, the Company filed an exchange offer registration statement for the 2021 Notes with the SEC, which was 
declared effective on April 3, 2015. The exchange offer was completed on April 30, 2015, thereby fulfilling all of the requirements 
of the 2021 Notes registration rights agreement.

7.625% Senior Notes (the “2022 Notes”)

On November 26, 2013, the Company issued and sold $350.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% Senior Notes 
due January 15, 2022, in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, to eligible purchasers at a discounted 
price  of  98.494  percent  of  par. The  Company  received  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $337.4  million,  net  of  discount,  initial 
purchasers’ fees and expenses, which the Company used for general partnership purposes, to fund previously announced organic 
growth projects, the purchase price of the Bel-Ray acquisition and the redemption of $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
outstanding of 9.375% Senior Notes due 2019. Interest on the 2022 Notes is paid semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 
of each year, beginning on July 15, 2014.

At any time prior to January 15, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate 
principal amount of the 2022 Notes with the net proceeds of a public or private equity offering at a redemption price of 107.625%
of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, provided that: (1) at least 65% of the 
aggregate principal amount of 2022 Notes issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and 
(2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such public or private equity offering.

On and after January 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the 2022 Notes at 
the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the 
applicable redemption date on such 2022 Notes, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15 of the years 
indicated below: 

Year
2018

2019

2020 and thereafter

Percentage

103.813%

101.906%

100.000%

Prior to January 15, 2018, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the 2022 Notes at a redemption 
price equal to the sum of: (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) a make-whole premium (as set forth in the indenture governing 
the 2022 Notes) at the redemption date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date.

On November 26, 2013, in connection with the issuance and sale of the 2022 Notes, the Company entered into a registration 
rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the 2022 Notes obligating the Company to use reasonable best efforts to file an 
exchange offer registration statement with the SEC, so that holders of the 2022 Notes can offer to exchange the 2022 Notes for 
registered notes having substantially the same terms as the 2022 Notes and evidencing the same indebtedness as the 2022 Notes. 
On November 27, 2013, the Company filed an exchange offer registration statement for the 2022 Notes with the SEC, which was 
declared effective on December 10, 2013. The exchange offer was completed on January 13, 2014, thereby fulfilling all of the 
requirements of the 2022 Notes registration rights agreement.

2021 Secured Notes, 2021 Notes, 2022 Notes and 2023 Notes

In accordance with SEC Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, condensed consolidated financial statements of non-guarantors are 
not required. The Company has no assets or operations independent of its subsidiaries. Obligations under its 2021, 2022 and 2023 
Notes are fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Company’s current 
100%-owned operating subsidiaries and certain of the Company’s future operating subsidiaries, with the exception of the Company’s 
“minor” subsidiaries (as defined by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X), including Calumet Finance Corp. (100%-owned Delaware 
corporation that was organized for the sole purpose of being a co-issuer of certain of the Company’s indebtedness, including the 
2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes). There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Company or subsidiary 
guarantors for the Company to obtain funds from its subsidiary guarantors by dividend or loan. None of the subsidiary guarantors’ 
assets represent restricted assets pursuant to SEC Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X.

The  2021  Secured,  2021,  2022  and  2023  Notes  are  subject  to  certain  automatic  customary  releases,  including  the  sale, 
disposition, or transfer of capital stock or substantially all of the assets of a subsidiary guarantor, designation of a subsidiary 
guarantor as unrestricted in accordance with the applicable indenture, exercise of legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance 
option, liquidation or dissolution of the subsidiary guarantor and a subsidiary guarantor ceases to both guarantee other Company 
debt and to be an obligor under the revolving credit facility. The Company’s operating subsidiaries may not sell or otherwise 

121

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

dispose of all or substantially all of their properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge into, another company if such a sale 
would cause a default under the indentures governing the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes. 

The indentures governing the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes contain covenants that, among other things, restrict 
the Company’s ability and the ability of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries to: (i) sell assets; (ii) pay distributions on, redeem 
or repurchase the Company’s common units or redeem or repurchase its subordinated debt or, in the case of the 2021 Secured 
Notes, its unsecured notes; (iii) make investments; (iv) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred units; (v) create 
or  incur  certain  liens;  (vi) enter  into  agreements  that  restrict  distributions  or  other  payments  from  the  Company’s  restricted 
subsidiaries to the Company; (vii) consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (viii) engage in 
transactions  with  affiliates  and  (ix) create  unrestricted  subsidiaries. These  covenants  are  subject  to  important  exceptions  and 
qualifications. At any time when the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes are rated investment grade by either Moody’s 
Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) and no Default or Event of Default, each as defined in the 
indentures governing the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes, has occurred and is continuing, many of these covenants will 
be suspended. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the indentures governing 
the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes) was 0.95 to 1.0. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with 
all covenants under the indentures governing the 2021 Secured, 2021, 2022 and 2023 Notes. 

Second Amended and Restated Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has a $900.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, subject to borrowing base limitations, which 
includes a $500.0 million incremental uncommitted expansion feature. On August 11, 2016, the Company provided notice to the 
lenders that it was decreasing the commitments under the revolving credit facility from $1.0 billion to $900.0 million. The revolving 
credit facility is the Company’s primary source of liquidity for cash needs in excess of cash generated from operations. The revolving 
credit facility matures in July 2019 and currently bears interest at a rate equal to either the prime rate plus a basis points margin 
or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a basis points margin, at the Company’s option. As of December 31, 2016, 
the margin was 50 basis points for prime rate loans and 150 basis points for LIBOR rate loans; however, the margin can fluctuate 
quarterly based on the Company’s average availability for additional borrowings under the revolving credit facility in the preceding 
fiscal quarter as follows:

Quarterly Average Availability Percentage 

< 33%

Margin on Base Rate
Revolving Loans

Margin on LIBOR
Revolving Loans

0.50%

0.75%

1.00%

1.50%

1.75%

2.00%

In addition to paying interest quarterly on outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility, the Company is required 
to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder 
at a rate equal to 0.250% or 0.375% per annum depending on the average daily available unused borrowing capacity for the 
preceding month. The Company also pays a customary letter of credit fee, including a fronting fee of 0.125% per annum of the 
stated amount of each outstanding letter of credit, and customary agency fees.

The borrowing capacity at December 31, 2016, under the revolving credit facility was $453.1 million. As of December 31, 
2016, the Company had $10.2 million in outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and outstanding standby letters 
of credit of $82.1 million, leaving $360.8 million available for additional borrowings based on specified availability limitations. 
Lenders  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  have  a  first  priority  lien  on  the  Company’s  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and 
substantially all of its cash (collectively, the “Credit Agreement Collateral”). 

On April 20, 2016, the Company and certain of its operating subsidiaries as borrowers (collectively, the “Borrowers”) entered 
into a Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), by and among the 
Borrowers, the Agent (as defined below) and the lenders party thereto (including Bank of America, N.A.), amending the Company’s 
revolving credit facility. The Second Amendment, among other things, amended the revolving credit facility to permit (a) the 
issuance of the 2021 Secured Notes pursuant to the indenture governing the 2021 Secured Notes and (b) such 2021 Secured Notes 
to  be  secured  by  a  lien  on  the  Fixed Asset  Collateral  (as  defined  in  the  Intercreditor Agreement),  subject  to  the  terms  of  the 
Intercreditor Agreement.

The revolving credit facility contains various covenants that limit, among other things, the Company’s ability to: incur 
indebtedness; grant liens; dispose of certain assets; make certain acquisitions and investments; redeem or prepay other debt or 
make other restricted payments such as distributions to unitholders; enter into transactions with affiliates and enter into a merger, 
consolidation or sale of assets. Further, the revolving credit facility contains one springing financial covenant which provides that 

122

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

only if the Company’s availability under the revolving credit facility falls below the greater of (a) 12.5% of the Borrowing Base 
(as defined in the revolving credit agreement) then in effect and (b) $45.0 million (which amount is subject to increase in proportion 
to revolving commitment increases), then the Company will be required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed 
Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the revolving credit agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the revolving credit facility. 

Master Derivative Contracts 

The  Company’s  payment  obligations  under  all  of  the  Company’s  master  derivatives  contracts  for  commodity  hedging 
generally are secured by a first priority lien on the Company’s real property, plant and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, 
certain financial assets, certain investment property, commercial tort claims, chattel paper, documents, instruments and proceeds 
of the foregoing (including proceeds of hedge arrangements). The Company had no additional letters of credit or cash margin 
posted with any hedging counterparty as of December 31, 2016. The Company’s master derivatives contracts and Collateral Trust 
Agreement (as defined below) continue to impose a number of covenant limitations on the Company’s operating and financing 
activities, including limitations on liens on  collateral, limitations on  dispositions of collateral and collateral maintenance and 
insurance requirements. 

Collateral Trust Agreement 

In connection with the private placement of the 2021 Secured Notes, on April 20, 2016, the Company entered into a collateral 
trust agreement (the “Collateral Trust Agreement”) which governs how the holders of the 2021 Secured Notes and secured hedging 
counterparties share collateral pledged as security for the payment obligations owed by it to the holders of the 2021 Secured Notes 
and secured hedging counterparties under their respective master derivatives contracts. The Collateral Trust Agreement limits to 
$150.0 million the extent to which forward purchase contracts for physical commodities are covered by, and secured under, the 
Collateral Trust Agreement and the Parity Lien Security Documents (as defined in the Collateral Trust Agreement). There is no 
such limit on financially settled derivative instruments used for commodity hedging. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the 
Collateral Trust Agreement, the Company has the ability to add secured hedging counterparties from time to time.

Intercreditor Agreement

The 2021 Secured Notes are not secured by the collateral securing the Company’s revolving credit facility. In connection 
with the offering of the 2021 Secured Notes, the Collateral Trustee entered into a Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor 
Agreement (the “Intercreditor Agreement”) among the Collateral Trustee, as fixed asset collateral trustee, Bank of America, N.A., 
as agent for the lenders under the Company’s revolving credit facility (in such capacity, the “Agent”), the Company and the other 
grantors named therein, providing for certain access and administrative agreements with respect to the Credit Agreement Collateral 
and the Fixed Asset Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Related Party Note Payable

On December 30, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with The Heritage Group, an affiliate of the Company’s 
general partner, in which The Heritage Group made a $27.0 million uncommitted prepayment for the purchase of certain finished 
products and entered into a $48.0 million unsecured note payable with the Company as the borrower. Imputed interest on the 
prepayment totaled $1.5 million. The note bore interest of 6.0%, with interest payments due on March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, 
and July 31, 2016. Principal payments of $15.0 million each were due on May 31, 2016 and June 30, 2016, with the remaining 
principal amount due before July 31, 2016. The unsecured note payable and the uncommitted prepayment were fully repaid in 
2016. The proceeds were used for general partnership purposes.

Capital Leases

Assets recorded under capital lease obligations are included in property, plant and equipment and total $51.3 million and 
$49.0  million as  of December 31,  2016 and 2015,  respectively.  As  of December 31,  2016 and 2015,  the  Company  had 
recorded $7.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively, in accumulated depreciation for capital lease assets.

On July 7, 2014, the Company entered into a capital lease agreement with TexStar Midstream Logistics, L.P. (“TexStar”) 
under which TexStar constructed, owns and operates a 30,000 bpd crude oil pipeline system supplying significant volumes of 
Eagle Ford crude oil to the Company’s San Antonio refinery for a term of 20 years. Thereafter, the agreement will continue on a 
month-to-month basis unless terminated by either party. Under the terms of the agreement, TexStar installed and operates the 
Karnes North Pipeline System (“KNPS”), a pipeline that transports crude oil from Karnes City, Texas, to the San Antonio refinery’s 
Elmendorf, Texas, terminal, a key supply hub for the San Antonio refinery. The Company expects to receive deliveries of at least 
12,000 bpd of crude oil through the KNPS-Elmendorf terminal supply route. The pipeline became fully operational on November 1, 

123

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2014. The total obligation and asset under this capital lease agreement as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, was $39.4 million. 
Total depreciation expense for this lease during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, was $2.0 million.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had estimated minimum commitments for the payment of total rentals under capital 

leases as follows (in millions):

Year
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less amount representing interest
Capital lease obligations
Less obligations due within one year
Long-term capital lease obligations

Maturities of Long-Term Debt

Capital
Leases

8.6
9.3
7.4
6.9
6.9
89.0
128.1
81.6
46.5
2.1
44.4

$

$

As of December 31, 2016, principal payments on debt obligations and future minimum rentals on capital lease obligations 

are as follows (in millions): 

Year
2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Thereafter

Total

8. Derivatives 

Maturity

3.5

4.4

13.0

2.4

1,303.3

713.1

2,039.7

$

$

The  Company  is  exposed  to  price  risks  due  to  fluctuations  in  the  price  of  crude  oil,  refined  products  (primarily  in  the 
Company’s fuel products segment), natural gas and precious metals. The Company uses various strategies to reduce its exposure 
to commodity price risk. The strategies to reduce the Company’s risk utilize both physical forward contracts and financially settled 
derivative instruments, such as swaps, collars, options and futures, to attempt to reduce the Company’s exposure with respect to: 

•  crude oil purchases and sales;

• 

fuel product sales and purchases;

•  natural gas purchases; 

•  precious metals purchases; and

• 

fluctuations in the value of crude oil between geographic regions and between the different types of crude oil such as 
New York Mercantile Exchange West Texas Intermediate (“NYMEX WTI”), Light Louisiana Sweet (“LLS”), Western 
Canadian Select (“WCS”), Mixed Sweet Blend (“MSW”) and ICE Brent (“Brent”).

The Company manages its exposure to commodity markets, credit, volumetric and liquidity risks to manage its costs and 
volatility of cash flows as conditions warrant or opportunities become available. These risks may be managed in a variety of ways 
that may include the use of derivative instruments. Derivative instruments may be used for the purpose of mitigating risks associated 
with an asset, liability and anticipated future transactions and the changes in fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments 
will affect its earnings and cash flows; however, such changes should be offset by price or rate changes related to the underlying 

124

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

commodity or financial transaction that is part of the risk management strategy. The Company does not speculate with derivative 
instruments  or  other  contractual  arrangements  that  are  not  associated  with  its  business  objectives. Speculation  is  defined  as 
increasing the Company’s natural position above the maximum position of its physical assets or trading in commodities, currencies 
or other risk bearing assets that are not associated with the Company’s business activities and objectives. The Company’s positions 
are  monitored  routinely  by  a  risk  management  committee  to  ensure  compliance  with  its  stated  risk  management  policy  and 
documented risk management strategies. All strategies are reviewed on an ongoing basis by the Company’s risk management 
committee, which will add, remove or revise strategies in anticipation of changes in market conditions and/or its risk profiles. 
Such changes in strategies are to position the Company in relation to its risk exposures in an attempt to capture market opportunities 
as they arise.  

The Company recognizes all derivative instruments at their fair values (see Note 9) as either current assets or current liabilities 
in the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value includes any premiums paid or received and unrealized gains and losses. Fair value 
does not include any amounts receivable from or payable to counterparties, or collateral provided to counterparties. Derivative 
asset and liability amounts with the same counterparty are netted against each other for financial reporting purposes. The Company’s 
financial results are subject to the possibility that changes in a derivative’s fair value could result in significant ineffectiveness and 
potentially no longer qualify portions or all of its derivative instruments for hedge accounting. 

The following tables summarize the Company’s gross fair values of its derivative instruments, presenting the impact of 

offsetting derivative assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Net Amounts
of Assets
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Net Amounts
of Assets
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Derivative instruments not designated as hedges:

Specialty products segment:

Natural gas swaps

Fuel products segment:

Crude oil swaps

Crude oil basis swaps

Crude oil percentage basis swaps

Crude oil options

$

0.1

$

(0.1) $

— $

— $

— $

10.3

—

0.1

—

(7.4)

(2.1)

(0.1)

—

2.9

(2.1)

—

—

—

0.4

0.2

0.8

1.4

—

(0.4)

(0.2)

(0.8)

$

(1.4) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

Total derivative instruments

$

10.5

$

(9.7) $

0.8

$

125

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following tables summarize the Company’s gross fair values of its derivative instruments, presenting the impact of 

offsetting derivative liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Net Amounts
of Liabilities
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Net Amounts
of Liabilities
Presented in
the
Consolidated
Balance Sheets

Derivative instruments not designated as hedges:

Specialty products segment:

Natural gas swaps

Natural gas collars

Fuel products segment:

Crude oil swaps

Crude oil basis swaps

Crude oil percentage basis swaps

Crude oil options

Gasoline crack spread swaps

Diesel crack spread swaps

2/1/1 crack spread swaps

Natural gas swaps

$

(1.2) $

—

(8.2)

(7.1)

(0.6)

—

(3.5)

(1.4)

(2.5)

—

0.1

—

7.4

2.1

0.1

—

—

—

—

—

$

(1.1) $

(14.9) $

— $

—

(0.8)

(5.0)

(0.5)

—

(3.5)

(1.4)

(2.5)

—

(0.9)

(5.2)

(0.7)

(6.9)

(1.1)

(4.3)

—

—

(1.3)

—

—

0.4

0.2

0.8

—

—

—

—

Total derivative instruments

$

(24.5) $

9.7

$

(14.8) $

(35.3) $

1.4

$

(14.9)

(0.9)

(5.2)

(0.3)

(6.7)

(0.3)

(4.3)

—

—

(1.3)

(33.9)

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by its counterparties on these derivative transactions. 
The  Company  does  not  expect  nonperformance  on  any  derivative  instruments,  however,  no  assurances  can  be  provided. The 
Company’s credit exposure related to these derivative instruments is represented by the fair value of contracts reported as derivative 
assets. As  of  December 31,  2016,  the  Company  had  one  counterparty  in  which  the  derivatives  held  were  net  assets. As  of 
December 31, 2015, the Company had no counterparty in which the derivatives held were net assets. To manage credit risk, the 
Company selects and periodically reviews counterparties based on credit ratings. The Company primarily executes its derivative 
instruments with large financial institutions that have ratings of at least Baa1 and BBB+ by Moody’s and S&P, respectively. In the 
event of default, the Company would potentially be subject to losses on derivative instruments with mark-to-market gains. The 
Company requires collateral from its counterparties when the fair value of the derivatives exceeds agreed-upon thresholds in its 
master derivative contracts with these counterparties. No such collateral was held by the Company as of December 31, 2016 or 
2015.  Collateral received from counterparties is reported in other current liabilities, and collateral held by counterparties is reported 
in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is not netted against derivative 
assets or liabilities. Any outstanding collateral is released to the Company upon settlement of the related derivative instrument 
liability. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had provided its counterparties with no collateral. 

Certain of the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments are subject to credit support agreements with the applicable 
counterparties which contain provisions setting certain credit thresholds above which the Company may be required to post agreed-
upon collateral, such as cash or letters of credit, with the counterparty to the extent that the Company’s mark-to-market net liability, 
if any, on all outstanding derivatives exceeds the credit threshold amount per such credit support agreement. The majority of the 
credit support agreements covering the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments also contain a general provision stating that 
if the Company experiences a material adverse change in its business, in the reasonable discretion of the counterparty, the Company’s 
credit threshold could be lowered by such counterparty. The Company does not expect that it will experience a material adverse 
change in its business.

The cash flow impact of the Company’s derivative activities is classified primarily as a change in derivative activity in the 

operating activities section in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

126

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Derivative Instruments Designated as Cash Flow Hedges

The Company accounts for certain derivatives hedging purchases of crude oil and sales of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel swaps 
as cash flow hedges. The derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges that are hedging sales and purchases are recorded 
to sales and cost of sales, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations upon recording the related hedged transaction 
in sales or cost of sales. The Company assesses, both at inception of the cash flow hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. Periodically, 
the Company may enter into crude oil and fuel product basis swaps to more effectively hedge its crude oil purchases, crude oil 
sales and fuel products sales. These derivatives can be combined with a swap contract in order to create a more effective cash flow 
hedge. 

To the extent a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is determined to be effective as a cash flow hedge of 
an exposure to changes in the fair value of a future transaction, the change in fair value of the derivative is deferred in accumulated 
other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  a  component  of  partners’  capital  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  until  the  underlying 
transaction hedged is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Ineffectiveness is inherent in the hedging of crude oil and fuel products. Due to the volatility in the markets for crude oil 
and fuel products, the Company is unable to predict the amount of ineffectiveness each period, determined on a derivative by 
derivative basis or in the aggregate for a specific commodity, and has the potential for the future loss of cash flow hedge accounting. 
Ineffectiveness has resulted, and the loss of cash flow hedge accounting has resulted, in increased volatility in the Company’s 
financial results. However, even though certain derivative instruments may not qualify for cash flow hedge accounting, the Company 
intends to continue to utilize such instruments as management believes such derivative instruments continue to provide the Company 
with the opportunity to more effectively stabilize cash flows.

Cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued when it is determined that a derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge 
or when it is no longer probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur. When cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued 
because the derivative instrument no longer qualifies as an effective cash flow hedge, the derivative instrument is subject to the 
mark-to-market method of accounting prospectively. Changes in the mark-to-market fair value of the derivative instrument are 
recorded to unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized gains and 
losses related to discontinued cash flow hedges that were previously deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
will remain in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying transaction is reflected in earnings, unless it 
is probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, at which time, associated deferred amounts in accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss) are immediately recognized in unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated 
statements of operations.

The Company recorded the following amounts in its consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations, 
consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and consolidated statements of partners’ capital as of, and for the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, related to its derivative instruments that were designated as cash flow hedges (in millions):

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Loss on Derivatives
(Effective Portion)

Year Ended December 31,

Type of Derivative

2016

2015

Specialty products segment:

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss into
Net Loss (Effective Portion)

Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Net
Loss on Derivatives
(Ineffective Portion)

Location of
(Gain) Loss

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Location of
Gain (Loss)

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Crude oil swaps

$

— $

— Cost of sales

$

(2.0) $

3.0 Unrealized/Realized

$

— $

—

Fuel products segment:

Crude oil swaps

Gasoline swaps

Diesel swaps

Jet fuel swaps

(11.6)

—

11.6

—

Total

$

— $

(5.6) Cost of sales

(51.3)

(170.3) Unrealized/Realized

Sales

Sales

Sales

5.7

(8.8)

1.4

(7.3)

$

—

59.7

—

6.4

44.7 Unrealized/Realized

121.6 Unrealized/Realized

13.1 Unrealized/Realized

$

12.1

$

— $

—

—

—

—

(0.2)

0.7

—

—

0.5

As  of  December 31,  2016,  there  was  no  effective  portion  of  cash  flow  hedges  to  be  classified  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  loss.  As  of  December 31,  2015,  the  effective  portion  of  cash  flow  hedges  classified  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive loss was a gain of $6.4 million.

127

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Derivative Instruments Designated as Fair Value Hedges

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge (which are limited to interest rate swaps), 
the effective gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the 
hedged risk are recognized as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized 
if the interest rate swap qualifies for the “shortcut” method and, as a result, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument 
offset the changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged debt. In addition, the differential to be paid or received on the interest 
rate swap arrangement is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. 
The Company assesses at the inception of the fair value hedge whether the derivatives that are used in the hedging transactions 
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values of hedged items.

Fair value hedge accounting is discontinued when it is determined that a derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge 
or when it is no longer probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur. When fair value hedge accounting is discontinued 
because the derivative instrument no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the derivative instrument is still subject to 
mark-to-market method of accounting, however the Company will cease to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair 
value. 

In 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which converted a portion of the Company’s fixed rate 
debt to a floating rate. This agreement involved the receipt of fixed rate amounts in exchange for floating rate interest payments 
over the life of the agreement without an exchange of the underlying principal amount. Also, in connection with the interest rate 
swap agreement, the Company entered into an option that permits the counterparty to cancel the interest rate swap for a specified 
premium. The Company designated this interest rate swap and option as a fair value hedge. On January 13, 2015, the Company 
terminated its interest rate swap, which was designated as a fair value hedge, related to a notional amount of $200.0 million of 
2022 Notes. In settlement of this swap, the Company recognized a net gain of approximately $3.3 million.

  The  Company  recorded  the  following  gains  (losses)  in  its  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to its derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge (in millions):

Amount of Gain Recognized in
Net Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Hedged Item

Amount of Loss Recognized in Net
Income (Loss)

Location of Loss
on Hedged Item

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Location of Gain
of Derivative

Swaps not allocated to a specific segment:

Interest rate
swap

Total

Interest expense

$

$

0.4

0.4

$

$

0.5

0.5

2022 Notes

Interest income

$

$

— $

— $

—

—

Derivative Instruments Not Designated as Hedges

For derivative instruments not designated as hedges, the change in fair value of the asset or liability for the period is recorded 
to unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of operations. Upon the settlement of a derivative 
not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss at settlement is recorded to realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated 
statements of operations. The Company has entered into crude oil basis swaps that do not qualify as cash flow hedges for accounting 
purposes as they were not entered into simultaneously with a corresponding NYMEX WTI derivative contract. Additionally, the 
Company has entered into natural gas collars, natural gas swaps and certain other crude oil swaps that do not qualify as cash flow 
hedges for accounting purposes as they are determined not to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows associated 
with crude oil purchases and gasoline and diesel sales at the Company’s refineries.

128

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  Company  recorded  the  following  gains  (losses)  in  its  consolidated  statements  of  operations  for  the  years 

ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to its derivative instruments not designated as hedges (in millions): 

Type of Derivative

Specialty products segment:

Natural gas swaps

Platinum swaps

Fuel products segment:

Crude oil swaps

Crude oil basis swaps

Crude oil percentage basis swaps

Crude oil options

Crude oil futures

Gasoline swaps

Gasoline crack spread swaps

Diesel swaps

Diesel crack spread swaps

Diesel percentage basis crack spread swaps

2/1/1 crack spread swaps

Jet fuel swaps

Natural gas swaps

Total

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Realized Gain 
(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Derivative Instruments

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

$

(11.3) $

—

(10.7) $

(0.8)

14.7

$

—

5.3

(4.1)

(4.3)

(2.6)

(2.0)

—

(2.5)

—

(0.4)

—

(0.8)

—

(1.3)

$

(24.0) $

(67.6)

1.1

(3.2)

6.1

—

(20.0)

(5.5)

82.3

24.3

(0.1)

—

1.6

—

7.5

7.3

(5.9)

5.4

0.3
—

—

(0.5)

—

(2.7)

—

—

—

1.3

$

19.9

$

(2.5)

0.1

52.0

(7.8)

0.2

(0.3)

—

(0.7)

(4.3)

(68.7)

—

(4.5)

—

(1.6)

(1.3)

(39.4)

Derivative Positions — Specialty Products Segment

Natural Gas Swap Contracts

At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to natural gas purchases in its specialty products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Natural Gas Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

MMBtu

$/MMBtu

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

1,350,000

1,320,000

1,320,000

960,000

4,950,000

$

$

$

$

$

3.88

3.87

3.87

3.72

3.85

129

 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to natural gas purchases in its specialty products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Natural Gas Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Calendar Year 2017

Total

Average price

Natural Gas Collars

MMBtu

$/MMBtu

1,580,000

1,380,000

1,380,000

1,540,000

4,950,000

10,830,000

$

$

$

$

$

$

4.24

4.26

4.26

4.14

3.85

4.05

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has not entered into derivatives related to natural gas purchases and sales in its 
specialty products segment. At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to natural gas purchases 
and sales in its specialty products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Natural Gas Collars by Expiration Dates

MMBtu

Average Bought
Call ($/MMBtu)

Average Sold Put
($/MMBtu)

First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Total

Average price

Derivative Positions — Fuel Products Segment

Crude Oil Swap Contracts

180,000

180,000

180,000

60,000

600,000

$

$

$

$

$

4.25

4.25

4.25

4.25

$

$

$

$

4.25

$

3.89

3.89

3.89

3.89

3.89

At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil purchases in its fuel products segment, 

none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2017
Second Quarter 2017
Third Quarter 2017
Fourth Quarter 2017
Total
Average price

Barrels Purchased
320,049
323,605
327,161
327,161
1,297,976

BPD

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

3,556
3,556
3,556
3,556

$
$
$
$

$

48.87
48.87
48.87
48.87

48.87

At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil sales in its fuel products segment, 

none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Sold

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

130,320

131,768

133,216

133,216

528,520

130

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

1,448

1,448

1,448

1,448

$

$

$

$

$

41.56

41.56

41.56

41.56

41.56

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil purchases in its fuel products segment, 

none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Calendar Year 2017

Total

Average price

Barrels
Purchased

BPD

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

29,120

29,120

29,440

29,440

630,720

747,840

320

320

320

320

1,728

$

$

$

$

$

$

44.06

44.06

44.06

44.06

54.94

53.24

Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has not entered into crude oil basis swaps to mitigate the risk of future changes in 
pricing differentials between LLS and NYMEX WTI.  At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related 
to crude oil basis swaps in its fuel products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Total

Average differential

182,000

182,000

184,000

184,000

732,000

Average
Differential to
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

$

$

$

$

$

2.40

2.40

2.40

2.40

2.40

The Company has entered into crude oil basis swaps to mitigate the risk of future changes in pricing differentials between 
WCS and NYMEX WTI. At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil basis swaps in 
its fuel products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Average
Differential to
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

7,000

7,000

7,000

7,000

$

$

$

$

$

(13.22)

(13.22)

(13.22)

(13.22)

(13.22)

Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average differential

630,000

637,000

644,000

644,000

2,555,000

131

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil basis swaps in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Calendar Year 2017

Total
Average differential

Barrels Purchased

BPD

91,000

91,000

92,000

92,000

365,000

731,000

Average
Differential to
NYMEX WTI
($/Bbl)

1,000

1,000

1,000

1,000

1,000

$

$

$

$

$

$

(14.10)

(14.10)

(14.10)

(14.10)

(13.70)

(13.90)

Crude Oil Percentage Basis Swap Contracts

The Company has entered into derivative instruments to secure a percentage differential of WCS crude oil to NYMEX WTI. 
At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil percentage basis swaps in its fuel products 
segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Percentage Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Second Quarter 2017

Third Quarter 2017

Fourth Quarter 2017

Total

Average percentage

270,000

273,000

276,000

276,000

1,095,000

3,000

3,000

3,000

3,000

Fixed Percentage
of NYMEX WTI
(Average % of
WTI/Bbl)

72.3%

72.3%

72.3%

72.3%

72.3%

At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil percentage basis swaps in its fuel 

products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Percentage Basis Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Calendar Year 2017

Total

Average percentage

728,000

728,000

736,000

736,000

730,000

3,658,000

132

8,000

8,000

8,000

8,000

2,000

Fixed Percentage 
of NYMEX WTI 
(Average % of 
WTI/Bbl)

73.5%

73.5%

73.5%

73.5%

73.0%

73.4%

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Crude Oil Option Contracts

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has not entered into derivative instruments to mitigate the risk of future changes 
in the price of NYMEX WTI crude oil. At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to crude oil 
call option purchases in its fuel products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Crude Oil Option Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Purchased

BPD

Fourth Quarter 2016

Total

Average price

350,000

350,000

Average Bought
Call ($/Bbl)

11,290

$

55.00

$

55.00

Gasoline Crack Spread Swap Contracts

At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to gasoline crack spread sales in its fuel 

products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Gasoline Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Sold

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

590,000

590,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

6,556

$

10.21

$

10.21

At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to gasoline crack spread sales in its fuel 

products segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Gasoline Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates
First Quarter 2016

Total

Average price

Diesel Crack Spread Swap Contracts

Barrels Sold

BPD

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

873,000

873,000

9,593

$

$

8.98

8.98

At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to diesel crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Diesel Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Sold

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

590,000

590,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

6,556

$

13.67

$

13.67

At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any derivatives related to diesel crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment.

2/1/1 Crack Spread Swap Contracts

At December 31, 2016, the Company had the following derivatives related to 2/1/1 crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

2/1/1 Crack Spread Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

Barrels Sold

BPD

First Quarter 2017

Total

Average price

590,000

590,000

Average Swap
($/Bbl)

6,556

$

11.91

$

11.91

At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any derivatives related to 2/1/1 crack spread sales in its fuel products 

segment.

133

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Natural Gas Swap Contracts

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no derivatives related to natural gas purchases in its fuel products segment. 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had the following derivatives related to natural gas purchases in its fuel products 

segment, none of which are designated as hedges:

Natural Gas Swap Contracts by Expiration Dates

MMBtu

$/MMBtu

First Quarter 2016

Second Quarter 2016

Third Quarter 2016

Fourth Quarter 2016

Total

Average price

9. Fair Value Measurements 

603,000

603,000

606,000

790,000

2,602,000

$

$

$

$

$

3.01

2.99

3.03

3.02

3.01

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. Observable 
inputs are from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about the factors 
market  participants  would  use  in  valuing  the  asset  or  liability  developed  based  upon  the  best  information  available  in  the 
circumstances. These tiers include the following:

•  Level 1 — inputs include observable unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

•  Level 2 — inputs include other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable

•  Level 3 — inputs include unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to 

develop its own assumptions

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation techniques and prioritizes the use of observable inputs. The 
availability of observable inputs varies from instrument to instrument and depends on a variety of factors including the type of 
instrument, whether the instrument is actively traded and other characteristics particular to the instrument. For many financial 
instruments, pricing inputs are readily observable in the market, the valuation methodology used is widely accepted by market 
participants and the valuation does not require significant management judgment. For other financial instruments, pricing inputs 
are less observable in the marketplace and may require management judgment.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

Derivative instruments are reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at fair value. The Company’s 
derivative instruments consist of over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts, which are not traded on a public exchange. Substantially 
all of the Company’s derivative instruments are with counterparties that have long-term credit ratings of at least Baa1 and BBB+
by Moody’s and S&P, respectively.

To estimate the fair values of the Company’s commodity derivative instruments, the Company uses the forward rate, the 
strike  price,  contractual  notional  amounts,  the  risk  free  rate  of  return  and  contract  maturity. To  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s fixed-to-floating interest rate swap derivative instrument prior to settlement, the Company used discounted cash flows, 
which use observable inputs such as maturity and market interest rates. Various analytical tests are performed to validate the 
counterparty  data.  The  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  derivative  instruments  are  adjusted  for  nonperformance  risk  and 
creditworthiness of the hedging entities through the Company’s credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”). The CVA is calculated at 
the counterparty level utilizing the fair value exposure at each payment date and applying a weighted probability of the appropriate 
survival and marginal default percentages. The Company uses the counterparty’s marginal default rate and the Company’s survival 
rate  when  the  Company  is  in  a  net  asset  position  at  the  payment  date  and  uses  the  Company’s  marginal  default  rate  and  the 
counterparty’s survival rate when the Company is in a net liability position at the payment date. As a result of applying the applicable 
CVA at December 31, 2016, the Company’s net assets were increased by less than $0.1 million and net liabilities were reduced by 
approximately $0.5 million. As a result of applying the CVA at December 31, 2015, the Company’s net liabilities were reduced 
by approximately $1.2 million. 

Observable inputs utilized to estimate the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments were based primarily on inputs 
that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets. Based on the 

134

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

use of various unobservable inputs, principally non-performance risk, creditworthiness of the hedging entities and unobservable 
inputs in the forward rate, the Company has categorized these derivative instruments as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) 
in any of those unobservable inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The Company 
believes it has obtained the most accurate information available for the types of derivative instruments it holds. See Note 8 for 
further information on derivative instruments.

Pension Assets

Pension assets are reported at fair value in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2016, the 
Company’s investments associated with its Pension Plan (as such term is hereinafter defined) primarily consisted of mutual funds. 
The mutual funds are valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) of shares in each fund held by the Pension Plan at quarter end as 
provided by the respective investment sponsors or investment advisers. Plan investments can be redeemed within a short time 
frame (10 or so business days), if requested. See Note 12 for further information on pension assets.

Renewable Identification Numbers Obligation

The Company’s RINs Obligation is categorized as Level 2 and is measured at fair value using the market approach based 

on quoted prices from an independent pricing service. See Note 6 for further information on the Company’s RINs Obligation.

Hierarchy of Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s recurring assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in 

millions):

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Assets:
Derivative assets:

Crude oil swaps

Crude oil basis swaps

Natural gas swaps

Total derivative assets

Pension Plan investments

Total recurring assets at fair
value
Liabilities:
Derivative liabilities:

Crude oil swaps

Crude oil basis swaps

Crude oil percentage basis
swaps

Crude oil options

Gasoline crack spread swaps

Diesel crack spread swaps

2/1/1 crack spread swaps

Natural gas swaps

Natural gas collars

Total derivative liabilities

RINs Obligation

Total recurring liabilities at fair
value

$

— $

— $

—

—

—

0.3

—

—

—

—

$

2.9
(2.1)
—

0.8

—

2.9
(2.1)
—

0.8

0.3

$

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

0.4

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

$

0.3

$

— $

0.8

$

1.1

$

0.4

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(79.3)

(0.8) $
(5.0)

(0.8) $
(5.0)

(0.5)
—
(3.5)
(1.4)
(2.5)
(1.1)
—
(14.8)
—

(0.5)
—
(3.5)
(1.4)
(2.5)
(1.1)
—
(14.8)
(79.3)

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(88.4)

(5.2) $
(0.3)

(6.7)
(0.3)
(4.3)
—

—
(16.2)
(0.9)
(33.9)
—

—

—

—

—

0.4

0.4

(5.2)
(0.3)

(6.7)
(0.3)
(4.3)
—

—
(16.2)
(0.9)
(33.9)
(88.4)

$

— $

(79.3) $

(14.8) $

(94.1) $

— $

(88.4) $

(33.9) $ (122.3)

135

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The table below sets forth a summary of net changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial assets and liabilities 

for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

Fair value at January 1,

Realized (gain) loss on derivative instruments

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

Settlements

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

Fair value at December 31,

Total gain (loss) included in net loss attributable to changes in unrealized gain (loss) relating
to financial assets and liabilities held as of December 31,

For the Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

$

(33.9) $
24.0

19.9

—
(24.0)
—
(14.0) $

17.6
(8.1)
(39.5)
(7.3)
3.4

—
(33.9)

19.9

$

(39.5)

All settlements from derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges and deemed “effective” are included in sales for 
gasoline, diesel and jet fuel derivatives, and cost of sales for crude oil derivatives in the consolidated statements of operations in 
the period that the hedged cash flow occurs. Any “ineffectiveness” associated with these settlements from derivative instruments 
designated as  cash  flow  hedges  are  recorded  in  earnings  in  realized  gain (loss)  on  derivative instruments  in  the consolidated 
statements of operations. All settlements from derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are accrued and recorded as 
an adjustment to interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. All settlements from derivative instruments not 
designated as hedges are recorded in realized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the consolidated statements of operations. 
See Note 8 for further information on derivative instruments.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and are subject to fair value 
adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment. Assets and liabilities acquired in business 
combinations are recorded at their fair value as of the date of acquisition.

The Company reviews for goodwill impairment annually on October 1 and whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable. The fair value of the reporting units is determined using the income approach. 
The income approach focuses on the income-producing capability of an asset, measuring the current value of the asset by calculating 
the present value of its future economic benefits such as cash earnings, cost savings, corporate tax structure and product offerings. 
Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the 
risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation and risks associated with the reporting unit. These assets would 
generally be classified within Level 3, in the event that the Company were required to measure and record such assets at fair value 
within its consolidated financial statements. See Note 5 for further information on goodwill impairment.

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used, including indefinite-lived 
intangible assets and property plant and equipment, when events or circumstances warrant such a review. Fair value is determined 
primarily using anticipated cash flows assumed by a market participant discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved 
and these assets would generally be classified within Level 3, in the event that the Company was required to measure and record 
such assets at fair value within its consolidated financial statements.

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents is considered to be representative of its fair value.

Debt

The estimated fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2016 and 2015, consists primarily of senior notes. The estimated 
aggregate fair value of the Company’s senior notes defined as Level 1 was based upon quoted market prices in an active market. 
The estimated aggregate fair value of the Company’s senior secured notes classified as Level 2 was based upon directly observable 
inputs. The carrying value of borrowings, if any, under the Company’s revolving credit facility, capital lease obligations, related 
party note payable and other obligations approximate their fair values as determined by discounted cash flows and are classified 
as Level 3. See Note 7 for further information on long-term debt.

136

 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 The Company’s carrying and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, carried at adjusted historical cost, 

at December 31, 2016 and 2015, were as follows (in millions): 

Financial Instrument:
Senior notes

Senior notes

Revolving credit facility

Note payable — related party

Capital lease and other obligations

10. Partners’ Capital 

Units Outstanding

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Level

Fair Value

Carrying Value

Fair Value

Carrying Value

1

2

3

3

3

$

$

$

$

$

1,334.1

458.8

6.0

$

$

$

— $

54.5

$

1,552.2

384.5

6.0

$

$

$

— $

54.5

$

1,095.8

294.1

105.1

73.5

46.4

$

$

$

$

$

1,230.8

317.6

105.1

73.5

46.4

Of the 76,392,258 common units outstanding at December 31, 2016, 60,055,056 common units were held by the public, 

with the remaining 16,337,202 common units held by the Company’s affiliates. 

Significant information regarding rights of the limited partners includes the following:

•  Rights to receive distributions of available cash within 45 days after the end of each quarter, to the extent the Company 

has sufficient cash from operations after the establishment of cash reserves.

•  Limited partners have limited voting rights on matters affecting the Company’s business. The general partner may consider 
only the interests and factors that it desires and has no duty or obligation to give any consideration of any interests of the 
Company’s limited partners. Limited partners have no right to elect the board of directors of the Company’s general 
partner.

•  The vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all outstanding units voting together as a single class is required to remove 
the general partner. Any holder, other than the general partner or the general partner’s affiliates, that owns 20% or more 
of any class of units outstanding cannot vote on any matter.

•  The Company may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests without the approval of the limited partners.

•  Limited partners may be required to sell their units to the general partner if at any time the general partner owns more 

than 80% of the issued and outstanding common units.

Distributions and Incentive Distribution Rights

The Company’s general partner is entitled to incentive distributions if the amount it distributes to unitholders with respect 

to any quarter exceeds specified target levels shown below:

Minimum Quarterly Distribution
First Target Distribution
Second Target Distribution
Third Target Distribution
Thereafter

Total Quarterly
Distribution Per Common Unit

Target Amount
$0.45
up to $0.495
above $0.495 up to $0.563
above $0.563 up to $0.675
above $0.675

Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distributions

Unitholders

General Partner

98%
98%
85%
75%
50%

2%
2%
15%
25%
50%

The Company’s ability to make distributions is limited by its debt instruments. The revolving credit facility generally permits 
the Company to make cash distributions to unitholders as long as immediately after giving effect to such a cash distribution the 
Company has availability under the revolving credit facility at least the greater of (i) 15% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in 
the credit agreement) then in effect and (ii) $70.0 million (which amount is subject to increase in proportion to revolving commitment 
increases). Further, the revolving credit facility contains one springing financial covenant which provides that only if the Company’s 
availability under the revolving credit facility falls below the greater of (a) 12.5% of the Borrowing Base (as defined in the credit 
agreement)  then  in  effect  and  (b) $45.0  million  (which  amount  is  subject  to  increase  in  proportion  to  revolving  commitment 
increases), the Company will be required to maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined 
137

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

in the credit agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0. The indenture governing the 2021 Secured Notes, which is the most restrictive 
indenture,  provides that if the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the indenture) for the most recently ended 
four full fiscal quarters is not less than 2.25 to 1.0, the Company will be permitted to pay distributions to its unitholders in an 
amount equal to available cash from operating surplus (each as defined in the Company’s partnership agreement) with respect to 
its preceding fiscal quarter, subject to certain customary adjustments described in the indenture. If the Company’s Fixed Charge 
Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters is less than 2.25 to 1.0 but greater than 1.50 to 1.0, the Company 
will be able to pay distributions to its unitholders up to an amount equal to a $50.0 million basket. If the Company’s Fixed Charge 
Coverage Ratio is not greater than 1.50 to 1.0, the Company will be able to pay distributions to its unitholders in an amount less 
than Incremental Funds (as defined in the indenture) not previously expended for such distributions. The indenture related to the 
2021 Secured Notes is outlined above as it remains the most restrictive of all senior notes indentures with respect to unitholder 
distributions.

The Company’s distribution policy is as defined in its partnership agreement. In April 2016, the board of directors of the 
Company’s general partner determined to suspend payment of the Company’s quarterly cash distribution to unitholders. The board 
of  directors  of  the  Company’s  general  partner  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  Company’s  ability  to  reinstate  the  quarterly  cash 
distribution. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company made distributions of $57.4 million, $224.6 
million and $210.2 million, respectively, to its partners. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the general partner was allocated 
no incentive distribution rights. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the general partner was allocated $16.8 million
and $15.4 million, respectively, in incentive distribution rights.

Public Offerings of Common Units

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company completed the following marketed public offerings of its common units (in 

millions except unit and per unit data):

Closing Date

Number of
Common
Units Offered

Price per
Unit

Net 
Proceeds (1)

General Partner 
Contribution (2)

Underwriting
Discount

March 13, 2015

6,000,000

$

26.75

$

153.9

$

3.3

$

6.4

Use of Proceeds

Net proceeds were used to
redeem a portion of the 2020
Notes and to repay borrowings
under the revolving credit
facility.

(1)  Proceeds are net of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses but before the general partner’s capital contribution.

(2)  The Company’s general partner contributions were made to retain its 2% general partner interest.

The Company entered into an Equity Placement Agreement with various sales agents under which the Company issued and 
sold, from time to time, common units representing limited partner interests, having an aggregate offering price of up to $300.0 
million through one or more sales agents (the “Equity Placement Agreement”). The Equity Placement Agreement expired in May 
2016. The Equity Placement Agreement provided the Company the right, but not the obligation, to sell common units on an ongoing 
basis, at prices the Company deemed appropriate. These sales were made pursuant to the terms of the Equity Placement Agreement 
between the Company and the sales agents. The net proceeds from any sales under this agreement were used for general partnership 
purposes, including, among other things, repayment of indebtedness, working capital and capital expenditures. The Company’s 
general partner contributed its proportionate capital contribution to retain its 2% general partner interest. The Company had no
sales of its common units pursuant to the Equity Placement Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2016. For the year 
ended December 31, 2015, the Company sold 432,167 common units under the Equity Placement Agreement for net proceeds of 
$10.2 million. Underwriting discounts for 2015 totaled approximately $0.1 million, and the Company’s general partner contributed 
$0.2 million to maintain its general partner interest.

138

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

11. Unit-Based Compensation 

The Company’s general partner originally adopted a Long-Term Incentive Plan on January 24, 2006, which was amended 
and restated effective December 10, 2015 (“LTIP”), for its employees, consultants and directors and its affiliates who perform 
services for the Company. The LTIP provides for the grant of restricted units, phantom units, unit options and substitute awards 
and, with respect to unit options and phantom units, the grant of distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”). Subject to adjustment 
for certain events, an aggregate of 3,883,960 common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the LTIP. Units withheld 
to satisfy the Company’s general partner’s tax withholding obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. The 
LTIP is administered by the compensation committee of the Company’s general partner’s board of directors.

Non-employee directors of the Company’s general partner have been granted phantom units under the terms of the LTIP as 
part of their director compensation package related to fiscal years 2015 and 2016. These phantom units have a four year service 
period with one-quarter of the phantom units vesting annually on each December 31 of the vesting period. Although ownership 
of common units related to the vesting of such phantom units does not transfer to the recipients until the phantom units vest, the 
recipients have DERs on these phantom units from the date of grant.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, named executive officers were awarded phantom units under the terms of the LTIP, 
as part of certain employment agreements and arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2015, named executive officers 
and certain employees were awarded phantom units under the terms of the LTIP as part of the Company’s achievement of specified 
levels of financial performance in fiscal year 2015.These phantom units are subject to time-vesting requirements whereby 25% 
of the units vest during fiscal year 2016, and the remainder will vest ratably over the next three years on each December 31. 
Although ownership of common units related to the vesting of such phantom units does not transfer to the recipients until the 
phantom units vest, the recipients have DERs on these phantom units from the date of grant.

The Company uses the market price of its common units on the grant date to calculate the fair value and related compensation 
cost of the phantom units. The Company amortizes this compensation cost to partners’ capital and general and administrative 
expense in the consolidated statements of operations using the straight-line method over the service period, as it expects these 
units to fully vest. 

Liability Awards are awards that are expected to be settled in cash on their vesting dates, rather than in equity units. Phantom 
unit Liability Awards are recorded in accrued salaries, wages and benefits in the consolidated balance sheets based on the vested 
portion of the fair value of the awards on the balance sheet date. The fair value of Liability Awards are updated at each balance 
sheet date and changes in the fair values of the vested portions of the awards are recorded as increases or decreases to compensation 
expense within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. As a result of the amendment and 
restatement of the LTIP on December 10, 2015, all Liability Awards were modified to value the awards based upon the closing 
unit price on that date. This modification did not affect the remaining service period.

A summary of the Company’s non-vested phantom units as of December 31, 2016, and the changes during the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, are presented below:

Non-vested at January 1, 2014
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2014
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2015
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2016

Number of
Phantom Units

Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

688,256
477,527
(280,263)
(383,400)
502,120
343,533
(321,741)
(103,188)
420,724
1,880,094
(1,455,131)
(90,854)
754,833

$

$

$

$

23.70
25.97
23.72
25.59
26.48
21.70
23.54
23.94
24.27
4.57
6.35
14.82
9.58

139

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, compensation expense of $5.6 million, $7.5 million and $5.5 million, 
respectively, was recognized in the consolidated statements of operations related to vested phantom unit grants, including $5.0 
million and $2.5 million, attributable to Liability Awards for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. There 
was no compensation expense attributable to Liability Awards for the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016
and 2015, there was a total of $7.2 million and $9.6 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-
vested phantom unit grants. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years. 
The total fair value of phantom units vested during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, was $5.8 million, $7.0 
million and $6.7 million, respectively. 

12. Employee Benefit Plans 

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a domestic defined contribution plan administered by its general partner for (i) all full-time employees 
that are eligible to participate in the plan (“401(k) Plan”). Participants in the 401(k) Plan are allowed to contribute 1% to 70% of 
their pre-tax earnings to the plan, subject to government imposed limitations. The Company matches 100% of each 1% of eligible 
compensation contributed by the participant up to 4% and 50% of each additional 1% of eligible compensation contributed up to 
6%, for a maximum contribution by the Company of 5% of eligible compensation contributed per participant. The plan also includes 
a profit-sharing component for eligible employees. Contributions under the profit-sharing component are determined by the board 
of directors of the Company’s general partner and are discretionary. The funding policy is consistent with funding requirements 
of applicable laws and regulations.

The Company recorded the following 401(k) Plan matching contribution and profit sharing expenses in the consolidated 

statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in millions):

401(k) Plan matching contribution expense
Profit sharing expense

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$
$

$
6.6
— $

$
5.9
— $

5.4
1.2

The Company has domestic noncontributory defined benefit plans for those salaried employees as well as those employees 
represented by either the United Steelworkers (“USW”) or the International Union of Operating Engineers (“IUOE”); who (i) were 
formerly employees of Penreco and became employees of the Company as a result of the acquisition of Penreco on January 3, 
2008 (“Penreco Pension Plan”), (ii) were formerly employees of Murphy Oil Corporation (“Murphy Oil”) represented by the IUOE 
and who became employees of the Company as a result of the acquisition of the Superior refinery on September 30, 2011 (the 
“Superior Pension Plan”) or (iii) were formerly employees of Montana Refining Company, Inc. and who became employees of 
the Company as a result of the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery on October 1, 2012 (the “Great Falls Pension Plan” and 
together with the Penreco Pension Plan and the Superior Pension Plan, the “Pension Plan”). During 2016, the Company made 
contributions of $1.6 million to its Pension Plan and expects to make contributions in 2017 of approximately $0.3 million to its 
Pension Plan.

Under the Penreco Pension Plan, benefits are based primarily on years of service for USW and IUOE represented employees 
and the employee’s final 60 months’ average compensation for salaried employees. In 2009, the Company amended the Penreco 
Pension Plan, which curtailed Penreco employees from accumulating additional benefits subsequent to December 31, 2009.

Under the Superior Pension Plan, benefits are based primarily on years of service for IUOE represented employees and the 
employee’s three highest consecutive calendar years of compensation within the last 10 years of service. Effective July 1, 2012, 
the Company amended the Superior Pension Plan, which curtailed Superior employees from accumulating additional benefits 
subsequent to December 31, 2012.

Under the Great Falls Pension Plan, benefits are based primarily on years of service and the employees’ 36 months’ highest 
average compensation for salaried employees. Effective October 1, 2012, the date of the acquisition of the Great Falls refinery, 
the  Company  amended  the  Montana  Pension  Plan,  which  curtailed  only  the  Montana  salaried  employees  from  accumulating 
additional benefits subsequent to October 31, 2012. Effective August 31, 2015, the Company again amended the Great Falls Pension 
Plan, which curtailed the collective bargaining employees from accumulating additional benefits subsequent to December 31, 
2015. As a result, the Company recorded $0.9 million curtailment gain for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company 
recorded no curtailment gain for the year ended December 31, 2016.

140

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Defined Benefit Other Plans

The Company also has domestic contributory defined benefit post-retirement medical plans and contributory life insurance 
plans for (i) those salaried employees, as well as those employees represented by either the International Brotherhood of Teamsters 
(“IBT”), USW or IUOE, who were formerly employees of Penreco and who became employees of the Company as a result of the 
acquisition of Penreco on January 3, 2008 (“Penreco Other Plan”) or (ii) employees represented by the IUOE, who were formerly 
employees of Murphy Oil and who became employees of the Company as a result of the acquisition of the Superior refinery on 
September 30, 2011 (“Superior Other Plan” and together with the Penreco Other Plan, the “Other Plan”). The funding policy is 
consistent with funding requirements of applicable laws and regulations. 

Effective 2009, the Company amended the Penreco Other Plan, which curtailed employees from accumulating additional 
benefits subsequent to February 28, 2009. Effective July 1, 2012, the Company amended the Superior Other Plan, which curtailed 
Superior employees from accumulating additional benefits subsequent to December 31, 2012. 

The long-term accrued benefit obligation recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for the Penreco Other Plan was $0.2 
million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. In addition, there was no other post-retirement benefit income related to this plan for 
year ended December 31, 2016 and $0.4 million other post-retirement benefit income related to this plan for 2015.

141

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

All information presented below has been adjusted for these curtailments for the Pension Plan. The change in the benefit 
obligations, change in the plan assets, funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows 
(in millions):

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Plan curtailment

Plan settlements

Benefit payments

Actuarial (gain) loss

Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Plan settlements

Benefit payments

Actual return on assets

Employer contribution

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status — benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
Reconciliation of amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:

Accrued benefit obligation, long-term

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net amount recognized at end of year

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

Pension Plan

60.3

$

0.1

2.5

—
(0.6)
(2.5)
1.1

60.9

47.5
(0.6)
(2.5)
3.8

1.6

$

$

$
49.8
(11.1) $

(11.1) $
7.1

7.1
(4.0) $

69.3

0.5

2.6
(0.9)
—
(2.6)
(8.6)
60.3

49.6

—
(2.6)
(1.0)
1.5

47.5
(12.8)

(12.8)
6.8

6.8
(6.0)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan was $60.9 million and $60.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, respectively. Selected information for the Company’s Pension Plan with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan 
assets were as follows (in millions): 

Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

$
$

60.9
49.8

$
$

60.3
47.5

Selected information for the Company’s Pension Plan with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were as 

follows (in millions): 

Projected benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

$
$

60.9
49.8

$
$

60.3
47.5

142

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The components of net periodic pension cost (income) for 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on assets
Amortization of net loss
Curtailment gain recognized
Net periodic benefit cost (income)

Pension Plan

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

$

$

0.1
2.5
(3.2)
0.1
—
(0.5) $

$

0.5
2.6
(3.3)
0.8
(0.9)
(0.3) $

0.4
2.6
(3.1)
0.3
—
0.2

The components of changes recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss for the Pension Plan for 2016, 2015 and 2014

were as follows (in millions):

Pension Plan

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other
comprehensive loss:

    Net (gain) loss

Amounts recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost:

Amortization or settlement recognition of net loss

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss

$

$

0.4

$

(4.3) $

(0.1)
0.3

$

(0.8)
(5.1) $

9.9

(0.3)
9.6

The portion relating to the Pension Plan classified in accumulated other comprehensive loss includes losses of $7.1 million
and $6.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In 2017, the estimated amount that will be amortized from 
accumulated other comprehensive loss includes a net loss of $0.1 million for the Pension Plan. 

For the Pension Plan, the Company uses a corridor approach to amortize actuarial gains and losses. Under this approach, 
net actuarial gains or losses in excess of ten percent of the larger of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets 
are amortized on a straight-line basis. The period of amortization is the average remaining service of active participants who are 
expected to receive benefits under the plans.

All pension plans have a December 31 measurement date. The significant weighted average assumptions used to determine 

the benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, were as follows:

Pension Plan:
Discount rate for Penreco Pension Plan
Discount rate for Superior Pension Plan
Discount rate for Great Falls Pension Plan

Benefit Obligations
Assumptions

2016

2015

4.08%
4.06%
4.04%

4.30%
4.27%
4.21%

143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The significant weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost (income) for the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

Pension Plan:
Discount rate for Penreco Pension Plan

Discount rate for Superior Pension Plan

Discount rate for Great Falls Pension Plan
Expected return on plan assets for Penreco Pension Plan (1)
Expected return on plan assets for Superior Pension Plan (1)
Expected return on plan assets for Great Falls Pension Plan (1)
Rate of compensation increase for Great Falls Pension Plan

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income)
Assumptions

2016

2015

2014

4.30%

4.27%

4.21%

6.75%

6.75%

6.75%
N/A

3.92%

3.86%

4.13%

6.75%

6.75%

6.75%
3.00%

4.78%

4.66%

4.97%

6.75%

6.75%

6.75%
3.00%

(1)  The Company considered the historical returns, the future expectation for returns for each asset class and fair value of the 
plan assets, as well as the target asset allocation of the Pension Plan portfolio which was developed in accordance with the 
Company’s Statement of Investment Policy, to develop the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. 

Investment Policy

The Defined Benefit Plan Investment Committee (the “Investment Committee”) is responsible for the overall management 
of the Pension Plan assets, and its responsibilities encompass establishing the investment strategies and policies, monitoring the 
management of plan assets, reviewing the asset allocation mix on a regular basis, monitoring the performance of the Pension Plan 
assets  to  determine  whether  the  investments  objectives  are  met  and  guidelines  followed  and  taking  the  appropriate  action  if 
objectives  are  not  followed. The  Company  uses  different  investment  managers  with  various  asset  management  objectives  to 
eliminate any significant concentration of risk. The Investment Committee believes there are no significant concentrations of risks 
associated with the investment assets. The Company’s investment manager will assist in the continual assessment of assets and 
the potential reallocation of certain investments and will evaluate the selection of investment managers for the Pension Plan assets 
based on such factors as organizational stability, depth of resources, experience, investment strategy and process, performance 
expectations and fees.

Long-term strategic investment objectives utilize a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities to preserve the 
funded status of the trusts, and balance risk and return in relationship to the respective liabilities. The primary investment strategy 
currently employed is a dynamic de-risking strategy that periodically rebalances among various investment categories depending 
on the current funded position and maximizes the effectiveness of the Pension Plan asset allocation strategy. This program is 
designed to actively move from return-seeking investments (such as equities) toward liability-hedging investments (such as fixed 
income) as funding levels improve. 

Effective June 2013, all of the Pension Plan assets were invested in a Master Trust. Trust assets in the Pension Plan are 
invested subject to the policy restriction that the average quality of the fixed income portfolio must be rated at least investment 
grade  by  both  Moody’s  and  S&P. These  assets  are  invested  in  accordance  with  prudent  expert  standards  as  mandated  by  the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The Pension Plan’s target asset allocation is currently comprised of the 
following:

Asset Class
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Fixed income

Investment Fund Strategies

Range of 
Asset Allocation
15–25%
15–25%
55–65%

Target
Allocation
20%
20%
60%

Domestic equity funds include funds that invest in U.S. common and preferred stocks. Foreign equity funds invest in securities 
issued by companies listed on international stock exchanges. Certain funds have value and growth objectives and managers may 

144

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

attempt to profit from security mispricing in equity markets to meet these objectives. Short-term investments (including commercial 
paper, certificates of deposits and government repurchase agreements) and derivatives may be used for hedging purposes to limit 
exposure to various risk factors.  

Fixed income funds invest in U.S. dollar-denominated, investment grade bonds, including U.S. Treasury and government 
agency securities, corporate bonds and mortgage and asset-backed securities. These funds may also invest in any combination of 
non-investment grade bonds, non-U.S. dollar-denominated bonds and bonds issued by issuers in emerging capital markets. Short-
term investments (including commercial paper, certificates of deposits and government repurchase agreements) and derivatives 
may be used for hedging purposes to limit exposure to various risk factors. 

The Company’s Pension Plan asset allocations, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, by asset category, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Fixed income

2016

2015

1%
17%
17%
65%
100%

1%
20%
19%
60%
100%

At December 31, 2016, the Company’s investments associated with its Pension Plan primarily consisted of (i) cash and cash 
equivalents and (ii) mutual funds. Mutual funds are valued based on the NAV per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient 
to estimate fair value due to the absence of readily available market prices. NAV’s are provided by the respective investment 
sponsors or investment advisers and are subsequently reviewed and approved by management. In the event management concludes 
a reported NAV does not reflect fair value or is not determined as of the financial reporting measurement date, the Company will 
consider whether and when deemed necessary to make an adjustment at the balance sheet date. In determining whether an adjustment 
to the external valuation is required, the Company will review material factors that could affect the valuation, such as changes to 
the composition or performance of the underlying investments or comparable investments, overall market conditions, expected 
sale prices for private investments which are probable of being sold in the short-term and other economic factors that may possibly 
have a favorable or unfavorable effect on the reported external valuation. See Note 9 for the definition of Level 1.

The Company’s Pension Plan assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2016 and 2015, were as follows (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents
Total plan assets subject to leveling
Plan assets measured at net asset value
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Fixed income
Total plan assets measured at net asset value
Total plan assets

Fair Value of Pension Assets at December 31,

2016

2015

Level 1

Total

Level 1

Total

$
$

$

0.3
0.3

0.3
0.3

$
$

$

0.4
0.4

8.6
8.7
32.2
49.5
49.8

$

$

0.4
0.4

9.6
9.2
28.3
47.1
47.5

145

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following benefit payments for the Pension Plan, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to 

be paid in the years indicated as of December 31, 2016 (in millions):

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 to 2026
Total

Pension
Benefits

2.9
3.0
3.1
3.3
3.4
17.9
33.6

$

$

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The table below sets forth a summary of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for the 

years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31,
2014

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31,
2015

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)

Net current period other comprehensive loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2016

Defined
Benefit
Pension And
Retiree Health
Benefit Plans

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Total

Derivatives

$

$

$

$

25.8
(7.3)

(11.5) $
4.3

(0.6) $
(0.6)

(12.1)
(19.4)

0.4

4.7

—
(0.6)

$

6.4

—

(6.8) $
(0.4)

(1.2) $
—

(6.4)
(6.4)

0.1
(0.3)

—

—

— $

(7.1) $

(1.2) $

13.7
(3.6)

(11.7)
(15.3)

(1.6)
(0.4)

(6.3)
(6.7)

(8.3)

The table below sets forth a summary of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the 

Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, (in millions):

Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

2016

2015

Derivative gains (losses) reflected in gross profit

Amortization of defined benefit pension benefit plans:

      Amortization of net loss

$

$

$

$

59.7
(53.3)
6.4

$

$

(0.1) $
(0.1) $

Location of
Gain (Loss)

179.4 Sales
(167.3) Cost of sales

12.1 Total

(1)

(0.8)
(0.8) Total

(1)  This accumulated other comprehensive loss component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See Note 

12 for additional information.

146

Table of Contents

14. Income Taxes

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  Company  conducts  certain  activities  through  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  that  are  corporations  which  in  certain 
circumstances are subject to federal, state and local income taxes. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the components of 
federal and state income tax expense are summarized as follows (in millions):

Current expense (benefit):

Federal

State

Total

Deferred expense (benefit):

Federal

State

Total

Total income tax benefit

2016

December 31,

2015

2014

$

$

$

$

$

(7.4) $
0.4
(7.0) $

(0.6) $
(0.1)
(0.7) $
(7.7) $

0.1

—

0.1

$

$

(26.5) $
(2.0)
(28.5) $
(28.4) $

0.2

0.2

0.4

(1.5)
0.3
(1.2)
(0.8)

A reconciliation of effective tax rate to the U.S. statutory rate attributable to operations for December 31, 2016, 2015 and 

2014 is as follows:

Federal income tax rate

Partnership earnings not subject to tax

State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

State tax rate change

Impact of non-deductible goodwill

Anchor LLC conversions
Other items, net (1)
Effective tax rate

2016

December 31,

2015

2014

35.0 %

(34.9)%

(0.1)%

— %

— %

— %

2.3 %
2.3 %

35.0 %

(13.8)%

0.6 %

0.2 %

(5.0)%

0.3 %

(0.4)%
16.9 %

35.0 %

(22.4)%

(0.4)%

— %

(11.5)%

— %

— %
0.7 %

(1) 2016 includes an adjustment for a tax benefit associated with the decision to liquidate a wholly-owned C corporation as of 
December 31, 2015, and convert it to an entity which will not be subject to tax. See Note 2 for further information on this 
adjustment.

147

Table of Contents

Deferred Taxes

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Deferred taxes result from the temporary differences between financial reporting carrying amounts and the tax basis of 
existing assets and liabilities. The table below summarizes the principal components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) as follows 
as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):

Deferred income tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards

Total deferred income tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Intangible assets

Unrealized gains

Property, plant and equipment

Total deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax liability

December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

$

$

$

1.3

1.3

$

$

— $

(0.5)
(1.8)
(2.3) $

(1.0) $

0.8

0.8

(0.1)
(0.5)
(1.9)
(2.5)

(1.7)

As a result of the Company’s analysis, management has determined that the Company does not have any uncertain tax 
positions. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had tax loss carryforwards of approximately $3.6 million, which are expected 
to be utilized prior to expiration in 2036. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $1.3 million deferred tax assets arising from 
net operating loss carryforwards. The Company’s federal and state tax returns remain subject to examination by taxing authorities 
for three years.

15. Earnings per Unit 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit for the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in millions, except unit and per unit data):

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit:

Net loss

Less:

General partner’s interest in net loss

General partner’s incentive distribution rights

Net loss available to limited partners

Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit:
Basic and diluted weighted average limited partner units outstanding (1)
Limited partners’ interest basic and diluted net loss per unit

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

$

(328.6) $

(139.4) $

(112.2)

(6.6)
—
(322.0) $

(2.8)
16.8
(153.4) $

(2.2)
15.4
(125.4)

77,043,935

74,896,096

(4.18) $

(2.05) $

69,671,827
(1.80)

$

$

(1)  Total diluted weighted average limited partner units outstanding excludes 0.5 million, 0.4 million and 0.2 million potentially 

dilutive phantom units for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

148

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

16. Transactions with Related Parties 

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had product sales to related parties, excluding 
the transactions discussed below, of $13.1 million, $12.0 million and $9.1 million, respectively. Trade accounts and other receivables 
from related parties at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $1.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The Company also had 
purchases from related parties, excluding transactions discussed below, during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
of $16.2 million, $21.8 million and $41.1 million, respectively. Accounts payable to related parties, excluding accounts payable 
related to the transactions discussed below, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, were $4.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

The general partner employs all of the Company’s employees and the Company reimburses the general partner for certain 

of its expenses. 

The Company has a crude oil supply agreement with Legacy Resources Co., L.P. (“Legacy Resources”), the Master Crude 
Oil Purchase and Sale Agreement. Legacy Resources is owned in part by one of the Company’s general partners, the Company’s 
executive vice chairman of the board of the Company’s general partner, F. William Grube. No crude oil is currently being purchased 
by the Company under this agreement. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no crude oil 
purchases from Legacy Resources. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company had crude oil purchases of $0.8 
million  from  Legacy  Resources  under  spot  agreements.  The  Company  had  no  accounts  payable  to  Legacy  Resources  at 
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Nicholas J. Rutigliano, a former member of the board of directors of the Company’s general partner who retired in September 
2014,  founded Tobias  Insurance  Group,  Inc.  (“Tobias”),  a  commercial  insurance  brokerage  business,  which  was  acquired  by 
Assured Partners, LLC. Mr. Rutigliano continues to serve as president of Tobias. Tobias has historically placed the Company’s 
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. There were no premiums paid to Tobias for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 
2015. The total premiums paid to Tobias by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014, was $0.7 million. With the 
exception of its directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which were placed with this commercial insurance brokerage company, 
the Company placed its insurance requirements with third parties during the year ended December 31, 2014.

The Company has a general services master services agreement with a third party construction company related to the Great 
Falls refinery expansion project in which various construction related services were performed during 2016, 2015 and 2014. This 
third party is related to refinery management. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had capital 
expenditures of $10.4 million, $43.0 million and $29.0 million, respectively, for construction related services. Accounts payable 
under this contract at December 31, 2016 and 2015, were $2.5 million and $10.0 million, respectively.

During 2015, the Company entered into an agreement for logistic administration/support, general administrative management 
and fiscal administration services with Monument Chemical, Inc. (“Monument Chemical”). Monument Chemical is owned by a 
limited partner and a member of the board of the Company’s general partner is a member of Monument Chemical’s management. 
Under this agreement, Monument Chemical rents storage tanks in Belgium on the Company’s behalf and organizes delivery of 
products to the Company’s customers. A commission is paid to Monument Chemical based on the sales value invoiced to the 
Company’s  customers.  For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  paid  total  commissions  and  general 
administrative fees of $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Accounts payable under this contract at December 31, 2016 and 
2015 were immaterial.

During 2016, the Company was provided financial modeling and advisory services from Morris Energy Advisors, LLC 
(“Morris Energy Advisors”).  Morris Energy Advisors is owned by a member of the board of the Company’s general partner. For 
the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company incurred total fees of $0.6 million. Accounts payable related to these services 
at December 31, 2016 were $0.6 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company entered into various transactions with Dakota Prairie. 

See Note 4 for further information on Dakota Prairie transactions. 

During 2016, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with The Heritage Group. See Note 4 for further information 

on the joint venture with The Heritage Group.

On December 30, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with The Heritage Group in which The Heritage Group 
made an uncommitted prepayment for the purchase of certain finished products and entered into an unsecured note payable with
the Company as the borrower. See Note 7 for further information on this agreement.

149

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

17. Segments and Related Information 

a. Segment Reporting

The Company manages its business in multiple operating segments, which are grouped on the basis of similar product, 

market and operating factors into the following reportable segments:

•  Specialty Products. The specialty products segment produces a variety of lubricating oils, solvents, waxes, synthetic 
lubricants  and  other  products  which  are  sold  to  customers  who  purchase  these  products  primarily  as  raw  material 
components for basic automotive, industrial and consumer goods. Specialty products also include synthetic lubricants 
used in manufacturing, mining and automotive applications. 

•  Fuel Products. The fuel products segment produces primarily gasoline, diesel, jet fuel and asphalt which are primarily 

sold to customers located in the PADD 2, PADD 3 and PADD 4 areas within the U.S. 

•  Oilfield  Services.  The  oilfield  services  segment  markets  its  products  and  oilfield  services  including  drilling  fluids, 

completion fluids and solids control services to the oil and gas industry.

During the fourth quarter 2014, the Company realigned its reportable segments for financial reporting purposes as a result 
of the Anchor and SOS Acquisitions in 2014 resulting in a new segment, oilfield services. Prior to this change, Anchor and SOS 
were reported as part of the specialty products segment. This reporting change did not impact the Company’s consolidated results. 

The accounting policies of the reporting segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting 
policies as disclosed in Note 2, except that the disaggregated financial results for the reporting segments have been prepared using 
a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which management internally disaggregates financial 
information for the purposes of assisting internal operating decisions. The Company accounts for intersegment sales and transfers 
at cost plus a specified mark-up. The Company evaluates performance based upon Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP financial 
measure). The Company defines Adjusted EBITDA for any period as: (1) net income (loss) plus (2)(a) interest expense; (b) income 
taxes;  (c) depreciation  and  amortization;  (d) impairment;  (e)  unrealized  losses  from  mark  to  market  accounting  for  hedging 
activities; (f) realized gains under derivative instruments excluded from the determination of net income (loss); (g) non-cash equity-
based compensation expense and other non-cash items (excluding items such as accruals of cash expenses in a future period or 
amortization of a prepaid cash expense) that were deducted in computing net income (loss); (h) debt refinancing fees, premiums 
and penalties; (i) any net loss realized in connection with an asset sale that was deducted in computing net income (loss) and (j) all 
extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense; minus (3)(a) unrealized gains from mark to 
market accounting for hedging activities; (b) realized losses under derivative instruments excluded from the determination of net 
income (loss) and (c) other non-recurring expenses and unrealized items that reduced net income (loss) for a prior period, but 
represent a cash item in the current period.

The Company manages its assets on a total company basis, not by segment. Therefore, management does not review any 

asset information by segment and, accordingly, the Company does not report asset information by segment.

150

 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 Reportable segment information is as follows (in millions):

Year Ended December 31, 2016
Sales:
External customers
Intersegment sales
Total sales
Loss from unconsolidated
affiliates
Adjusted EBITDA
Reconciling items to net loss:

Depreciation and amortization

Realized gain (loss) on
derivatives, not reflected in net
loss or settled in a prior period

Impairment charges
Loss on sale of unconsolidated
affiliate
Unrealized gain on derivatives

Interest expense
Non-cash equity-based
compensation and other items

Income tax benefit
Net loss

Year Ended December 31, 2015
Sales:
External customers
Intersegment sales
Total sales
Loss from unconsolidated
affiliates
Adjusted EBITDA
Reconciling items to net loss:

$

$

$
$

$

$

$
$

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Oilfield
 Services

Combined
Segments

Eliminations

Consolidated
Total

1,252.3
2.5
1,254.8

$

$

2,222.0
34.5
2,256.5

$

$

(0.3) $
$

188.9

(18.0) $
(10.1) $

125.1
—
125.1

$

$

(0.4) $
(20.6) $

3,599.4
37.0
3,636.4

$

$

(18.7) $
$
158.2

74.7

110.5

19.1

204.3

1.9

1.9

—

(8.3)

34.0

113.9

—

—

—

(6.4)
35.9

113.9

— $

(37.0)
(37.0) $

3,599.4
—
3,599.4

— $
— $

—

—

—

—

$

(18.7)
158.2

204.3

(6.4)
35.9

113.9
(19.9)
161.7

5.0
(7.7)
(328.6)

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Oilfield
 Services

Combined
Segments

Eliminations

Consolidated
Total

1,367.8
3.9
1,371.7

$

$

2,562.5
39.1
2,601.6

$

$

— $
$

201.7

(61.1) $
$
81.9

282.5
—
282.5

$

$

(0.4) $
(25.9) $

4,212.8
43.0
4,255.8

$

$

(61.5) $
$
257.7

Depreciation and amortization

69.2

82.4

22.8

174.4

(3.0)

—

(7.0)

24.3

—

33.8

(10.0)
58.1

Realized loss on derivatives,
not reflected in net loss or
settled in a prior period

Impairment charges

Unrealized loss on derivatives

Interest expense
Debt extinguishment costs

Non-cash equity-based
compensation and other items

Income tax benefit
Net loss

151

— $

(43.0)
(43.0) $

4,212.8
—
4,212.8

— $
— $

—

—

—

$

(61.5)
257.7

174.4

(10.0)
58.1

39.5
104.9
46.6

12.0
(28.4)
(139.4)

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2014

Specialty
Products

Fuel
Products

Oilfield
 Services

Combined
Segments

Eliminations

Consolidated
Total

Sales:

External customers

Intersegment sales

Total sales

Loss from unconsolidated
affiliates

Adjusted EBITDA

Reconciling items to net loss:

$

$

$

$

1,729.2

18.4

1,747.6

$

$

3,693.4

89.8

3,783.2

$

$

368.5

—

368.5

$

$

5,791.1

108.2

5,899.3

$

$

— $

5,791.1

(108.2)
(108.2) $

—

5,791.1

— $

220.8

$

(3.2) $

50.0

$

(0.2) $
$
35.1

(3.4) $
$

305.9

— $

— $

Depreciation and amortization

68.1

80.0

15.0

163.1

(1.9)

—

8.5

—

—

36.0

6.6

36.0

Realized gain (loss) on
derivatives, not reflected in net
loss or settled in a prior period

Impairment charges

Unrealized loss on derivatives
Interest expense

Debt extinguishment costs

Non-cash equity-based
compensation and other items

Income tax benefit

Net loss

b. Geographic Information

—

—

—

$

(3.4)
305.9

163.1

6.6

36.0

0.6
110.8

89.9

11.9
(0.8)
(112.2)

International sales accounted for less than 10% of consolidated sales in each of the three years ended December 31, 2016, 

2015 and 2014. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are domestically located.

152

Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

c. Product Information

The Company offers specialty products primarily in categories consisting of lubricating oils, solvents, waxes, packaged and 
synthetic specialty products and other. Fuel products categories primarily consist of gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, asphalt, heavy fuel 
oils and other. All oilfield services products are consolidated in a standalone category. The following table sets forth the major 
product category sales for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in millions):

Specialty products:
Lubricating oils
Solvents
Waxes
Packaged and synthetic specialty products
Other

$

Total
Fuel products:
Gasoline
Diesel
Jet fuel
Asphalt, heavy fuel oils and other

Total

Oilfield services:

Total

Consolidated sales

d. Major Customers

2016

2015

2014

Year Ended December 31,

538.7
237.7
128.7
311.2
36.0
1,252.3

844.3
808.4
117.5
451.8
2,222.0

15.0% $
6.6%
3.6%
8.6%
1.0%
34.8%

23.5%
22.4%
3.3%
12.5%
61.7%

575.6
302.0
136.9
316.6
36.7
1,367.8

1,047.1
894.8
149.6
471.0
2,562.5

13.7% $
7.2%
3.2%
7.5%
0.9%
32.5%

24.9%
21.2%
3.6%
11.1%
60.8%

748.4
485.2
144.1
313.5
38.0
1,729.2

1,443.1
1,197.4
199.3
853.6
3,693.4

12.9%
8.4%
2.5%
5.4%
0.7%
29.9%

24.9%
20.7%
3.4%
14.7%
63.7%

125.1
3,599.4

$

3.5%
100.0% $

282.5
4,212.8

6.7%
100.0% $

368.5
5,791.1

6.4%
100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had no customer that represented 10% or greater 

of consolidated sales.

e. Major Suppliers

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had two suppliers that supplied approximately 

64.5%, 52.2% and 45.9%, respectively, of its crude oil supply.

153

 
 
Table of Contents

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

18. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The table below sets forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years (in millions, except unit and 

per unit data):  

2016
Sales

Gross profit

Net loss

Net loss available to limited partners

Limited partners’ interest basic and
diluted net loss per unit

Weighted average limited partner
units outstanding — basic

Weighted average limited partner
units outstanding — diluted

2015
Sales

Gross profit

Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) available to limited
partners

Limited partners’ interest basic and
diluted net income (loss) per unit

Weighted average limited partner
units outstanding — basic

Weighted average limited partner
units outstanding — diluted

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Total (1)

$

$

713.0

$

972.9

$

966.6

$

946.9

$

3,599.4

86.2

(67.7)

(66.3)

131.3
(147.9)
(145.0)

110.3
(33.4)
(32.7)

80.5
(79.6)
(78.0)

408.3
(328.6)
(322.0)

(0.87) $

(1.89) $

(0.42) $

(1.01) $

(4.18)

76,449,841

76,761,504

77,331,347

77,351,593

76,449,841

76,761,504

77,331,347

77,351,593

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Total (1)

$

1,018.6

$

1,156.2

$

1,140.0

$

898.0

$

4,212.8

195.2

23.8

19.1

202.7

2.5

(1.7)

164.8
(48.9)

(52.2)

31.9
(116.8)

594.6
(139.4)

(118.6)

(153.4)

$

0.27

$

(0.02) $

(0.68) $

(1.56) $

(2.05)

71,232,392

76,092,517

76,112,325

76,124,133

71,275,452

76,092,517

76,112,325

76,124,133

(1)  The sum of the four quarters may not equal the total year due to rounding.

19. Subsequent Events 

The fair value of the Company’s derivatives that were outstanding as of December 31, 2016, has increased by approximately 
$2.0 million subsequent to December 31, 2016, to a net liability of approximately $4.0 million. The fair value of the Company’s 
senior notes has increased by approximately $48.0 million subsequent to December 31, 2016.

On February 10, 2017, the EPA granted certain of the Company’s refineries a “small refinery exemption” under the RFS 
for the full year 2016, as provided for under the CAA. In granting those exemptions, the EPA determined that for the full year 
2016, compliance with the RFS would represent a “disproportionate economic hardship” for these refineries.

154

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended, we have evaluated, 
under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial 
officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Our disclosure controls and procedures 
are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the 
Exchange Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal 
financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Based upon the evaluation, our principal executive 
officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 
2016 at the reasonable assurance level. See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 8 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended September 30, 2016, we identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting 
that resulted in errors to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, which were corrected in the 
condensed consolidated financial statements for the period ended September 30, 2016, as more fully discussed in Note 2 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

The identified material weaknesses pertained to the (1) insufficient execution of the Company’s review controls at the Branded 
and Packaging operating segment and the lack of appropriately designed corporate-level management review controls to monitor 
the segment level controls over the accuracy of the accounting for the lower of cost or market of inventory and (2) insufficient 
execution of the Company’s review controls over the accuracy of the accounting for income taxes.

Remediation Plan

The audit committee of our board of directors directed our management to prepare a remediation plan covering the material 

weaknesses described above.  As a result, we remediated these material weaknesses by:

• 

reviewing procedures and controls related to (1)  lower of cost or market of inventory at both the individual segment level 
and corporate level and (2)  income taxes and implemented improved procedures and controls within these processes, 
and

•  devoted appropriate corporate resources to enhance the execution of the Company’s review procedures for lower of cost 

or market of inventory.

As of December 31, 2016, management has determined that, as a result of its remediation efforts, it no longer has a material 
weakness in internal controls for (1) the lower of cost or market inventory process, and (2) review controls over the accounting 
for income taxes process.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

155

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance

Management of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and Director Independence

Our general partner, Calumet GP, LLC, manages our operations and activities. Unitholders are limited partners and are not 
entitled to elect the directors of our general partner or directly or indirectly participate in our management or operations. Our 
general partner owes a fiduciary duty to our unitholders, as limited by the various provisions of our partnership agreement modifying 
and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner to our unitholders.

The directors of our general partner oversee our operations. The owners of our general partner have appointed eight members 
to our general partner’s board of directors. The directors of our general partner are generally elected by a majority vote of the 
owners of our general partner on an annual basis. However, as long as our executive vice chairman of our general partner, F. 
William Grube, trusts established for the benefit of his family members or Permitted Transferees (as defined in our partnership 
agreement), continue to own at least 30% of the membership interests in our general partner, Mr. Grube (or in certain specified 
instances, his designee or transferee) has the right to serve as a director of our general partner. The directors of our general partner 
hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification or until their successors have been elected and 
qualified. 

Pursuant to Section 4360 of the NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC Marketplace Rules (“NASDAQ Rules”), a listed limited 
partnership like us is not required to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors of our general partner or 
to establish a compensation committee or a nominating/governance committee. However, three of our general partner’s eight 
directors are “independent” as that term is defined in the NASDAQ Rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In determining 
the independence of each director, our general partner has adopted standards that incorporate the NASDAQ Rules and Exchange 
Act standards. Our general partner’s independent directors as determined in accordance with those standards are: James S. Carter, 
Robert E. Funk, and Stephen P. Mawer.

The officers of our general partner manage the day-to-day affairs of our business. Officers serve at the discretion of the board 

of directors.

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table shows information regarding the directors and executive officers of Calumet GP, LLC as of March 6, 

2017:

Name
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
F. William Grube
Timothy Go
William A. Anderson
Bruce A. Fleming
D. West Griffin
R. Patrick Murray, II
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
Stephen P. Mawer
George C. Morris III
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher

Age
66
69
50
48
60
56
45
68
71
52
61
57
45

Position with Calumet GP, LLC

Chairman of the Board
Executive Vice Chairman
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President — Sales
Executive Vice President — Strategy & Growth
Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director

Each director’s biographical information set forth below includes the particular experience and qualifications that led the 

board of directors to conclude that the director is qualified to serve in such capacity.

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. has served as the chairman of the board of our general partner since September 2005. Mr. Fehsenfeld 
also served as the vice chairman of the board of our Predecessor from 1990 until our initial public offering. Mr. Fehsenfeld has 
worked for The Heritage Group in various capacities since 1977 and has served as its managing trustee since 1980. Mr. Fehsenfeld 
received his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Duke University and his M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology Sloan School.

156

 
Table of Contents

As co-founder of our Predecessor, Mr. Fehsenfeld has an extensive knowledge base regarding the Company’s operations 
and has participated in all major strategic decision making for the Company and our Predecessor since their inception. In his role 
as managing trustee of The Heritage Group, Mr. Fehsenfeld serves in lead executive roles, including the role of chairman and chief 
executive officer, for a multitude of different companies within The Heritage Group, providing a breadth of experience in leadership 
and management across a wide variety of industries, including energy. Since 2008, Mr. Fehsenfeld has served as chairman of the 
board of directors of Heritage-Crystal Clean, Inc., a publicly-traded environmental services company which is owned in part by 
The Heritage Group.  Mr. Fehsenfeld is the father of Amy M. Schumacher, member of the board of directors of our general partner.

F. William Grube has served as the executive vice chairman of the board of our general partner since April 2015.  From 
January 2011 through April 2015, Mr. Grube served as chief executive officer and vice chairman of the board of our general partner. 
From September 2005 through December 2010, Mr. Grube served as chief executive officer, president and director of our general 
partner. Mr. Grube has also served as president and chief executive officer of our Predecessor from 1990 until our initial public 
offering.  From  1973  to  1989,  Mr. Grube  served  as  executive  vice  president  of  Rock  Island  Refining  Corporation.  Mr. Grube 
received his B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology and his M.B.A. from Harvard University. 

As co-founder of our Predecessor and through his role as prior chief executive officer, Mr. Grube possesses unique experience 
relative to the management of the Company on a day-to-day basis over a significant time period and across all functional areas of 
the Company. Mr. Grube has significant technical expertise in refining developed over the course of his career, with both the 
Company and our Predecessor, as well as another refining company which specialized in the production of fuel products.

Timothy Go has served as chief executive officer of our general partner since January 2016. Prior to joining the Company, 
Mr. Go served as vice president — operations of Flint Hills Resources, LP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Koch Industries, Inc., 
since July 2013. From 2011 through 2013, Mr. Go served as vice president — operations excellence of Flint Hills Resources, LP. 
From August 2008 through 2011, Mr. Go served as managing director — operations excellence of Koch Industries, Inc. Mr. Go 
received a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin.

William A. Anderson has served as executive vice president — sales of our general partner since October 2014.  From October 
2012 through October 2014, Mr. Anderson served as vice president — marketing and new products.  From September 2005 through 
September 2012, Mr. Anderson served as vice president — sales of our general partner.  Mr. Anderson served as vice president — 
sales and marketing of our Predecessor from 2000 until our initial public offering and served in various other capacities from 1993 
to 2000. Mr. Anderson received his B.A. in Communications from DePauw University.

Bruce A. Fleming has served as executive vice president — strategy and growth of our general partner since March 2016.  Prior 
to joining the Company, Mr. Fleming served as the vice president of mergers & acquisitions at Tesoro Corporation and as an officer 
of Tesoro Companies Inc. since 2004. From 1997 through 2004, Mr. Fleming served as managing director of Hong Kong-based 
Orient Refining Ltd., and from 1981 through 1996 he held senior operations, business development and planning roles with Amoco 
Oil and Amoco Corporation where he was most recently vice president of China business development. Mr. Fleming earned a 
Ph.D. in chemical engineering from Princeton University and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Delaware. He 
is a member of the Board of M&A Standards.

D. West Griffin has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of our general partner since January 2017. 
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Griffin was a founder and served as the chief financial officer of Energy XXI (Bermuda) Limited 
(also known as Energy XXI Ltd.) from 2005 to 2014. In 2004, Mr. Griffin served as chief financial officer of Alon USA.  From 
1999 through 2002, Mr. Griffin served as chief financial officer of InterGen North America. Mr. Griffin received his B.E. from 
Dartmouth College and received his M.B.A from Dartmouth College.

R. Patrick Murray, II has served as vice president, chief accounting officer and assistant secretary of our general partner 
since January 2017. From October 2014 through January 2017, Mr. Murray served as executive vice president, chief financial 
officer and secretary of our general partner. From December 2012 through October 2014, Mr. Murray served as senior vice president, 
chief financial officer and secretary of our general partner. From September 2005 through December 2012, Mr. Murray served as 
vice president, chief financial officer and secretary of  our general partner. Mr. Murray served as  the vice president and chief 
financial officer of our Predecessor from 1999 until our initial public offering and served as its controller from 1998 to 1999. From 
1993 to 1998, Mr. Murray was a senior auditor with Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Murray received his B.B.A. in Accountancy from 
the University of Notre Dame.

James S. Carter has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since January 2006. Mr. Carter 
worked in various capacities at ExxonMobil including vice president of U.S. marketing and sales of fuels and specialty products, 
manager  of  U.S.  refining  and  marketing  planning  and  analysis,  manager  of  U.S.  distribution  activities,  analysis  manager  of 
ExxonMobil International, and advisor to ExxonMobil headquarters for European refining and marketing until his retirement in 
2003. Mr. Carter received his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Clemson University and his M.B.A. in Finance and Accounting 
from Tulane University.

157

Table of Contents

Mr. Carter brings extensive marketing and managerial experience with one of the largest integrated energy companies in the 
world.  He  possesses  a  broad  background  in  petroleum  products  marketing,  with  specific  experience  in  the  marketing  of  fuel 
products.

Robert  E.  Funk  has  served  as  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  our  general  partner  since  January  2006.  Mr. Funk 
previously served as vice president — corporate planning and economics of CITGO Petroleum Corporation, a refiner and marketer 
of  transportation  fuels,  lubricants,  petrochemicals,  refined  waxes,  asphalt  and  other  industrial  products,  from  1997  until  his 
retirement in December 2004. Mr. Funk previously served CITGO or its predecessor, Cities Services Company, as general manager 
— facilities planning from 1988 to 1997, general manager — lubricants operations from 1983 to 1988 and manager — refinery 
east, Lake Charles refinery from 1982 to 1983. Mr. Funk received his B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Kansas.

Mr. Funk  has  extensive  refining  industry  experience  including  planning,  operations  and  managerial  roles  for  a  large 
multinational refining company. His broad background of experience provides helpful insight to the Company in its implementation 
of strategic initiatives and its refinery operations in general.

George C. Morris III has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since May 2009. Mr. Morris 
has served as president of Morris Energy Advisors, Inc. since March 2009 and most recently served as a managing director at 
Merrill  Lynch &  Co.  from  December  2006  until  his  retirement  in  March  2009.  Mr. Morris  served  as  a  managing  director  of 
investment banking at Petrie Parkman & Co. until its acquisition by Merrill Lynch in December 2006 and also served as a managing 
director of investment banking at Simmons & Company International and as a director of investment banking at First Boston 
Corporation. Mr. Morris holds B.B.A. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Texas and a J.D. from Southern Methodist 
University. Mr. Morris is also a former member of the board of directors of Arch Coal, Inc., a public company which produces 
thermal and metallurgical coal from surface and underground mines and Energy XXI Gulf Coast, Inc., a subsidiary of Energy XXI 
Ltd, the largest publicly traded independent oil and natural gas exploration and production company on the Gulf of Mexico Shelf.

Mr. Morris’ long tenure in the investment banking industry with a focus on the energy sector provides a unique breadth of 
experience to the board of directors in areas of finance and capital markets. In his role as a financial advisor to the Company prior 
to joining the board of directors, Mr. Morris gained significant insight into the Company’s operations and strategy.

Daniel J. Sajkowski has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since September 2014.  Mr. 
Sajkowski has served as executive vice president, growth and new ventures of The Heritage Group since 2013. Prior to joining 
The Heritage Group, Mr. Sajkowski was the senior director — downstream technology at Sapphire Energy from 2010 until 2013. 
From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Sajkowski served as business unit leader at BP’s Whiting, Indiana refinery.  During his career with BP/
Amoco, Mr. Sajkowski also held positions as the manager of integrated supply and trading from 2002 until 2004 and vice president 
of refining technology from 2000 until 2002. Mr. Sajkowski earned his B.S. and M.S. degrees in Chemical Engineering from the 
University of Michigan and a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from Stanford University in 1986. He also completed the General 
Manager Program at Harvard University in 2000.

Mr. Sajkowski has extensive refining industry experience including planning, operations and managerial roles for a large 
multinational refining company. His broad background of experience provides helpful insight to the Company in its implementation 
of strategic initiatives and its refinery operations in general.

Amy M. Schumacher has served as a member of the board of directors of our general partner since September 2014.  Ms. 
Schumacher has served as the president of Monument Chemicals, Inc. and Haltermann Solutions since 2010. In addition, in July 
2016, Ms. Schumacher assumed the role of president of The Heritage Group. Prior to joining Monument Chemicals, Inc. and 
Haltermann Solutions, Ms. Schumacher worked in various capacities for The Heritage Group leading a variety of growth projects 
from 2003 until 2010. From 1998 to 2003, Ms. Schumacher was a consultant with Accenture. Ms. Schumacher received her B.S. 
in Civil Engineering from Purdue University and her M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Sloan 
School. Ms. Schumacher currently serves as a trustee for The Heritage Group and sits on a number of private subsidiary boards. 
Ms. Schumacher is the daughter of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., the chairman of the board of our general partner.

Ms. Schumacher has extensive managerial experience including planning and strategy. She possesses a broad background 

within the chemicals industry, with specific experience in strategic growth projects.

Stephen P. Mawer has served as a board member of our general partner since March 2016. He retired as President of Koch 
Supply & Trading in 2014 following a 27-year career in commodities trading, risk management and refining operations. While at 
Koch, Mr. Mawer led global commodities trading and served as a senior member of the Koch Industries management team. Mr. 
Mawer holds Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees in Chemical Engineering from the University of Cambridge, England. Currently, 
he serves as a member of the Board of Directors at Zenith Energy Management, an international midstream company. Mr. Mawer 
brings extensive knowledge of petroleum markets, refining economics, supply/marketing optimization and risk management.

158

Table of Contents

Board of Directors Committees

Conflicts Committee

Two members of the board of directors of our general partner serve on a conflicts committee to review specific matters that 
the board believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee determines if the resolution of the conflict of interest 
is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be owners, officers or employees of our general 
partner or directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, and must meet the independence and experience standards established 
by NASDAQ and the Exchange Act to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors, and certain other requirements. Any 
matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our 
partners, and not a breach by our general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders. The two independent board 
members who serve on the conflicts committee are Messrs. James S. Carter and Robert E. Funk. Mr. Funk serves as the chairman 
of the conflicts committee.

Compensation Committee

The board of directors of our general partner also has a compensation committee which, among other responsibilities, has 
overall responsibility for evaluating and either approving or recommending to the board of directors the director, chief executive 
officer and senior executive compensation plans, policies and programs of the Company. NASDAQ does not require a limited 
partnership like us to have a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, Messrs. Fred M. 
Fehsenfeld, Jr., F. William Grube, George C. Morris, III and Stephen P. Mawer serve as members of our compensation committee. 
Mr. Fehsenfeld serves as the chairman of the compensation committee.

The  board  of  directors  has  adopted  a  written  charter  for  the  compensation  committee  which  defines  the  scope  of  the 
committee’s authority. The committee may form and delegate some or all of its authority to subcommittees comprised of committee 
members when it deems appropriate. The committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending to the board of directors for 
its approval the annual salary and other compensation components for the chief executive officer. The committee reviews and 
makes recommendations to the board of directors for its approval of any of the Company’s equity compensation-based plans, 
including the Long-Term Incentive Plan, or any cash bonus or incentive compensation plans or programs. Also, the committee 
reviews and approves all annual salary and other compensation arrangements and components for the senior executives of the 
Company. Further, the compensation committee periodically reviews and makes a recommendation to the board of directors for 
changes in the compensation of all directors. The committee has the authority to retain or terminate any compensation consultant 
that assists it in the evaluation of director and senior executive compensation and to obtain independent advice and assistance from 
internal and external legal, accounting and other advisors.

See  Item 11  “Executive  and  Director  Compensation —  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis —  Peer  Group  and 

Compensation Targets” for additional discussion regarding the results of this executive compensation review.

Audit Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has an audit committee comprised of three directors, Messrs. James S. Carter, 
Robert E. Funk and Stephen P. Mawer, each of whom the board of directors of our general partner has determined meets the 
independence and experience standards established by NASDAQ and the SEC. In addition, the board of directors of our general 
partner has determined that Mr. Carter is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC. Mr. Carter serves as the 
chairman of the audit committee.

The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee. The audit committee assists the board of directors 
in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and corporate 
policies and controls. The audit committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate our independent registered public accounting 
firm, approves all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof and pre-approves any non-audit services to be rendered 
by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee is also responsible for confirming the independence 
and objectivity of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered public accounting firm is given 
unrestricted access to the audit committee.

Risk Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has established a risk committee which, among other responsibilities, oversees 
the Company’s risk assessment practices.  Messrs. Robert E. Funk, Stephen P. Mawer and Daniel J. Sajkowski serve as members 
of our risk committee. Mr. Sajkowski serves as the chairman of the risk committee.  The board of directors has adopted a written 
charter for the risk committee which defines the scope of the committee’s authority. 

Strategy and Growth Committee

The  board  of  directors  of  our  general  partner  has  established  a  strategy  and  growth  committee  which,  among  other 
responsibilities, oversees our (i) long-term strategy, (ii) risks and opportunities relating to such strategy, (iii) strategic decisions 

159

Table of Contents

regarding investments, mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, (iv) capitalization, (v) ownership structure and (vi) distribution 
policy.  Messrs. Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., F. William Grube and George C. Morris, III serve as members of the strategy and growth 
committee. Mr. Morris serves as the chairman of the strategy and growth committee.  The board of directors has adopted a written 
charter for the strategy and growth committee which defines the scope of the committee’s authority.

Talent and Leadership Development Committee

The board of directors of our general partner has established a talent and leadership development committee which, among 
other responsibilities, monitors our strategic, long-term, and sustainable approach to talent and development issues relating to 
people.  Ms. Amy M. Schumacher serves as the chairwoman and sole member of the talent and leadership development committee. 
The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the talent and leadership development committee which defines the scope 
of the committee’s authority.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all directors, officers, employees and contractors.

Available on our website at www.calumetspecialty.com are copies of our board of directors committee charters and Code 
of Business Conduct and Ethics, all of which also will be provided to unitholders without charge upon their written request to: 
Investor  Relations,  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P.,  2780 Waterfront  Parkway  East  Drive,  Suite 200,  Indianapolis, 
Indiana, 46214.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires Calumet’s directors and certain executive officers, 
as well as beneficial owners of ten percent or more of Calumet’s common units, to report their holdings and transactions in Calumet’s 
securities. Based on information furnished to Calumet and contained in reports filed pursuant to Section 16(a), as well as written 
representations that no other reports were required for 2016, Calumet’s directors and executive officers filed all reports required 
by Section 16(a) with the exception of (i) one late filing related to common unit purchases on May 26, 2016, for James S. Carter 
and (ii) one late filing related to common unit purchases on November 8, 2016, for Timothy Go.

Item 11. Executive and Director Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

For purposes of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the compensation tables that follow, the names and positions 

of our named executive officers for the 2016 fiscal year were:

•  Timothy Go — Chief Executive Officer

•  F. William Grube — Executive Vice Chairman of the Board

•  R.  Patrick  Murray,  II  — Vice  President,    Chief Accounting  Officer  and Assistant  Secretary  (former  Executive Vice 

President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary)

•  Bruce A. Fleming — Executive Vice President — Strategy and Development (effective March 21, 2016)

•  William A. Anderson — Executive Vice President — Sales

Mr. David West Griffin was appointed executive vice president and chief financial officer effective January 5, 2017. Mr. 
Murray transitioned into a new role of vice president, chief accounting officer and assistant secretary beginning on January 5, 
2017. Due to the SEC’s disclosure rules, information regarding executive officer compensation is determined based on an executive’s 
status as of December 31, 2016, Mr. Murray’s compensation information is included in the executive compensation disclosures 
relating to the 2016 fiscal year and Mr. Griffin’s compensation information will be contained within the compensation disclosures 
relating to the 2017 fiscal year. 

The compensation committee of the board of directors of our general partner oversees our compensation programs. Our 
general partner maintains compensation and benefits programs designed to allow us to attract, motivate and retain the best possible 
employees to manage us, including executive compensation programs designed to reward the achievement of both short-term and 
long-term  goals  necessary  to  promote  growth  and  generate  positive  unitholder  returns.  Our  general  partner’s  executive 
compensation programs are based on a pay-for-performance philosophy, including measurement of our performance against a 
specified financial target, namely Distributable Cash Flow. Our executive compensation programs include both long-term and 
short-term compensation elements which, together with base salary and employee benefits, constitute a total compensation package 
intended to be competitive with similar companies.

160

Table of Contents

Under their collective authority, the compensation committee and the board of directors maintain the right to develop and 
modify compensation programs and policies as they deem appropriate. Factors they may consider in making decisions to materially 
increase or decrease compensation include our overall financial performance, our growth over time, our changes in complexity as 
well as individual executive job scope, complexity and performance, and changes in competitive compensation practices in our 
defined labor markets. In determining any forms of compensation other than the base salary for the senior executives, or in the 
case of the chief executive officer, the recommendation to the board of directors of the forms of compensation for the chief executive 
officer,  the  compensation  committee  considers  our  financial  performance  and  relative  unitholder  return,  the  value  of  similar 
incentive awards to senior executives at comparable companies and the awards given to senior executives in past years.

Financial Performance Metric Used in Compensation Programs

Our primary business objective is to generate cash flows to make distributions to our unitholders. As a result, our Distributable 
Cash Flow is the primary measurement of performance taken into account in setting policies and making compensation decisions, 
as we believe this represents the most comprehensive measurement of our ability to generate cash flows. In 2016, the compensation 
committee excluded the impact of lower of cost or market (“LCM”) inventory adjustments, but included the loss from unconsolidated 
affiliates in the calculation of Distributable Cash Flow used for incentive compensation purposes. Both short-term and long-term 
forms of executive compensation are specifically structured on our achievement relative to annual Distributable Cash Flow goals 
and, as such, determination of related awards, as well as their grant or payment, occurs subsequent to the end of each fiscal year 
upon final determination of Distributable Cash Flow. We believe that including this financial objective as the primary performance 
measurement to determine compensation awards for all of our executive officers recognizes the integrated and collaborative effort 
required by the full executive team to maximize performance. Distributable Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure that we define, 
consistent with the terms of our revolving credit agreement and senior notes indentures, as our Adjusted EBITDA less replacement 
capital expenditures, cash interest expense, turnaround costs, income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates and income tax expense 
(benefit). The most directly comparable GAAP performance measure for Distributable Cash Flow is Net cash provided by (used 
in) operating activities. Please refer to Part II, Item 6 “Selected Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for our definition 
of Adjusted EBITDA.

Peer Group and Compensation Targets

To  evaluate  all  areas  of  executive  compensation,  the  compensation  committee  seeks  the  additional  input  of  outside 
compensation consultants and available comparative information to validate that the compensation programs established for our 
executives are consistent with the philosophy of compensating our executives at ranges that approximate within 10% of the 25th 
percentile of market for companies of similar size to us. In 2015, the compensation committee retained Buck Consultants, LLC 
(“Buck  Consultants”)  as  an  independent  consultant  to  review  our  general  partner’s  executive  compensation  programs.  Buck 
Consultants reported directly to the compensation committee and did not provide any additional services to our general partner. 
The scope of this engagement included the following:

• 

review of a peer group of primarily publicly-traded master limited partnerships for executive compensation comparisons;

•  analysis of market pay levels and trends for our named executive officers, other officers and key employees from peer 

companies including base salary, annual incentives and long-term incentives; and

•  assessment of Calumet’s executive pay levels relative to overall market levels.

The following master limited partnerships and corporations were included by Buck Consultants in the peer group for the 
compensation review: Alon USA Energy, Inc., Boardwalk Pipeline Partners, LP, Buckeye Partners, L.P., Crestwood Equity Partners 
LP, EnLink Midstream LLC, CVR Refining, LP, DCP Midstream Partners, LP, Delek US Holdings, Inc., Enbridge Energy Partners, 
L.P., EnLink Midstream Partners, LP, Genesis Energy, L.P., Kinder Morgan, Inc., Magellan Midstream Partners, L.P., the former 
MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P., NGL Energy Partners LP, the former Northern Tier Energy LP, NuStar Energy L.P., ONEOK 
Partners, L.P., Targa Resources Partners LP and Williams Partners L.P. Peer group companies were validated and selected based 
on their comparability of EBITDA (a non-GAAP measurement), sales and market capitalization to those of Calumet. Market data 
compiled from public disclosures of the peer group companies were used in the review to compare our compensation of the key 
executive group against the market. Buck Consultants provided a presentation of its findings to the compensation committee in 
December 2015 that assisted us in making the compensation decisions described below for the 2016 year.

The compensation committee used the findings of the Buck Consultants executive compensation review to validate the total 
competitiveness of compensation for our key executives, including each named executive officer. Specifically, the Buck Consultants 
review indicated that aggregate target total direct compensation of our key executives, which includes all the major elements of 
our executive compensation program, including base salary, short-term incentives and long-term compensation, was within the 
25th percentile of market by approximately 25%. Long-term incentives for the key executives were within the 25th percentile of 
the peer group by approximately 10%, which the compensation committee deemed appropriate given our smaller size relative to 
certain master limited partnerships included in the peer group, with an expectation by the compensation committee that with future 

161

Table of Contents

achievement of strategic goals and further growth in financial performance, such long-term incentive opportunities should migrate 
toward the median level of the peer group. 

Review of Named Executive Officer Performance

The compensation committee reviews, on an annual basis, each compensation element for a named executive officer. In each 
case,  the  compensation  committee  takes  into  account  the  scope  of  responsibilities  and  experience  and  balances  these  against 
competitive salary levels. The compensation committee has the opportunity to meet with the named executive officers at various 
times during the year, which allows the compensation committee to form its own assessment of each individual’s performance.

Objectives of Compensation Programs

Our executive compensation programs are designed with the following primary objectives:

• 

reward strong individual performance that drives our positive financial results;

•  make incentive compensation a significant portion of an executive’s total compensation, designed to balance short-term 

and long-term performance;

•  align the interests of our executives with those of our unitholders; and

•  attract,  develop  and  retain  executives  with  a  compensation  structure  that  is  competitive  with  other  publicly-traded 

partnerships of similar size.

Elements of Executive Compensation

The compensation committee believes the total compensation and benefits program for our named executive officers should 

consist of the following:

•  base salary;

•  annual incentive plan which includes short-term cash awards and also includes an optional deferred compensation element;

• 

• 

long-term incentive compensation, including unit-based awards;

retirement, health and welfare benefits; and

•  perquisites.

These elements are designed to constitute an integrated executive compensation structure meant to incentivize a high level 

of individual executive officer performance in line with our financial and operating goals.

Base Salary

Design. Salaries provide executives with a base level of semi-monthly income as consideration for fulfillment of certain 
roles and responsibilities. The salary program assists us in achieving our objective of attracting and retaining the services of quality 
individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of Calumet. Generally, changes in the base salary levels for our named 
executive officers are determined on an annual basis by the compensation committee of the board of directors and are effective at 
the beginning of the following fiscal year.

Results. The 2016 base salaries for Messrs. Go, Grube, Murray, Fleming and Anderson were $500,000, $454,363, $353,067, 
$350,000 and $325,130 respectively, although amounts in the Summary Compensation Table below will reflect pro-rata values 
based upon the portion of the year in which the executive was providing services to us. These 2016 base salaries for Messrs. Grube, 
Murray and Anderson compare to $454,363, $339,488 and $312,626, respectively, in 2015. The levels of increases in the base 
salaries for Messrs. Murray and Anderson were a 4.0% increase from 2015 levels, which were based on the approximate average 
percentage increase of all salaried employees for 2016.

Compensation Changes for 2017. With respect to our named executive officers excluding Mr. Fleming, the compensation 
committee has determined that no executive officers will receive an increase in base salary for 2017. Effective January 1, 2017, 
the base salary for Mr. Fleming is $385,000. The level of increase takes into consideration market adjustments. 

Short-Term Cash Awards

Design. Under the Cash Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Cash Incentive Plan”), short-term cash awards are designed to 
aid us in retaining and motivating executives to assist us in meeting our financial performance objectives on an annual basis. Short-
term cash awards are granted to named executive officers and certain other management employees based on our achievement of 
performance targets on our Distributable Cash Flow, thereby establishing a direct link between executive compensation and our 
financial performance.

162

Table of Contents

The compensation committee establishes minimum, target and stretch incentive opportunities for each executive officer and 
other key employees expressed as a percentage of base salary. The amount that is paid out is based on our achievement of a 
minimum, target or stretch level of Distributable Cash Flow during the fiscal year. The compensation committee may determine 
whether the applicable performance period will be a full calendar year or a specific portion of a calendar year, depending upon 
our incentive goals for the short-term cash awards for that year. At the recommendation of the compensation committee, the board 
of directors approves Distributable Cash Flow targets for each performance period based on budgets prepared by management. 
When making the annual determination of the minimum goal, target goal and stretch goal levels of Distributable Cash Flow, the 
compensation committee and the board of directors consider the specific circumstances facing us during the relevant year. Generally, 
the compensation committee seeks to set the minimum goal, target goal and stretch goal levels such that the relative challenge of 
achieving each level is consistent from year to year. The expectation that management will achieve the minimum goal level is very 
high, while meaningful additional effort would be required to achieve the target goal and considerable additional effort would be 
required to achieve the stretch goal.

Generally, no awards are paid under the Cash Incentive Plan unless we achieve at least the minimum Distributable Cash 
Flow goal. If the minimum, target or stretch level Distributable Cash Flow goal is achieved, participants in the plan will receive 
their minimum, target or stretch cash award opportunity, respectively. If our Distributable Cash Flow is between specified goal 
levels,  participants  are  eligible  to  receive  a  prorated  percentage  of  their  cash  award  opportunity  based  on  where  the  actual 
Distributable Cash Flow amount falls between the levels. 

2016 Target Goal and Results. For fiscal year 2016, the minimum Distributable Cash Flow goal was $220.6 million, the 
target goal was $261.4 million and the stretch goal was $302.3 million. For the reasons described in “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 2016 Update,” we did not meet our minimum goal with 2016
Distributable Cash Flow of $(75.6) million, and no awards were paid out for the 2016 fiscal year.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  levels  of  cash  award  opportunity  for  each  named  executive  officer  and  the  actual 

percentage earned by them in 2016:

Cash Incentive Award Opportunity as a
Percentage of Base Salary

Minimum

Target

Stretch

Actual Payout

Timothy Go, F. William Grube, R. Patrick Murray, II, Bruce A.
Fleming and William A. Anderson

50%

100%

200%

—%

The compensation committee determined these percentages of base salary at levels, when combined with both base salary 
and potential long-term unit-based awards, to develop a total direct compensation structure for the named executive officers which 
is intended to be within approximately 10% of the 25th percentile of our peer group, while placing significant emphasis on the 
achievement of our Distributable Cash Flow goals.

For 2016, the target goal for Distributable Cash Flow was set at the budgeted amount, a level that the board of directors 
believed reflected the reasonable expectations management had for our financial performance during the fiscal year and likely to 
be achieved given actual Distributable Cash Flow achieved for the 2015 fiscal year. The board of directors set the stretch Distributable 
Cash Flow goal at 16% above the budgeted amount, a level which they believed would be attained only with higher levels of 
performance relative to the reasonable expectations management had for our financial performance and therefore not likely to be 
achieved. The minimum goal was set at approximately 16% below the budgeted amount. Please read “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 2016 Update,” for a discussion of the factors that impacted our 
results. The following table reflects our historical minimum, target and stretch Distributable Cash Flow goals: 

Fiscal Year
2016 (1)
2015 (1)
2014 (2)

Distributable Cash Flow (In millions)

Actual
$(75.6)
$224.5
$114.1

Minimum Goal
$220.6
$151.1
$79.9

Target Goal
$261.4
$203.1
$110.5

Stretch Goal
$302.3
$255.1
$141.1

(1)  For 2016, actual results exclude a favorable $51.4 million LCM inventory adjustment, include an $18.5 million loss from 

unconsolidated affiliates and exclude bonus expense for calculation purposes.

For 2015, actual results exclude an unfavorable $81.8 million LCM inventory adjustment, include a $37.5 million loss from 
unconsolidated affiliates and exclude bonus expense for calculation purposes.

163

 
 
Table of Contents

(2)  Actual, minimum goal, target goal and stretch goal were based on the combined third and fourth quarters of 2014. Actual 

results exclude bonus expense for calculation purposes.

Compensation Changes for 2017. Upon the recommendation of the compensation committee, the board of directors changed 
the primary measurement of performance for compensation purposes to Adjusted EBITDA. We believe this represents the most 
comprehensive measurement of our financial performance of our assets. The board of directors approved new Adjusted EBITDA 
targets for the 2017 fiscal year based on budgets prepared by management. We do not disclose our confidential 2017 targets, which, 
if disclosed, would put us at a competitive disadvantage. However, we believe that the targets set for the 2017 year will be difficult 
to achieve and that there is no guarantee that our named executive officers will receive an award related to the 2017 year.  The 
2017 targets and actual results will be fully discussed within our compensation disclosures for the 2017 year.

For further description of this compensation program, please see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table 

and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Cash Incentive Plan.”

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

Design. The compensation committee allows for the participation of the executive officers in the Calumet Specialty Products 
Partners, L.P. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to encourage the officers to save for 
retirement and to assist us in retaining our officers. The Deferred Compensation Plan is intended to promote retention by giving 
employees an opportunity to save in a tax-efficient manner. The terms governing the retirement benefit under this plan for the 
executive officers are the same as those available for other eligible employees in the U.S. Pursuant to the Deferred Compensation 
Plan, a select group of management, including the named executive officers, and all of the non-employee directors are eligible to 
participate by making an annual irrevocable election to defer, in the case of management, all or a portion of their annual cash 
incentive award under the Cash Incentive Plan, and, in the case of non-management directors, all or none of their annual cash 
retainer. The deferred amounts are credited to participants’ accounts in the form of phantom units, with each such phantom unit 
representing a notional unit that entitles the holder to receive either an actual common unit or the cash value of a common unit 
(determined by using the fair market value of a common unit at the time a determination is needed). The phantom units credited 
to each participant’s account also receive distribution equivalent rights (“DERs”), which are credited to the participant’s account 
in the form of additional phantom units. In our sole discretion, we may make matching contributions of phantom units or purely 
discretionary contributions of phantom units, in amounts and at times as the compensation committee recommends and the board 
of directors approves. 

Results. On May 20, 2016, we made discretionary matching contributions of phantom units to the accounts of those participants 
in the Deferred Compensation Plan, including certain of the named executive officers who elected to defer all or a portion of their 
annual cash incentive award related to the 2015 fiscal year. These contributions, which were subject to continued service vesting 
requirements, were made as a reward for prior service and future efforts toward our success and growth, as well as an incentive 
for continued participation through elective deferrals into the Deferred Compensation Plan. Please see “Nonqualified Deferred 
Compensation” for a more detailed disclosure of the value of contributions into this plan, vesting terms, as well as the DERs 
associated with such contributions. The 2016 matching contributions of phantom units are also reported under the “Unit Awards” 
column of the Summary Compensation Table below. 

Long-Term Unit-Based Awards

Design. Long-term unit-based awards may consist of any type of award allowed pursuant to our Long-Term Incentive Plan, 
including phantom units, restricted units, unit options, substitution awards and DERs. These awards are granted to employees, 
consultants and directors of our general partner under the provisions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, originally 
adopted  on  January 24,  2006,  and  administered  by  the  compensation  committee. These  awards  aid  Calumet  in  retaining  and 
motivating executives to assist us in meeting our financial performance objectives.

In fiscal year 2016, the annual unit award opportunity to named executive officers consisted of the contingent right to receive 
phantom units. Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, phantom units are granted only upon our achievement of specified levels of 
Distributable Cash Flow. When granted, phantom units are subject to further time-based vesting criteria specified in the grant. 
Upon satisfaction of the time-based vesting criteria specified in the grant, phantom units convert into common units (or cash 
equivalent). Accordingly, these awards established a direct link between executive compensation and our financial performance. 
This component of executive compensation, when coupled with an extended ratable vesting period as compared to cash awards, 
further  aligns  the  interests  of  executives  with  our  unitholders  in  the  longer-term  and  reinforces  unit  ownership  levels  among 
executives.

164

Table of Contents

Results. The following tables provide the annual unit award opportunity for each named executive officer under our annual 
equity award program, as well as the special arrangement that we had with Mr. Go with respect to the 2016 year. Our general 
objective when determining the size of the phantom unit awards is to provide our named executive officers with long-term incentive 
opportunities targeted within approximately 10% of the 25th percentile of peer practices for long-term equity-based awards for 
similarly situated executive officers. The following tables reflect the dollar value of phantom units or the number of phantom units 
that would be awarded to our named executive officers depending on whether we achieved the Distributable Cash Flow minimum, 
target or stretch goals discussed above in “Short-Term Cash Awards” as well as the actual dollar value or number of phantom units 
earned in 2016, which would have been be awarded in the first quarter of 2017:

2016 Dollar Value of Phantom Unit Award
Opportunity

Below
Minimum (1)

Minimum

Target

Stretch

Dollar Value of
Phantom Units
Earned

Timothy Go

$

625,000

$

937,500

$

1,250,000

$

1,875,000

$

625,000

(1)  With respect to Mr. Go, we entered into an arrangement with him in connection with his entry into our employment that he 
would receive a grant of phantom units equal to 125% of his base salary for the 2016 year. This award was granted to Mr. 
Go on December 31, 2016.

F. William Grube
R. Patrick Murray, II, Bruce Fleming and William
A. Anderson

2016 Phantom Unit Award
Opportunity

Minimum

Target

Stretch

10,800

7,200

21,600

14,400

32,400

21,600

Phantom Units
Earned

—

—

Other than to Mr. Go, we did not grant annual phantom unit awards from the Long-Term Incentive Plan during the 2016 
year due to our performance results for the year. Phantom units granted pursuant to our annual awards, if any, would have been 
subject to a time-vesting requirement, whereby 25% of the units would vest immediately at grant and the remainder would vest 
ratably over three years on each December 31. These phantom units would have also received DERs, which would be paid in the 
form of cash.

In connection with his entry into employment with us, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Fleming to match certain 
purchases of our common units that he made during the 2016 year.  We agreed to match Mr. Fleming’s purchases on a dollar for 
dollar basis up to an amount of $750,000, although the matching phantom units contained the same general vesting schedule and 
DER terms as the phantom units that we would grant pursuant to our annual equity compensation program described above.  This 
matching phantom unit arrangement was in effect solely with respect to the 2016 year, and the matching phantom units that we 
granted  to  Mr.  Fleming  under  the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  are  reported  within  the  “Unit Awards”  column  of  the  Summary 
Compensation Table below.

For further description of this compensation program, please see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table 

and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Health and Welfare Benefits

We offer a variety of health and welfare benefits to all eligible employees of our general partner. These benefits are consistent 
with the types of benefits provided by our peer group and provided so as to ensure that we are able to maintain a competitive 
position in terms of attracting and retaining executive officers and other employees. In addition, the health and welfare programs 
are intended to protect employees against catastrophic loss and encourage a healthy lifestyle. The named executive officers generally 
are eligible for the same benefit programs on the same basis as the rest of our employees. Our health and welfare programs include 
medical, pharmacy, dental, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance coverages. In addition, all employees working 
over 30 hours per week are eligible for long-term disability coverage. Long-term disability coverage benefits specific to the named 
executive officers provide for a compensation allowance, which is grossed up for the payment of taxes, to allow them to purchase 
long-term disability coverage on an after-tax basis at no net cost to them. As structured, these long-term disability benefits will 
pay 60% of monthly earnings, as defined by the policy, up to a maximum of $15,000 per month during a period of continuing 
disability up to normal retirement age, as defined by the policy. Executive officers and other key employees are also eligible to 
obtain annual executive physical examinations which are paid for by us. Decisions made with respect to this compensation element 
do not significantly factor into or affect decisions made with respect to other compensation elements.

165

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Retirement Benefits

We provide the Calumet GP, LLC Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) to assist our eligible officers and employees 
in providing for their retirement. Named executive officers participate in the same retirement savings plan as other eligible employees 
subject to ERISA limits. We match 100% of each 1% of eligible compensation contribution by the participant up to 4% and 50% 
of  each  additional  1%  of  eligible  compensation  contribution  up  to  6%,  for  a  maximum  contribution  by  us  of  5%  of  eligible 
compensation contributions per participant. These contributions are provided as a reward for prior contributions and future efforts 
toward our success and growth.

Perquisites

We provide executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and consistent with 
our overall compensation programs and philosophy. These benefits are provided in order to enable us to attract and retain these 
executives. Decisions made with respect to this compensation element do not significantly factor into or affect decisions made 
with respect to other compensation elements.

All  named  executive  officers  are  provided  with  all,  or  certain  of,  the  following  benefits  as  a  supplement  to  their  other 

compensation:

•  Executive Physical Program: Generally on an annual basis, we pay for a complete and professional personal physical 

exam for each named executive officer appropriate for his age to improve his health and productivity.

•  Club Memberships: We pay club membership fees for a certain named executive officer. Although such club memberships 
may be used for personal purposes in addition to business entertainment purposes, each named executive officer having 
such a membership is responsible for the reimbursement to us or direct payment for any incremental costs above the base 
membership fees associated with his personal use of such membership.

•  Spousal and Family Travel: On an occasional basis, we pay expenses related to travel of the spouses or certain family 
members of our named executive officers in order to accompany the named executive officer to business-related events.

•  Long-Term Disability Insurance: We provide compensation to allow each named executive officer to purchase long-term 

disability insurance on an after-tax basis at no net cost to him.

•  Legal Expenses: On an occasional basis, we pay legal expenses related to the negotiation of employment agreements for 

our named executive officers.

•  Use of Company Aircraft: On an occasional basis, our named executive officers may be eligible to use a leased aircraft 
for personal use and the incremental cost to us is treated as and reflected in the tables below as compensation to the 
applicable officer for purposes of these disclosures. The items that we use to determine the incremental cost to us of these 
flights include the variable costs for personal use of aircraft that were charged to us by the vendor that operates the leased 
aircraft for contracted hourly costs, fuel charges, and taxes. 

•  Commuting and Living Expenses: In order for us to attract top executive talent, we must not be limited to those individuals 
residing in the Indianapolis metropolitan area and in some cases must be willing to offer payment or reimbursement for 
an agreed upon amount of relocation, commuting, temporary housing and other related costs.

The compensation committee periodically reviews the perquisite program to determine if adjustments are appropriate and 

noted the addition of payment of legal expenses was appropriate.

166

Table of Contents

Other Compensation Related Matters

Clawback Policy

The Long-Term Incentive Plan was last amended and restated on December 10, 2015. This amendment included a new 
provision that addresses the potential need to recover awards granted under that plan. To the extent that applicable laws or listing 
standards would require it, or otherwise as determined appropriate by us, all awards granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
shall be subject to clawback, forfeiture, repurchase or recoupment, as appropriate.

Tax Implications of Executive Compensation

Because we are not an entity taxable as a corporation, many of the tax issues associated with executive compensation that 
face publicly-traded corporations do not directly affect us. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”) provides that 
amounts deferred under nonqualified deferred compensation plans are includible in a participant’s income when vested, unless 
certain requirements are met. If these requirements are not met, participants are also subject to an additional income tax and interest. 
All of our awards under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, severance arrangements and other nonqualified deferred compensation 
plans presently meet these requirements. As a result, employees will be taxed when the deferred compensation is actually paid to 
them. We will be entitled to a tax deduction at that time.

Executive Ownership of Units

While we have not adopted any security ownership requirements or policies for our executives, our executive compensation 
programs foster the enhancement of executives’ equity ownership through long-term unit-based awards under the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. Further, in 2006 several executives purchased a significant number of our common units as participants in a directed 
unit program in conjunction with our initial public offering. For a listing of security ownership by our named executive officers, 
refer to Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters.”

The board of directors of our general partner has adopted the Insider Trading Policy of Calumet GP, LLC and Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “Insider Trading Policy”), which provides guidelines to employees, officers and directors 
with respect to transactions in our securities. Pursuant to Calumet’s Insider Trading Policy, all executive officers and directors 
must confer with our chief financial officer before effecting any put or call options for our securities. Further, the Insider Trading 
Policy states that we strongly discourage all such transactions by officers, directors and all other employees and consultants. The 
Insider Trading Policy is available on our website at www.calumetspecialty.com or a copy will be provided at no cost to unitholders 
upon their written request to: Investor Relations, Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, 
Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214.

Employment Agreements 

Our general partner has entered into employment agreements with Timothy Go, chief executive officer, F. William Grube, 
executive vice chairman, and R. Patrick Murray, II, vice president, chief accounting officer and assistant secretary, to ensure they 
will perform their roles for an extended period of time given their position and value to us. For a discussion of the material terms 
of the employment agreements, please refer to “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based 
Awards Table — Description of Employment Agreements.”

Under these employment agreements, the named executive officers are entitled to receive severance compensation if their 
employment is terminated under certain conditions, such as termination by the named executive officer for “good reason” or by 
us without “cause,” each as defined in the agreements and further described in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change 
in Control.”

The employment agreements with the named executive officers and the related severance provisions are designed to meet 

the following objectives:

•  Change in Control: In certain scenarios, the potential for merger or being acquired may be in the best interests of our 
unitholders. We provide the potential for severance compensation to the named executive officers in the event of a change 
in control transaction to promote their ability to act in the best interests of our unitholders even though their employment 
could be terminated as a result of the transaction.

• 

Termination  without  Cause: We  believe  severance  compensation  in  such  a  scenario  is  appropriate  because  the  named 
executive officers are bound by confidentiality, nonsolicitation and noncompetition provisions covering one year after 
termination and because we and the named executive officer have mutually agreed to a severance package that is in place 
prior to any termination event. This provides us with more flexibility to make a change in this executive position if such 
a change is in our and our unitholders’ best interests.

The salary multiple of the change of control benefits, use of the single or double trigger change of control benefits and the 
amount of the severance payout were determined through negotiations with each named executive officer at the time that we 

167

Table of Contents

entered into the employment agreements. Relative to the overall value to us, the compensation committee believes these potential 
benefits are reasonable.

Report of the Compensation Committee for the Year Ended December 31, 2016 

The compensation committee of our general partner has reviewed and discussed our Compensation Discussion and Analysis 
with management. Based upon such review, the related discussion with management and such other matters deemed relevant and 
appropriate by the compensation committee, the compensation committee has recommended to the board of directors that our 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Members of the Compensation Committee:

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., Chairman

F. William Grube

George C. Morris, III

Stephen P. Mawer

168

Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  compensation  information  of  our  named  executive  officers  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

Summary Compensation Table for 2016

Year

Salary

Bonus (4)

Unit Awards (5)

500,000

$ 250,000

$

625,000

Name and Principal Position
Timothy Go (1)
Chief Executive Officer
F. William Grube
Executive Vice Chairman

R. Patrick Murray, II (2)
Vice President, Chief Accounting 
Officer and Assistant Secretary 
and Former Executive Vice 
President, Chief Financial 
Officer and Secretary
Bruce A. Fleming (3)
Executive Vice President - 
Strategy & Growth

William A. Anderson
Executive Vice President - Sales

2016

2016

2015

2014

2016

2015

2014

2016

2016

2015

2014

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

454,363

454,363

441,129

353,067

339,488

329,600

280,021

325,130

312,626

279,130

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation (6)

All Other 
Compensation (7)

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

— $

641,351

302,184

$

$

95,815

$ 1,470,815

20,200

$

494,444

70,323

$ 1,740,290

89,918

$ 1,227,131

— $

20,987

$

399,322

431,280

165,769

$

$

47,865

$ 1,241,705

87,200

$

852,384

— $

— $

— $

19,881

574,253

393,900

— $

25,268

— $

423,072

— $

269,815

— $

749,947

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

338,400

— $

217,584

$

$

441,284

155,984

$

$

54,600

$ 1,084,568

21,416

$

346,546

60,633

$ 1,152,943

79,048

$

731,746

(1)  Mr. Go’s employment with us commenced September 2015. He was appointed chief executive officer effective January 1, 

2016, and was not a named executive officer prior to 2016.

(2)  Mr. Murray was appointed vice president, chief accounting officer and assistant secretary effective January 5, 2017.

(3)  Mr. Fleming’s employment with us commenced March 21, 2016.

(4)  Mr. Go received a signing bonus of $250,000 per his employment agreement. 

(5)  The amounts include the aggregate grant date fair value of (i) discretionary matching phantom unit awards granted during 
the 2016 fiscal year related to the 2015 fiscal year, (ii) DERs granted in the form of phantom units with respect to phantom 
units credited to the Deferred Compensation Plan accounts, (iii) a discretionary matching phantom unit award granted to Mr. 
Fleming equal to his common unit purchases in 2016, and (iv) an award to Mr. Go as a result of his continued service in 
2016 in accordance with his employment agreement. The amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in 
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending 
December 31, 2016 for a discussion of the assumptions used to determine the FASB ASC Topic 718 value of the awards.

(6)  Represents  amounts  earned  under  our  Cash  Incentive  Plan  in  years  prior  to  2016  and  not  deferred  into  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan. Please read “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Executive Compensation — Short-
Term Cash Awards” for further details.

169

 
Table of Contents

(7)  The following table provides the aggregate “All Other Compensation” information for each of the named executive officers, 
except that it excludes perquisites or other personal benefits received in 2016, as such amounts for these named executive 
officers were less than $10,000 in aggregate:

Timothy Go

F. William 
Grube

R. Patrick 
Murray, II

Bruce A. 
Fleming

William A. 
Anderson

401(k) Plan Matching Contributions

$

12,093

$

7,950

$

12,208

$

12,750

$

14,060

68,199

1,463

11,097

—

1,153

7,398

—

1,381

—

40,785

1,065

$

95,815

$

20,200

$

20,987

$

54,600

$

12,750

7,398

—

1,268

21,416

DERs
Relocation Expenses (1)

Term Life Insurance

Total

(1) 

Includes a tax gross-up for Mr. Go and Mr. Fleming of $2,828 and $9,030, respectively. 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 

2016:

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Name
Timothy Go

Grant Date

Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
Target
($)

Minimum
($)

Maximum
($)

Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (2)
Target
($,#)

Minimum
($,#)

Maximum
($,#)

$ 250,000

$ 500,000

$1,000,000

$ 937,500

$1,250,000

$1,875,000

F. William Grube

$ 227,182

$ 454,363

$ 908,726

12/31/2016

R. Patrick Murray, II

$ 176,534

$ 353,067

$ 706,134

1/19/2016

1/19/2016

5/20/2016

Bruce A. Fleming

$ 140,011

$ 280,021

$ 560,042

10,800

21,600

32,400

7,200

14,400

21,600

All Other
Unit
Awards:
Number 
of
Units (3) 
(#)

Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Unit
Awards 
($)

30,384

$625,000

1,296

$ 19,881

606

$ 9,296

4,400

$ 15,972

12/30/2016

143,039

$749,947

7,200

14,400

21,600

William A. Anderson

$ 162,565

$ 325,130

$ 650,260

7,200

14,400

21,600

(1)  Estimated possible payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards represent the ranges of potential cash incentive awards 
granted under our Cash Incentive Plan related to fiscal year 2016 for each named executive officer, although we did not pay 
these awards for the 2016 year. For a description of this plan and available awards please read “Narrative Disclosure to 
Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Cash Incentive Plan.”

(2)  Estimated possible payouts under equity incentive plan awards represent the ranges of potential unit based awards that could 
have been earned under the 2016 Phantom Unit Program as part of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, although we did not pay 
these awards for the 2016 year.  For a description of this plan and available awards under the 2016 Phantom Unit Program 

170

 
Table of Contents

please read “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description 
of Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

(3)  All other unit awards represent (i) discretionary matching contributions made by us in fiscal year 2016, if any, in connection 
with  the  named  executive  officer’s  deferral  of  a  portion  of  his  2015  cash  incentive  award  under  our  Cash  Incentive 
Compensation Plan into the Calumet Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, (ii) DERs credited in the form of phantom 
units earned on discretionary phantom unit grants, deferred cash incentive awards and discretionary matches on such deferred 
cash incentive awards, (iii) a discretionary matching phantom unit award granted to Mr. Fleming equal to his common unit 
purchases and (iv) a grant to Mr. Go pursuant to his employment agreement. See “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” 
for additional discussion of this plan.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Description of Cash Incentive Plan

Annual Distributable Cash Flow goals are recommended by the compensation committee to the board of directors and are 
based upon our annual forecast of financial performance for the upcoming fiscal year, and such goals are reviewed and approved 
by the board of directors. Three increasing Distributable Cash Flow goals are established to calculate awards under the Cash 
Incentive Plan: minimum, target and stretch. Under the Cash Incentive Plan, if our actual performance meets at least the minimum 
Distributable Cash Flow goal for the fiscal year, executives and certain other management employees may receive incentive awards 
ranging from 20% to 50% of base salary, depending on the employee’s position with the general partner. If financial performance 
exceeds the minimum Distributable Cash Flow goal, the cash incentive award paid as a percentage of base salary may be larger, 
ultimately reaching an upper range of 60% to 200% of base salary, if Distributable Cash Flow for the fiscal year reaches the stretch 
goal. Cash incentive awards are prorated if actual performance falls between the defined minimum and stretch cash flow goals. If 
Distributable Cash Flow falls below the minimum goal, no cash incentive awards are paid under the Cash Incentive Plan. The 
compensation committee can recommend to the full board of directors, however, that cash awards be given notwithstanding the 
fact that we failed to achieve at least the minimum Distributable Cash Flow goal. Awards earned, if any, under this plan are generally 
paid in the first quarter of the following fiscal year after finalizing the calculation of our performance relative to the Distributable 
Cash Flow targets. The following table summarizes the levels of awards available to participants in the Cash Incentive Plan:

Incentive Level (1)
1
2
3
4

Cash Incentive Award
Calculated as a Percentage of Base Salary

Minimum    

Target    

Stretch    

50%
50%
20%
20%

100%
100%
40%
40%

200%
150%
80%
60%

(1)  Messrs. Go, Grube, Murray, Fleming and Anderson participate in the Cash Incentive Plan at Incentive Level 1.

Participants in the Cash Incentive Plan are eligible to defer all or a portion of their award, if any, under the Cash Incentive 
Plan into the Deferred Compensation Plan, which was adopted by the board of directors on December 18, 2008 and effective as 
of January 1, 2009. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Elements of Executive Compensation — Executive Deferred 
Compensation Plan” for additional discussion of this plan.

Description of Long-Term Incentive Plan

Following is a summary of the Long-Term Incentive Plan and the material terms related to phantom units that we may grant 

pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan:

General. The Long-Term Incentive Plan provides for the grant of restricted units, phantom units, unit options and substitute 
awards and, with respect to unit options and phantom units, the grant of DERs. Subject to adjustment for certain events, an aggregate 
of 3,883,960 common units may be delivered pursuant to awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Units withheld to satisfy 
our general partner’s tax withholding obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards. Our general partner’s board 
of directors, in its discretion, may terminate the Long-Term Incentive Plan at any time with respect to the common units for which 
a  grant  has  not  theretofore  been  made.  The  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  will  automatically  terminate  on  the  earlier  of  the 
10th anniversary of the date it was approved by the board of directors of our general partner or when common units are no longer 
available for delivery pursuant to awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our general partner’s board of directors has the 
right to alter or amend the Long-Term Incentive Plan or any part of it from time to time and the compensation committee may 
amend any award; provided, however, that no change in any outstanding award may be made that would materially impair the 

171

 
Table of Contents

rights of the participant without the consent of the affected participant. Subject to unitholder approval, if required by the rules of 
the principal national securities exchange upon which the common units are traded, the board of directors of our general partner 
may increase the number of common units that may be delivered with respect to awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Phantom Units. During 2016, although we did not grant phantom unit awards pursuant to our annual equity program, we 
granted phantom units pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan in connection with other compensation arrangements. A phantom 
unit is a notional unit that entitles the grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the discretion 
of the compensation committee, cash equal to the fair market value of a common unit. The compensation committee may make 
grants of phantom units under the Long-Term Incentive Plan to eligible individuals containing such terms, consistent with the 
Long-Term Incentive Plan, as the compensation committee may determine, including the period over which phantom units granted 
will vest. The compensation committee may, in its discretion, base vesting on the grantee’s completion of a period of service or 
upon the achievement of specified financial objectives or other criteria. In addition, the phantom units will vest automatically upon 
a change of control (as defined in the Long-Term Incentive Plan) of us or our general partner, subject to any contrary provisions 
in the award agreement.

If a grantee’s employment, consulting or membership on the board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantee’s 
phantom units will be automatically forfeited unless, and to the extent, the grant agreement or the compensation committee provides 
otherwise. Common units to be delivered with respect to these awards may be common units acquired by our general partner in 
the open market, common units already owned by our general partner, common units acquired by our general partner directly from 
us or any other person or any combination of the foregoing. Our general partner is entitled to reimbursement by us for the cost 
incurred in acquiring common units. If we issue new common units with respect to these awards, the total number of common 
units outstanding will increase. Any outstanding restricted unit or phantom unit awards fully vest upon the occurrence of certain 
events including, but not limited to, change of control, death, disability and normal retirement.

DERs are rights that entitle the grantee to receive, with respect to a phantom unit, cash equal to the cash distributions made 
by us on a common unit. The compensation committee, in its discretion, may grant tandem DERs with phantom units on such 
terms as it deems appropriate.

Participants do not pay any consideration for the common units they receive with respect to these types of awards, and neither 

we nor our general partner will receive remuneration for the units delivered with respect to these awards.

2016 Phantom Unit Program. In addition to the features described above, potential awards under our 2016 Phantom Unit 
Program ranged from 1,800 to 10,800 phantom units for achievement of the minimum Distributable Cash Flow goal, 3,600 to 
21,600 phantom units for achievement of the target Distributable Cash Flow goal and from 5,400 to 32,400 phantom units for 
achievement of the stretch Distributable Cash Flow goal. Awards are not prorated for actual Distributable Cash Flow that is achieved 
between the minimum, target and stretch levels. Phantom units that would have been granted under this program would be subject 
to a time-vesting requirement, whereby 25% of the units would vest immediately at grant and the remainder would vest ratably 
over three years on each December 31st. At the election of the general partner, phantom unit awards may be settled in either cash 
or common units. Phantom units also receive DERs, which are paid in the form of cash.

The following table summarizes the levels of phantom unit awards that were available to Mr. Go pursuant to the special 
arrangement discussed above (See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis - Elements of Executive Compensation - Long-Term 
Unit-Based Awards”): 

Timothy Go

$

625,000

$

937,500

$

1,250,000

$

1,875,000

2016 Dollar Value of Phantom Unit Award
Opportunity

Below

Minimum

Minimum

Target

Stretch

172

 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the levels of phantom unit awards that would have been available to participants (excluding 

Mr. Go) in the 2016 program: 

Incentive Level (1)
1
2
3
4
5

Phantom Unit Award
Opportunity

Minimum

Target

Stretch

10,800
7,200
5,400
3,600
1,800

21,600
14,400
10,800
7,200
3,600

32,400
21,600
16,200
10,800
5,400

(1)  Mr. Grube is the only named executive officer who was eligible for a long-term unit-based award under Incentive Level 1. 
Messrs. Murray, Fleming and Anderson were the only employees and named executive officers who were eligible for a long-
term unit-based award under Incentive Level 2. 

Description of Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement with Timothy Go, Chief Executive Officer: Our general partner has an employment agreement with 
Mr. Go dated as of September 14, 2015 (“Go Effective Date”). The initial term of his employment agreement is three years and 
will expire on September 14, 2018, but the agreement provides for automatic extensions of an additional twelve months beginning 
on the third anniversary of the Go Effective Date, and on every anniversary of the Go Effective Date thereafter, unless either party 
notifies the other of non-extension at least 180 days prior to any such anniversary date. 

The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $500,000, subject to various adjustments by the board of directors 
of our general partner that have been made following the Go Effective Date, as well as a signing bonus, the right to participate in 
the Long-Term Incentive Plan, other bonus plans, our retirement, health and welfare benefit plans, and the use of an automobile. 
Mr. Go’s employment agreement may be terminated at any time by either party with proper notice. The potential severance benefits 
provided within the employment agreement are described in greater detail in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change 
in Control” section below. For the term of his employment agreement and for the one-year period following the termination of 
employment, Mr. Go is prohibited from engaging in competition (as defined in his employment agreement) with us and soliciting 
our customers and employees.

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with F. William Grube, Executive Vice Chairman. Our general partner has 
an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Grube dated as of December 31, 2015 (the “Grube Effective Date”). 
The initial term of the amended agreement is five years and will expire on December 31, 2020 (the “Employment Period”), but 
the agreement provides for automatic extensions of an additional twelve months added to the Employment Period beginning on 
the third anniversary of the Grube Effective Date, and on every anniversary of the Grube Effective Date thereafter, unless either 
party notifies the other of non-extension at least ninety days prior to any such anniversary date.

The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of approximately $454,363, subject to various adjustments by the 
board of directors of our general partner that have been made following the Grube Effective Date, as well as the right to participate 
in the Long-Term Incentive Plan, other bonus plans, our retirement, health and welfare benefit plans, and the use of an automobile. 
Mr. Grube’s employment agreement may be terminated at any time by either party with proper notice. The potential severance 
benefits provided within the employment agreement are described in greater detail in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination 
or  Change  in  Control”  section  below.  For  the  term  of  the  employment  agreement  and  for  the  one-year  period  following  the 
termination of employment, Mr. Grube is prohibited from engaging in competition (as defined in the employment agreement) with 
us and soliciting our customers and employees.

Employment Agreement with R. Patrick Murray, II, Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary. Our 
general partner has an employment agreement with Mr. Murray dated as of May 7, 2014, (the “Murray Effective Date”). The initial 
term of his employment agreement is three years and will expire on May  7, 2017, but the agreement provides for automatic 
extensions of an additional twelve months beginning on the third anniversary of the Murray Effective Date, and on every anniversary 
of the Murray Effective Date thereafter, unless either party notifies the other of non-extension at least 180 days prior to any such 
anniversary date.

The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of approximately $329,600, subject to various annual adjustments 
by the board of directors of our general partner that have been made following the Murray Effective Date, as well as the right to 
participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan, other bonus plans, our retirement, health and welfare benefit plans, and the use of an 
automobile. Mr. Murray’s employment agreement may be terminated at any time by either party with proper notice. The potential 

173

 
 
Table of Contents

severance benefits provided within the employment agreement are described in greater detail in the “Potential Payments Upon 
Termination or Change in Control” section below. For the term of his employment agreement and for the one-year period following 
the termination of employment, Mr. Murray is prohibited from engaging in competition (as defined in his employment agreement) 
with us and soliciting our customers and employees.

We do not maintain employment agreements with Messrs. Fleming or Anderson.

Salary in Proportion to Total Compensation

The following table sets forth the percentage of each named executive officer’s total compensation that we paid in the form 

of salary for 2016.

Name
Timothy Go
F. William Grube
R. Patrick Murray, II
Bruce A. Fleming

William A. Anderson

Salary Percentage for 2016 

Percentage of
Total
Compensation
51%
92%
88%
26%

94%

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Our named executive officers had the following outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2016.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2016 

Name
Timothy Go
F. William Grube
R. Patrick Murray, II
Bruce A. Fleming
William A. Anderson

Unit Awards

Number of Units
That Have Not
Vested (1)

Market Value of
Units That Have Not
Vested (2)

50,974
13,500
13,768
107,279
9,000

$
$
$
$
$

203,896
54,000
55,072
429,116
36,000

(1)  These units are scheduled to vest in amounts and on the dates shown in the following table:

Vesting Date

Timothy
Go

F. William
Grube

R. Patrick
Murray, II

Bruce A.
Fleming

William A.
 Anderson

July 1, 2017

September 14, 2017

December 31, 2017

July 1, 2018

December 31, 2018

July 1, 2019

December 31, 2019

July 1, 2020

—

20,526

11,426

—

11,426

—

7,596

—

50,974

—

—

8,100

—

5,400

—

—

—

13,500

1,329

—

5,400

1,170

3,600

1,169

—

1,100

13,768

—

—

35,760

—

35,760

—

35,759

—

107,279

—

—

5,400

—

3,600

—

—

—

9,000

(2)  Market value of phantom units reported in these columns is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of $4.00 of 
our common units at December 30, 2016 (the last trading day of the fiscal year), by the number of units outstanding.

174

 
Table of Contents

Options Exercises and Stock Vested

Our  named  executive  officers  exercised  no  options  and  had  a  total  of  275,438  phantom  units  related  to  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan vest during the year ended December 31, 2016. The vested units related to 
the Deferred Compensation Plan will remain in the Deferred Compensation Plan until the earlier of the date specified by each 
participant and the participant’s termination of employment, as further described under “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” 
below.

Unit Awards Vested During Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Name
Timothy Go
F. William Grube
R. Patrick Murray, II
Bruce A. Fleming
William A. Anderson

Unit Awards

Number of Units
Vested

Value Realized
on Vesting (1)

67,576
92,016
74,686
35,760
5,400

$
$
$
$
$

269,062
352,833
280,389
143,040
21,600  

(1)  Market value of phantom units reported in this column is calculated by multiplying the closing market price of our common 

units on the vesting date by the number of units vesting on such date.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The Deferred Compensation Plan became effective as of January 1, 2009. The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded 
arrangement intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary requirements set forth in Title I of the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Our obligations 
under the Deferred Compensation Plan will be general unsecured obligations to pay deferred compensation in the future to eligible 
participants in accordance with the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan from our general assets. The compensation committee 
of our general partner’s board of directors acts as the plan administrator.

Name
F. William Grube
R. Patrick Murray, II

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for 2016

Executive
Contributions
in 2016 (1)

Company
Contributions
in 2016 (2)

Aggregate
Earnings
in 2016 (3)

Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions in 
2016

Aggregate
Balance at End
of 2016 (4)

$
$

— $
— $

— $
— $

19,881
9,296

$
$

— $
— $

144,756
137,716

(1)  No executive contributions were made with respect to the 2016 year.  Executive contributions in 2016 would have represented 
phantom units granted to certain of our named executive officers based on their individual elections to defer all or a portion 
of their cash incentive award under the Cash Incentive Plan related to the 2016 fiscal year into the Deferred Compensation 
Plan. 

(2)  No company contributions were made with respect to the 2016 year. Our contributions in 2016 would have represented 
discretionary matching contributions made in the form of phantom units granted to our named executive officers based on 
their individual elections to defer all or a portion of their cash award under the Cash Incentive Plan related to the 2016 fiscal 
year into the Deferred Compensation Plan.  

(3)  Aggregate earnings in 2016 represent additional phantom units earned through DERs in the applicable named executive 
officer’s Deferred Compensation Plan account on phantom units granted under the executive contribution and the discretionary 
matching contribution in fiscal years 2014, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009. These amounts, which represent the fair value of the 
phantom units earned on the corresponding dates of our distributions to our unitholders in fiscal year 2016, are included as 
compensation in 2016 under “Unit Awards” in the Summary Compensation Table.

(4)  While  the  aggregate  balance  of  each  participant’s  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  account  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  is 
comprised of the phantom units related to the executive and discretionary matching contributions as well as the phantom 
units attributable to aggregate earnings accumulated during the 2016 year, the dollar amount of each participant’s account 
as of December 31, 2016, was determined by multiplying all phantom units deemed to be included in the participant’s account 

175

 
 
Table of Contents

by the closing price of our common units on December 30, 2016 (the last trading day of the fiscal year), which was $4.00. 
The phantom units associated with each executive’s account as of December 31, 2016, were as follows: Mr. Grube, 36,189 
and Mr. Murray, 34,429. Subject to the executive’s continued employment with us, these phantom units will become vested 
over a four year period (except for phantom units associated with executive contributions, which are fully vested at the time 
of cash incentive deferral), but such vesting applies to the number of phantom units credited to the participant’s account, and 
not the value of the account at any given time. The value of the executives’ accounts will fluctuate due to the fact that the 
value of their phantom units will track the value of our common units. Also, please keep in mind that the executives’ accounts 
are not currently fully vested; subject to the forfeiture provisions described below, these amounts do not reflect the payout 
amount that an executive would receive if he voluntarily left our service prior to vesting. The amounts in this column also 
include amounts that were previously reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table during previous years 
as follows: (a) for 2009, Mr. Grube, $113,348; and Mr. Murray, $49,354 (b) for 2010, Mr. Grube, $115,373 (c) for 2011, 
Mr. Grube, $160,800; and Mr. Murray, $52,664 (d) for 2012, Mr. Murray, $58,384 (e) for 2014, Mr. Murray, $18,412 (f) for 
2015, Mr. Murray, $47,920.

The named executive officers, as well as other officers and key employees, participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan 
by making an annual irrevocable election to defer all or a portion of their annual cash incentive award for the year. The deferred 
amounts will be credited to the participants’ accounts in the form of phantom units, and will receive DERs to be credited in the 
form of additional phantom units to the participants’ account. We have the discretion to make matching contributions of phantom 
units or purely discretionary contributions of phantom units, in amounts and at times as the compensation committee determines 
appropriate. For the 2016 year, there were no matching contributions of deferred amounts related to the 2016 fiscal year. Participants 
will at all times be 100% vested in amounts they have deferred; however, amounts we have contributed may be subject to a vesting 
schedule, as determined appropriate by the compensation committee. The participants’ accounts are adjusted at least quarterly to 
determine the fair market value of our phantom units, as well as any DERs that may have been credited in that time period. 
Distributions from the Deferred Compensation Plan are payable on the earlier of the date specified by each participant and the 
participant’s termination of employment. Death, disability, normal retirement or our change of control (as such terms are defined 
within the Long-Term Incentive Plan) require automatic distribution of the Deferred Compensation Plan benefits, and will also 
accelerate at that time the vesting of any portion of a participant’s account that has not already become vested. Benefits will be 
distributed to participants in the form of our common units, cash or a combination of common units and cash at the election of the 
compensation committee. In the event that accounts are paid in common units, such units will be distributed pursuant to the Long-
Term Incentive Plan. Unvested portions of a participant’s account will be forfeited in the event that a distribution was due to a 
participant’s voluntary resignation or a termination for cause. To ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Code, distributions 
to participants that are considered “key employees” (as defined in Code Section 409A of the Code) may be delayed for a period 
of six months following such key employees’ termination of employment with us.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

We provide certain of our named executive officers with certain severance and change in control benefits in order to provide 
them with assurances against certain types of terminations without cause or resulting from change in control transactions where 
the terminations were not based upon cause. This type of protection is intended to provide the executive with a basis for keeping 
focus and functioning in the unitholders’ interests at all times. In addition to the potential acceleration of our equity-based awards 
upon certain events, our employment agreements with Messrs. Go, Grube and Murray contain severance and change in control 
provisions.

In the event that severance payments are triggered under the applicable employment agreement, Messrs. Grube, Go and 
Murray will be eligible to receive payments as soon as administratively possible, though if Code Section 409A would subject them 
to additional taxes upon receipt of the payments, we will delay the payment of these amounts for a period of six months and provide 
for interest to accrue on such delayed amounts at the maximum nonusurious rate from the date of the originally scheduled payment 
date. Messrs. Go, Grube and Murray are also eligible to receive an additional sum from us in the event that any termination 
payments we provide to them is considered “parachute” payments pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended (the “Code”); a parachute payment could occur in connection with a change in control or a termination of employment 
that was also in connection with a change in control, but such a payment would not occur in the event of a termination of Messrs. Go’s, 
Grube’s and Murray’s employment that is not in connection with a change in control. This additional payment, if necessary, would 
equal the amount necessary to place them in the same after-tax position they would have been in absent the additional excise taxes 
imposed by Section 280G of the Code. Lastly, severance potentially payable to the executives under their employment agreements 
is partially provided in consideration for the executive’s agreement not to compete with us or solicit our employees for a period 
of one year following a termination of employment.  

The employment agreements in place as of December 31, 2016, contain the following definitions for each of the possible 

“triggering events” that could result in a termination payment to the below referenced named executive officers:

176

Table of Contents

•  Cause. Mr. Go may be terminated for cause if: (i) Mr. Go is indicted for a felony (or a plea of nolo contendere thereto); 
(ii) Mr. Go’s conduct in connection with his employment duties or responsibilities is fraudulent, unlawful, or grossly 
negligent; (iii) Mr. Go exhibits willful misconduct; (iv) Mr. Go is materially insubordinate or fails to follow the lawful 
instructions or directions from the board of directors or its designee, if such failure is not cured; if curable, by Mr. Go 
after he has been given ten (10) days written notice of such failure; (v) any material breach of the employment agreement 
by Mr. Go occurs, including but not limited to, a breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 10 of the agreement, 
if such breach is not cured, if curable, by Mr. Go after he has been given ten (10) days written notice of such breach; (vi) 
any acts of dishonesty are committed by Mr. Go, resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the 
expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (vii) Mr. Go fails to comply with a material policy of the Company, 
its subsidiaries or affiliates, if such failure is not cured, if curable, by Mr. Go after he has been given ten (10) days written 
notice of such failure.

Mr. Grube may be terminated for cause due to: (i) Mr. Grube’s willful and continuing failure (excluding as a result of his 
mental or physical incapacity) to perform his duties and responsibilities with us; (ii) Mr. Grube’s having committed any 
act of material dishonesty against us or any of our affiliates (including theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, forgery, 
fraud, or willful and intentional falsification of records or misrepresentations); (iii) Mr. Grube’s willful and continuing 
material breach of the employment agreement; (iv) Mr. Grube’s having been convicted of, or having entered a plea of 
nolo contendre to any felony; or (v) Mr. Grube’s having been the subject of any final and non-appealable order, judicial 
or administrative, obtained or issued by the SEC, for any securities violation involving fraud, including, for example, any 
such order consented to by Mr. Grube in which findings of facts or any legal conclusions establishing liability are neither 
admitted nor denied.

Mr. Murray may be terminated for cause if: (i) Mr. Murray materially breaches his employment agreement or any other 
compensatory agreement (including any equity or incentive-based compensation agreement (with any member of the 
Company Group (as defined in his agreement) or any Affiliate (as defined in his agreement) thereof, including his material 
breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made under his agreement, or his material breach of any policy, code 
of conduct or code of ethics established by a member of the Company Group and applicable to him; (ii) Mr. Murray’s 
commission of an act of fraud, theft or embezzlement, in each case having the effect of materially injuring our business 
or interests; (iii) Mr. Murray’s commissions of an act of gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty; 
(iv) the conviction of Mr. Murray, or a plea of nolo contendere by him, to any felony (or state law equivalent) or any 
crime involving moral turpitude; or (v) Mr. Murray’s willful failure or refusal (other than due to executive’s disability) 
to perform his obligations pursuant to his agreement or to follow any lawful directive from us, as determined by the board 
of directors; provided, however, that if his actions or omissions are of such a nature that they may be cured, such actions 
or omissions must remain uncured 30 days after the Company or the board of directors has provided him written notice 
of the obligation to cure such actions or omissions.

•  Change in Control. Messrs. Go’s, Grube’s and Murray’s agreements state that a change in control may occur upon any 

of the following events:

any “person” or “group,” within the meaning of those terms as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Company or its Affiliates, or Fred M. Fehsenfeld Jr. or F. William 
Grube  or  their  respective  immediate  families  or  Affiliates,  becomes  the  beneficial  owner,  by  way  or  merger, 
consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding 
equity interests of the Company;

a person or entity other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company becomes the general partner of the Company; 
or 

the sale or other disposition, including by liquidation or dissolution, of all or substantially all of the assets of the 
Company in one or more transactions to any person other than an Affiliate of the Company.

•  Good Reason. Mr. Go has the right to terminate employment under his employment agreement, upon the occurrence of 
any of the following circumstances, without his prior consent: (i) material diminution in his total compensation opportunity 
in effect on the Go Effective Date; (ii) material breach by us of any of our covenants or obligations under his agreement;  
(iii) material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities or reporting relationship; (iv) the involuntary relocation 
of the geographic location of his principal place of employment by more than 100 miles from the location of his principal 
place of employment as of the Go Effective Date; and (v) following a Change in Control (as defined in the agreement), 
our failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to us to assume and agree to perform this agreement in the same 
manner and to the same extent that we would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such 
assumption occurs by operation of law; provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or any other 
provisions of his agreement to the contrary, any assertion by him of a termination for Good Reason (as defined in his 
agreement) shall not be effective unless all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the conditions described above 

177

Table of Contents

giving rise to his termination of employment must have arisen without his consent; (ii) he must provide written notice to 
the board of directors of the existence of such condition(s) within 30 days of the initial existence of such condition(s); 
(iii) the condition(s) specified in such notice must remain uncorrected for 30 days following the board of directors’ receipt 
of such written notice; and (iv) the date of his termination of employment must occur within 90 days after the initial 
existence of the condition(s) specified in such notice.

Good  reason  under  Mr.  Grube’s  employment  agreement  includes:  (i) any  material  breach  by  us  of  the  employment 
agreement; (ii) any requirement by us that Mr. Grube relocate outside of the metropolitan Indianapolis, Indiana area; 
(iii) failure of any successor to assume the employment agreement not later than the date as of which it acquires substantially 
all of the equity, assets or business of us; (iv) any material reduction in Mr. Grube’s title, authority, responsibilities, or 
duties (including a change that causes him to cease being a member of the board of directors or reporting directly and 
solely to the board of directors); or (v) the assignment of Mr. Grube any duties materially inconsistent with his duties as 
our executive vice chairman.

Mr. Murray has the right to terminate employment under his employment agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the 
following good reason events, within 60 days of, and in connection with or based upon, without his prior consent: (i) 
material diminution in his total compensation opportunity in effect on the Murray Effective Date; (ii) material breach by 
us  of  any  of  our  covenants  or  obligations  under  his  agreement;    (iii)  material  reduction  in  his  authority,  duties  or 
responsibilities or reporting relationships; (iv) the involuntary relocation of the geographic location of his principal place 
of employment by more than 30 miles from the location of his principal place of employment as of the Murray Effective 
Date; and (v) following a Change in Control (as defined in the agreement), our failure to obtain an agreement from any 
successor to us to assume and agree to perform this agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that we would 
be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law; 
provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or any other provisions of his agreement to the contrary, 
any assertion by him of a termination for Good Reason (as defined in his agreement) shall not be effective unless all of 
the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the conditions described above giving rise to his termination of employment 
must have arisen without his consent; (ii) he must provide written notice to the board of directors of the existence of such 
condition(s) within 30 days of the initial existence of such condition(s); (iii) the condition(s) specified in such notice must 
remain uncorrected for 30 days following the board of directors’ receipt of such written notice; and (iv) the date of his 
termination of employment must occur within 60 days after the initial existence of the condition(s) specified in such 
notice.

•  Totally Disabled. Under Mr. Go’s employment agreement, we have the right to terminate his employment if he is unable 
to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of his position as a result of a physical or 
mental injury or illness for a period of (i) 90 consecutive days or (ii) 180 days in any one year period.

Mr. Grube’s employment agreement states that if he is unable to perform his duties under his employment agreement by 
reason of mental or physical incapacity for 90 consecutive calendar days during the Employment Period we have the 
right to terminate his employment; provided that we will not have the right to terminate his employment for disability if 
(i) in the written opinion of a qualified physician reasonably acceptable to us is delivered to us within 30 days of our 
delivery to Mr. Grube of a notice of termination (as defined in the employment agreement), it is reasonably likely that 
Mr. Grube will be able to resume his duties on a regular basis within 90 days of the notice of termination and (ii) Mr. Grube 
does resume such duties within such time.

Under Mr. Murray’s employment agreement we have the right to terminate his employment if he is unable to perform, 
with reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of his position by reason of any medically determinable physical 
or mental impairment or other incapacity that can be reasonably expected to result in death or can be reasonably expected 
to last for a period in excess of 180 days, whether or not consecutive.

178

Table of Contents

Change of Control Pursuant to Long-Term Incentive Plan

Unless specifically provided otherwise in the named executive officers’ individual award agreement, upon a Change of 
Control all outstanding awards granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan prior to December 10, 2015 (the date of the last 
amendment and restatement of the Long-Term Incentive Plan) shall automatically vest and be payable at their maximum target 
level or become exercisable in full, as the case may be, or any restricted periods connected to the award shall terminate and all 
performance criteria, if any, shall be deemed to have been achieved at the maximum level. We provided these “single-trigger” 
change of control benefits because we believed such benefits were important retention tools for us, as providing for accelerated 
vesting of awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan upon a Change of Control enables employees, including the named executive 
officers, to realize value from these awards in the event that we go through a change of control transaction. In addition, we believed 
that it was important to provide the named executive officers with a sense of stability, both in the middle of transactions that may 
create uncertainty regarding their future employment and post-termination as they seek future employment. Whether or not a 
change of control results in a termination of our officers’ employment with us or a successor entity, we wanted to provide our 
officers with certain guarantees regarding the importance of equity incentive compensation awards they were granted prior to that 
change of control. Further, we believe that change of control protection allows management to focus their attention and energy on 
the business transaction at hand without any distractions regarding the effects of a change of control. Also, we believe that such 
protection maximizes unitholder value by encouraging the named executive officers to review objectively any proposed transaction 
in determining whether such proposed transaction is in the best interest of our unitholders, whether or not the executive will 
continue to be employed.

For purposes of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon one or more of 
the following events: (i) any person or group, other than a person or group who is our affiliate, becomes the beneficial owner, by 
way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of 
our outstanding equity interests; (ii) a person or group, other than our general partner or one of our general partner’s affiliates, 
becomes our general partner; or (iii) the sale or other disposition, including by liquidation or dissolution, of all or substantially all 
of our assets or the assets of our general partner in one or more transactions to any person or group other than an a person or group 
who is our affiliate. However, in the event that an award is subject to Code Section 409A, a Change of Control shall have the same 
meaning as such term in the regulations or other guidance issued with respect to Code Section 409A for that particular award.

Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2016, will also accelerate upon a 
termination due to death, disability or a normal retirement upon or after reaching the age of 66. The board of directors has the final 
authority to determine if a disability is permanent or of a long-term duration resulting in termination from us. A “disability” per 
the terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan grant means (i) a participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by 
reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period 
of 12 months, or (ii) the participant is, by reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can 
be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 
3 months under one of our accident and health plans. We have determined that providing acceleration of the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan awards upon a death or disability is appropriate because the termination of a participant’s employment with us due to such 
an occurrence is often an unexpected event, and it is our belief that providing an immediate value to the participant or his family, 
as appropriate, in such a situation is a competitive retention tool. We also believe that providing for acceleration upon a normal 
retirement is appropriate due to the fact that the definition of a normal retirement requires an executive to remain employed with 
us until late in his career, and the acceleration of their equity awards upon such an event provides the executives with a reassurance 
that they will receive value for their awards at the end of their career. We have determined that it is in the unitholders’ best interest 
to provide such retention tools with respect to our equity compensation awards due to the fact that we strive to retain a high level 
of executive talent while competing in a very aggressive industry.

Change of Control with Respect to Deferred Compensation Plan Participants

The Deferred Compensation Plan provides the executives with the opportunity to defer all or a portion of their eligible 
compensation each year. At the time of their deferral election, the executive may choose a day in the future in which a payout from 
the plan will occur with regard to their vested account balance, or, if earlier, the payout of vested accounts will occur upon the 
executive’s  termination  from  service  for  any  reason.  Despite  the  executive’s  payout  election  date,  however,  the  Deferred 
Compensation Plan accounts will also receive accelerated vesting and a pay out in the event of the executive’s termination from 
service due to death, disability or normal retirement, or upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.

A “disability” under the Deferred Compensation Plan means (i) a participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful 
activity by reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a 
continuous period of 12 months, or (ii) the participant is, by reason of a physical or mental impairment that can be expected to 
result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period 
of not less than 3 months under one of our accident and health plans. A “normal retirement” means a participant’s termination of 
employment on or after the date that he or she reaches the age of 66.

179

Table of Contents

There are various connections between the Deferred Compensation Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan. A “Change of 
Control” for the Deferred Compensation Plan shall have the same definition as that term within the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
noted above. Our compensation committee also has the discretion to pay Deferred Compensation Plan accounts in either cash or 
our common units. In the event that a Deferred Compensation Plan account is settled in our common units, those units will be 
issued pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan. For purposes of this disclosure we have assumed that the compensation committee 
would determine to settle the Deferred Compensation Plan accounts solely in our common units, meaning that the amounts below 
would reflect the fair market value of common units that could be issued pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan in connection 
with a termination of employment or a Change of Control. Please note that the compensation committee’s decision regarding such 
a settlement could not be determined with any certainty until such an event actually occurred.

The table below reflects the amount of compensation payable to our named executive officers in the event of a termination 
of employment or a change in control of the Company on December 31, 2016. For purposes of calculating the potential payments, 
we have made certain assumptions that we have determined to be reasonable and relevant to our unitholders.

Name

Timothy Go

F. William
Grube

R. Patrick
Murray, II

Bruce A.
Fleming

William A.
Anderson

Benefits
Base Salary (1)
Compensation Incentive Awards (2)
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Post-Employment Health Care (5)
Outplacement Assistance (6)

Total
Base Salary (1)
Compensation Incentive Awards (2)
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)

Total
Base Salary (1)
Compensation Incentive Awards (2)
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)
Deferred Compensation Plan (4)
Post-Employment Health Care (5)
Outplacement Assistance (6)

Total
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)

Total
Long-Term Incentive Plan (3)

Total

Termination by
Us Without
Cause, or Good
Reason
Termination by
Executive

Termination by
Us for Cause, or
Without Good
Reason
Termination by
Executive

Termination by
Us Without
Cause, or Good
Reason
Termination, in
Connection with
a Change in
Control

Termination Due
to Death or
Disability

Change in
Control

$

750,000

$

— $

1,500,000

$

—

249,600

10,800

50,000

1,060,400

1,363,089

—

86,400

144,756

1,594,245

529,601

—

57,600

137,716

9,200

50,000

784,117

572,156

572,156

57,600

57,600

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—

—

—

—

—

249,600

16,200

50,000

— $

1,815,800

— $

1,363,089

—

86,400

144,756

—

86,400

144,756

231,156

$

1,594,245

— $

1,059,201

—

—

118,644

—

—

118,644

572,156

572,156

$

$

$

— $

— $

—

57,600

137,716

13,801

50,000

1,318,318

572,156

572,156

57,600

57,600

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $

—

—

—

249,600

249,600

—

—

—

—

249,600

$

249,600

— $

—

86,400

144,756

—

—

86,400

144,756

231,156

$

231,156

— $

—

57,600

137,716

—

—

195,316

572,156

572,156

57,600

57,600

$

$

$

$

$

—

—

57,600

137,716

—

—

195,316

572,156

572,156

57,600

57,600

(1)  As per their employment agreements, Messrs. Go and Murray will receive 3 times their base salary if a qualifying termination 
occurs within twenty-four months following a Change in Control (“Change in Control Period”) or 1.5 times their base salary 
if the qualifying termination occurs at any time other than the Change in Control Period and Mr. Grube will receive 3 times 
his base salary.

(2)  As per their employment agreements, for termination due to death or disability, Messrs. Go, Grube and Murray will be entitled 
to receive a pro rata portion of any incentive compensation awards for the bonus year in which the termination occurs. For 
termination for good reason by the executive or by us without cause, Messrs. Go and Murray will be entitled to 3 times their 
cash incentive bonus if a qualifying termination occurs with the Change in Control Period or 1.5 times their cash incentive 
bonus if the termination occurs at any time other than the Change in Control Period and Mr. Grube will be entitled to receive 

180

Table of Contents

a pro rata portion of any compensation incentive awards for the bonus year in which the termination occurs. For termination 
without good reason by executive or by us with cause, Messrs. Go, Grube and Murray will not be entitled to any pro rata 
portion of incentive compensation awards.

(3)  All amounts assume that the executives received full vesting of equity awards due to the applicable qualifying termination 
or Change in Control event, and the value of all phantom units pursuant to equity awards under the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan were valued at our December 30, 2016 (the last trading day of the fiscal year), closing common unit price of $4.00. As 
required pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, in the event that any of the executives are also “key employees” as defined 
in Section 409A of the Code at the time a settlement would become due, we would delay the settlement of such an executive’s 
equity awards until the first day of the seventh month following the applicable event requiring settlement of equity awards 
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

(4)  Amounts assume that the executives received full vesting of the accounts due to the applicable qualifying termination or 
Change in Control event or in the event of termination for cause, just the vested balance, and the value of all phantom units 
held in the Deferred Compensation Plan accounts was valued at our December 30, 2016 (the last trading day of the fiscal 
year), closing common unit price of $4.00. As required pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, in the event that any of the 
executives are also “key employees” as defined in Section 409A of the Code at the time a settlement would become due, we 
would delay the settlement of such an executive’s account until the first day of the seventh month following the applicable 
event requiring settlement of the Deferred Compensation Plan account.

(5)  Per the employment agreements of Messrs. Go and Murray, in connection with certain qualifying terminations, if the executive 
timely and properly elects continuation coverage under the Company’s group health plans pursuant to the Consolidated 
Omnibus Reconciliation act of 1985 (“COBRA”) then: (i) the Company shall reimburse the executive for the difference 
between the monthly amount the executive pays to effect and continue such coverage for himself and spouse and eligible 
dependents, if any, and the monthly employee contribution amount that active similarly situated employees of the Company 
pay for the same or similar coverage under such group health plans; and (ii) on and after the date the executive is no longer 
eligible to receive COBRA continuation coverage, if the executive has not become eligible to receive coverage under a group 
health plan sponsored by another employer, then the Company shall pay a lump sum cash payment equal to the product of 
(x) the monthly reimbursement amount and (y) (A) if such termination does not occur within the Change of Control Period, 
18 and (B) if such termination occurs within the Change in Control Period, 24.

(6)  Per the employment agreements for Messrs. Go and Murray, in connection with certain qualifying terminations, for the 12-
month period beginning on their termination date, or until the executives begin other full-time employment with a new 
employer, whichever occurs first, the executives shall be entitled to receive outplacement services that are directly related 
to the termination of the executives’ employment and are provided by a nationally prominent executive outplacement services 
firm, provided however, that the total amount of the expenses paid by Company shall not exceed $50,000. A maximum 
payment is assumed to be made.

Compensation of Directors

Officers or employees of our general partner who also serve as directors do not receive additional compensation for their 
service as a director of our general partner. Each director who is not an officer or employee of our general partner receives an 
annual fee as well as compensation for attending meetings of the board of directors and board committee meetings. Non-employee 
director compensation for 2016 consists of the following:

•  an annual fee of $70,000, payable in quarterly installments;

•  an annual award of restricted or phantom units with a market value of approximately $100,000;

•  an audit committee and strategy and growth committee chair annual fee of $10,000, payable in quarterly installments;

•  a non-chair audit committee member annual fee of $6,000, payable in quarterly installments;

•  a non-chair strategy and growth committee annual fee of $5,000, payable in quarterly installments;

•  a conflicts committee chair annual fee of $8,000, payable in quarterly installments;

•  a conflicts committee non-chair annual fee of $4,000, payable in quarterly installments;

•  all other committee chair annual fee of $5,000, payable in quarterly installments; and

•  all other committee member annual fee of $2,500, payable in quarterly installments.

In addition, we reimburse each non-employee director for his or her out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with 
attending meetings of the board of directors or board committees. Under certain circumstances, we will also indemnify each director 
for his or her actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

181

Table of Contents

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  compensation  information  of  our  non-employee  directors  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2016:

Name
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
Stephen P. Mawer (1)
George C. Morris III
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher

Director Compensation Table for 2016

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

Unit
Awards (2)

Total

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

70,000
78,250
75,000
60,750
75,000
68,750
68,750

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

137,793
145,569
128,893
100,000
136,321
118,753
124,439

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

207,793
223,819
203,893
160,750
211,321
187,503
193,189

(1)  Mr. Mawer joined the board of directors in March 2016.

(2)  The amounts in this column are calculated based on the aggregate grant date fair value of (i) annual phantom unit awards to 
all non-employee directors, (ii) matching phantom unit awards granted to those non-employee directors who deferred all of 
the fees they earned in 2016 pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan and (iii) DERs credited in the form of phantom 
units earned on deferred fees and discretionary matches on such deferred fees. Please see “Compensation Discussion and 
Analysis — Elements of Executive Compensation — Executive Deferred Compensation Plan” for a discussion of how we 
calculated these values. The amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC 
Topic 718. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016, for a discussion 
of the assumptions used to determine the FASB ASC Topic 718 value of the awards.

Annual Phantom Unit Awards

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.

James S. Carter

Robert E. Funk

Stephen P. Mawer

George C. Morris III

Daniel J. Sajkowski

Amy M. Schumacher

Annual Director Phantom Unit Awards

Grant Date

November 3, 2016

November 3, 2016

November 3, 2016

November 3, 2016

November 3, 2016

November 3, 2016

November 3, 2016

Number of 
Units Granted (1)

Aggregate Grant
Date Fair Value

31,746

31,746

31,746

31,746

31,746

31,746

31,746

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

(1)  With respect to this award, 25% of the phantom units vested immediately, entitling the director to receive an equal number 

of common units, with an additional 25% vesting on December 31st of each of the three successive years. 

182

 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the aggregate balance of each director’s outstanding annual awards as of December 31, 

2016:

Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.

James S. Carter

Robert E. Funk

Stephen P. Mawer

George C. Morris III

Daniel J. Sajkowski

Amy M. Schumacher

Total

Annual Director Phantom Unit Awards

Number of Units
That Have Not
Vested

Market Value of 
Units That Have Not 
Vested (1)

27,003

27,003

27,003

23,809

27,003

26,640

26,640

185,101

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

108,012

108,012

108,012

95,236

108,012

106,560

106,560

740,404

(1)  The market value of each director’s unvested phantom units as of December 31, 2016 was determined by multiplying all 
unvested phantom units by the closing price of our common units on December 30, 2016 (the last trading day of the fiscal 
year), which was $4.00. 

Deferred Compensation Plan

Messrs. F. Fehsenfeld, Jr., Carter, Funk, Morris and Sajkowski and Ms. Schumacher each elected to defer all of their fees 
earned related to fiscal year 2016 into the Deferred Compensation Plan. These deferred amounts are credited to the participant’s 
account in the form of phantom units, and will receive DERs to be credited to the participant’s account in the form of additional 
phantom units on the corresponding dates of our distributions to our unitholders. The compensation committee recommended, and 
the board of directors approved, a matching contribution of one phantom unit for each equivalent three phantom units deferred 
for those fees earned related to fiscal year 2016. Phantom units credited to a participant’s account pursuant to matching contributions 
also carry DERs to be credited to the participant’s account in the form of additional phantom units. The matching contribution for 
each participant for fiscal year 2016 was made on a quarterly basis as of the date of our quarterly board meetings related to fiscal 
year 2016.

The following table summarizes the aggregate balance of each director’s Deferred Compensation Plan account at the end 

of the fiscal year:

Name
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
James S. Carter
Robert E. Funk
George C. Morris III
Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher

 Director Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table for 2016

Number
of Units

Aggregate
Balance at end
of 2016 (1)

45,148
56,783
27,545
39,455
18,858
22,113

$
$
$
$
$
$

180,592
227,132
110,180
157,820
75,432
88,452

(1)  The dollar amount of each director’s account as of December 31, 2016 was determined by multiplying all phantom units 
deemed to be included in the participant’s account by the closing price of our common units on December 30, 2016 (the last 
trading day of the fiscal year), which was $4.00.

183

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of our compensation committee are F. William Grube, Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., George C. Morris, III and 
Stephen P. Mawer. Mr. Grube is our executive vice chairman of the board of our general partner. Mr. F. Fehsenfeld, Jr. is the 
chairman of the board of our general partner. Messrs. Morris and Mawer are members of the board of our general partner. Please 
read Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence” for descriptions of our transactions in 
fiscal year 2016 with certain entities related to Messrs. Grube, Fehsenfeld and Morris. No executive officer of our general partner 
served as a member of the compensation committee of another entity that had an executive officer serving as a member of our 
board of directors or compensation committee.

Risk Considerations in our Overall Compensation Program

Our compensation policies and practices are designed to provide rewards for high levels of financial performance. Currently, 
our incentive compensation programs are based on performance, at the Company level, relative to goals we set for Distributable 
Cash Flow. In our assessment of risk related to such use of a single financial performance metric, we considered the relative 
difficulty for any employee to engage in an undue amount of risk-taking activity with a result that would be reasonably likely to 
have a material adverse effect on us due to the breadth and scope of activities, both operational and financial, across that organization 
that are captured in the calculation of Distributable Cash Flow. Also, we considered the current approval controls that exist to 
mitigate against excessive risk-taking that might impact Distributable Cash Flow and, in turn, our compensation programs. For 
example, we have specific approval policies related to the entry into derivative instruments, material commercial agreements and 
significant capital expenditures. Also, our full board of directors, as well as through the actions of its various committees, regularly 
assesses our key risk areas to monitor the impacts of such risks on our financial performance. Further, we considered the design 
of our incentive compensation programs, noting that the inclusion of both shorter-term cash incentive awards and longer-term unit 
awards further align the interest our employees and its unitholders. As a result of these considerations, we have concluded that the 
risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for our employees are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse 
effect on us.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our units as of March 6, 2017, held by:

•  each person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our outstanding units;

•  each director of our general partner;

•  each named executive officer of our general partner; and

•  all directors, and executive officers of our general partner as a group.

The amounts and percentages of units beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the 
determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of 
a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or 
“investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed 
to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under 
these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial 
owner of securities as to which he or she has no economic interest.

184

Table of Contents

Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect 
to all units shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. Except as indicated by 
footnote, the address for the beneficial owners listed below is 2780 Waterfront Parkway East Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 
46214.

Name of Beneficial Owner
The Heritage Group (1)(2)
Calumet, Incorporated (2)
William A. Anderson (3)
James S. Carter
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. (1)(2)(4)(5)
Bruce A. Fleming

Robert E. Funk

Timothy Go

D. West Griffin
F. William Grube (6)(7)
Stephen P. Mawer
George C. Morris III (8)
R. Patrick Murray, II

Daniel J. Sajkowski
Amy M. Schumacher (1)(5)(9)
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

*

 = less than 1 percent.

Common
Units
Beneficially
Owned

11,867,533

1,934,287

Percentage of
Total Units
Beneficially
Owned

15.47%

2.52%

69,708

107,402

698,949

178,799

64,141

119,201

—

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

1,000,393

1.30%

25,437

106,432

95,070

14,545

24,245

*

*

*

*

*

2,504,322

3.27%

(1)  Thirty grantor trusts indirectly own all of the outstanding general partner interests in The Heritage Group, an Indiana general 
partnership. The direct or indirect beneficiaries of the grantor trusts are members of the Fehsenfeld family. Each of the grantor 
trusts has five trustees, Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., James C. Fehsenfeld, Nicholas J. Rutigliano, William S. Fehsenfeld and Amy 
M. Schumacher, each of whom exercises equivalent voting rights with respect to each such trust. Each of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, 
Jr. and Amy M. Schumacher, who are directors of our general partner, disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the common 
units owned by The Heritage Group, and none of these units are shown as being beneficially owned by such directors in the 
table above. Of these common units, 367,197 are owned by The Heritage Group Investment Company, LLC (“Investment 
LLC”). Investment LLC is under common ownership with The Heritage Group. The Heritage Group, although not the owner 
of the common units, serves as the Manager of Investment LLC, and in that capacity has sole voting and investment power 
over the common units. The Heritage Group disclaims beneficial ownership of the common units owned by Investment LLC 
except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The address for The Heritage Group is 5400 W. 86th St., Indianapolis, 
Indiana, 46268.

(2)  The common units of Calumet, Incorporated are indirectly owned 45.8% by The Heritage Group and 5.1% by Fred M. 
Fehsenfeld, Jr. personally. Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. is also a director of Calumet, Incorporated. Accordingly, 885,294 of the 
common units owned by Calumet, Incorporated are also shown as being beneficially owned by The Heritage Group in the 
table above, and 97,971 of the common units owned by Calumet, Incorporated are also shown as being beneficially owned 
by Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. in the table above. The Heritage Group and Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. disclaim beneficial ownership 
of all of the common units owned by Calumet, Incorporated in excess of their respective pecuniary interests in such units. 
The address of Calumet, Incorporated is 5400 W. 86th St., Indianapolis, Indiana, 46268.

(3) 

(4) 

Includes common units that are owned by the children of William A. Anderson, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse and certain children of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., for which he disclaims 
beneficial ownership.

(5)  Does not include a total of 1,979,804 common units owned by two trusts, the direct or indirect beneficiaries of which are 
members of the Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. family. Each of the trusts has five trustees, Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr., James C. Fehsenfeld, 

185

Table of Contents

Nicholas J. Rutigliano, William S. Fehsenfeld and Amy M. Schumacher, each of whom exercises equivalent voting rights 
with respect to each such trust. Each of Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. and Amy M. Schumacher, who are directors of our general 
partner, disclaims beneficial ownership of all of the common units owned by the trusts, and none of these units are shown 
as being beneficially owned by such directors in the table above.

Includes 775,000 common units that are owned by AEG Associates II, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“AEG 
II”). F. William Grube has sole voting and investment power over the common units. AEG II is co-owned by F. William 
Grube, William F. Grube, Jennifer G. Straumins and one grantor retained annuity trust for which Jennifer G. Straumins serves 
as sole trustee. F. William Grube disclaims beneficial ownership of the common units owned by AEG II except to the extent 
of his pecuniary interest therein.

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse of F. William Grube, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse of George C. Morris III, for which he disclaims beneficial ownership.

Includes common units that are owned by the spouse and children of Amy M. Schumacher, for which she disclaims beneficial 
ownership. 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2016: 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Total

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights (1)
(a)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
of Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(b)

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))
(c)

2,138,449

2,138,449

$

—

1,014,578

1,014,578

(1)  The Long-Term Incentive Plan contemplates the issuance or delivery of up to 3,883,960 common units to satisfy awards 
under the plan. The number of units presented in column (a) assumes that all outstanding grants may be satisfied by the 
issuance of new units or the purchase of existing units on the open market upon vesting. In fact, some portion of the phantom 
units may be settled in cash and some portion will be withheld for taxes. Any units not issued upon vesting will become 
“available for future issuance” under Column (c). For more information on our Long-Term Incentive Plan, which did not 
require approval by our limited partners, refer to Item 11 “Executive and Director Compensation — Narrative Disclosure to 
Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Description of Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Distributions and Payments to Our General Partner and its Affiliates

Owners of our general partner and their affiliates own 16,337,202 common units representing an approximately 21.0%
limited partner interest in us. In addition, our general partner owns a 2% general partner interest in us and all of the incentive 
distribution rights. Our general partner is entitled to receive incentive distributions if the amount we distribute with respect to any 
quarter exceeds levels specified in our partnership agreement. Under the quarterly incentive distribution provisions, generally our 
general partner is entitled, without duplication, to 15% of amounts we distribute in excess of $0.495 ($1.98 annualized) per unit, 
25% of the amounts we distribute in excess of $0.563 ($2.25 annualized) per unit and 50% of amounts we distribute in excess of 
$0.675 ($2.70 annualized) per unit. Please refer to Part II, Item 5 “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder 
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities — Market Information” for a summary of cash distribution levels of the Company 
during the year ended December 31, 2016, and for additional information related to incentive distribution rights.

Our general partner does not receive any management fee or other compensation for its management of our partnership; 
however, our general partner and its affiliates are reimbursed for all expenses incurred on our behalf. These expenses include the 
cost of employee, officer and director compensation and benefits properly allocable to us and all other expenses necessary or 
appropriate to the conduct of our business and allocable to us. The partnership agreement provides that our general partner determines 
the expenses that are allocable to us. There is no limit on the amount of expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates 
may be reimbursed.

186

Table of Contents

Omnibus Agreement

We entered into an omnibus agreement, dated January 31, 2006, with The Heritage Group and certain of its affiliates pursuant 
to which The Heritage Group and its controlled affiliates agreed not to engage in, whether by acquisition or otherwise, the business 
of refining or marketing specialty lubricating oils, solvents and wax products as well as gasoline, diesel and jet fuel products in 
the continental U.S. (“restricted business”) for so long as The Heritage Group controls us. This restriction does not apply to:

•  any business owned or operated by The Heritage Group or any of its affiliates as of January 31, 2006;

• 

• 

the refining and marketing of asphalt and asphalt-related products and related product development activities;

the refining and marketing of other products that do not produce “qualifying income” as defined in the Internal Revenue 
Code;

• 

the purchase and ownership of up to 9.9% of any class of securities of any entity engaged in any restricted business;

•  any restricted business acquired or constructed that The Heritage Group or any of its affiliates acquires or constructs that 

has a fair market value or construction cost, as applicable, of less than $5.0 million;

•  any  restricted  business  acquired  or  constructed  that  has  a  fair  market  value  or  construction  cost,  as  applicable,  of 
$5.0 million or more if we have been offered the opportunity to purchase it for fair market value or construction cost and 
we decline to do so with the concurrence of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner; and

•  any business conducted by The Heritage Group with the approval of the conflicts committee of the board of directors of 

our general partner.

Product Sales and Related Purchases

During  2016,  we  made  ordinary  course  sales  of  certain  specialty  products  to  Monument  Chemicals,  Inc.  (“Monument 
Chemicals”), a specialty chemical company owned in part by The Heritage Group. Amy M. Schumacher is president of Monument 
Chemicals, Inc. The total sales made by us to Monument Chemicals in 2016 were approximately$1.6 million. As of December 31, 
2016, there was an immaterial balance due us from Monument Chemicals related to these products sales. We anticipate that we 
will continue to sell products to Monument Chemicals in the future. We believe that the product sales prices and credit terms 
offered to Monument Chemicals are comparable to prices and terms offered to non-affiliated third party customers. 

During 2016, we made ordinary course purchases of certain specialty products from Heritage-Crystal Clean Inc. (“Crystal 
Clean”), a cleaning and waste removal company owned in part by The Heritage Group and Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. as an individual. 
The total purchases made by us from Crystal Clean in 2016 for cleaning and waste removal services were approximately $1.3 
million. As of December 31, 2016, there was a $0.3 million balance due from us to Crystal Clean related to these purchases. 

During 2016, we made ordinary course purchases from Heritage Environmental Services (“Heritage Environmental”), a 
cleaning and waste removal company owned in part by The Heritage Group and Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr. as an individual. Total 
purchases made by us from Heritage Environmental in 2016 for cleaning and waste removal services were approximately $4.1 
million. As  of  December 31,  2016,  there  was  a  $0.8  million  balance  due  from  us  to  Heritage  Environmental  related  to  these 
purchases. 

During 2016, we made ordinary course sales of certain specialty products to Heritage Advanced Products, LLC (“Heritage 
Advanced”), a specialty chemical company owned in part by The Heritage Group. The total sales made by us to Heritage Advanced 
in  2016  were  approximately  $0.4  million. As  of  December 31,  2016,  there  was  an  immaterial  balance  due  us  from  Heritage 
Advanced related to these products sales. We anticipate that we will continue to sell products to Heritage Advanced in the future. 
We believe that the product sales prices and credit terms offered to Heritage Advanced are comparable to prices and terms offered 
to non-affiliated third party customers. 

During 2016, we made payments to Asphalt Materials, Inc., an affiliate of The Heritage Group (“Asphalt Materials”), for 
expenses related to the business use of The Heritage Group’s company plane by our senior executive officers and for environmental 
consulting services provided to us by Asphalt Materials. The aggregate payments for these services made by us to Asphalt Materials 
in 2016 were approximately $0.4 million. As of December 31, 2016, there was a $0.1 million balance due from us to Asphalt 
Materials related to these services. We believe that the costs of the services provided to us by Asphalt Materials are comparable 
to costs charged by non-affiliated third-party suppliers of similar services. During 2016, we made ordinary course sales of certain 
fuel products to Asphalt Materials of $6.7 million.  A portion of these sales were related to the note payable discussed below. As 
of December 31, 2016, there was a $0.6 million balance due us from Asphalt Materials related to these products sales. We expect 
that we will continue to utilize each of these services from Asphalt Materials in the future.

During 2016, we made ordinary course sales of certain fuel products to Western States Asphalt, Inc., an affiliate of The 
Heritage Group (“Western States”), of $4.3 million. A portion of these sales were related to the note payable discussed below. As 

187

Table of Contents

of December 31, 2016, there was a $0.5 million balance due us from Western States related to these products sales. We anticipate 
that we will continue to sell products to Western States in the future.

Administrative Services

During 2016, we entered into an agreement for logistic administration/support, general administrative management and fiscal 
administration  services  with  Monument  Chemicals.  Monument  Chemicals  is  owned  by  a  The  Heritage  Group  and Amy  M. 
Schumacher is president of Monument Chemicals. Under this agreement, Monument Chemicals will rent storage tanks in Belgium 
on our behalf and organize delivery of products to our customers. A commission will be paid to Monument Chemicals based on 
the  sales  value  invoiced  to  our  customers.  For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  we  paid  total  commissions  and  general 
administrative fees of $1.3 million. As of December 31, 2016, there was $0.1 million balance due from us to Monument Chemicals. 
We expect that we will continue to utilize these services from Monument Chemicals in the future.

During 2016, we reimbursed Asphalt Materials $0.2 million for fees related to our search for our chief financial officer. As 
of December 31, 2016, there was a $0.2 million balance due from us to Asphalt Materials related to the reimbursement of these 
fees. We do not expect that we will continue to reimburse Asphalt Materials for these types of fees.

Product Collaboration

During 2016, we entered into an agreement with The Heritage Group that will allow us to use The Heritage Group’s research 
facilities, equipment and supplies in exchange for a portion of the profit from new products developed. Our employees use the 
research facility on a regular basis and some of our equipment is located in the research facility. The agreement allows for joint 
projects with The Heritage Group in which both parties would share in the profit of new products developed. There was no profit 
sharing expenses or profit in 2016. 

Consulting Services

During 2016, Morris Energy Advisors, LLC, an advisory firm owned by George C. Morris, III (“Morris Energy Advisors”), 
provided financial modeling and advisory services to us prior to the arrival of Mr. Griffin in January 2017. The aggregate amount 
of these services provided by Morris Energy Advisors in 2016 was approximately $0.6 million. As of December 31, 2016, there 
was a $0.6 million amount due from us to Morris Energy Advisors related to these services. We believe that the costs of the services 
provided to us by Morris Energy Advisors are no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from 
unrelated third parties.

Note Payable

On December 30, 2015, we entered into an agreement with The Heritage Group in which The Heritage Group made a $27.0 
million uncommitted prepayment for the purchase of certain finished products and entered into a $48.0 million unsecured note 
payable with us as the borrower to enhance our short term liquidity. The uncommitted prepayment and the unsecured note payable 
were completely paid off during 2016.

Joint Venture

In 2015, we entered into an agreement with The Heritage Group to form Pacific New Investment Limited (“PACNIL”) for 
the purpose of investing in a joint venture with Shandong Hi-Speed Materials Group Corporation and China Construction Installation 
Engineering Co., Ltd. to construct, develop and operate a solvents refinery in mainland China. The joint venture is named Shandong 
Hi-Speed Hainan Development Co., Ltd. (“Hi-Speed”). We invested $4.8 million in June 2016 and $4.8 million in October 2016. 
As of December 31, 2016, we had an investment of $9.6 million in PACNIL, we owned an equity interest of approximately 23.8%
in PACNIL, and through that ownership we owned an equity interest of approximately 6% in Hi-Speed. PACNIL wishes to exit 
its investment in Hi-Speed. We and PACNIL believe we will fully recover our investment in Hi-Speed.

Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions

Effective February 9, 2007, to further formalize the process by which related person transactions are analyzed and approved 
or disapproved, the board of directors of our general partner has adopted the Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. Related 
Person Transactions Policy (the “Policy”) to be followed in connection with all related person transactions (as defined by the 
Policy) involving the Company and its subsidiaries. The Policy was adopted to provide guidelines and procedures for the application 
of the partnership agreement to related person transactions and to further supplement the conflict resolution policies already set 
forth therein.

The Policy defines a “related person transaction” to mean any transaction since the beginning of the Company’s last fiscal 
year (or any currently proposed transaction) in which: (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries was or is to be a participant; 
(ii) the amount involved exceeds $120,000 (including any series of similar transactions exceeding such amount on an annual basis); 
and (iii) any related person (as defined in the Policy) has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Under the terms of the 
policy, our general partner’s chief executive officer (“CEO”) has the authority to approve a related person transaction (considering 

188

Table of Contents

any and all factors as the CEO determines in his sole discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances) 
so long as it is:

(a) in the normal course of the Company’s business;

(b) not one in which the CEO or any of his immediate family members has a direct or indirect material interest; and

(c) on terms no less favorable to the Company than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties 
or fair to the Company, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other 
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Company).

The CEO does not have the authority to approve the issuances of equity or grants of awards under the Company’s Long-
Term Incentive Plan, except as provided in that plan. Pursuant to the Policy, any other related person transaction must be approved 
by the conflicts committee acting in accordance with the terms and provisions of its charter.

A copy of the Policy is available on our website at www.calumetspecialty.com and will be provided to unitholders without 
charge upon their written request to: Investor Relations, Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., 2780 Waterfront Parkway E. 
Drive, Suite 200, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46214.

Please see Item 10 “Directors, Executive Officers of Our General Partner and Corporate Governance” for a discussion of 

director independence matters.

189

Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The following table details the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our independent auditor during 

2016 and 2015 (in millions): 

Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
Total

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

$

$

7.0
0.1
—
7.1

$

$

6.6
0.2
0.1
6.9

“Audit fees” above include those related to our annual audit and quarterly review procedures.

“Audit-related fees” primarily relate to securities offerings.

“Tax fees” are related to due diligence and domestic compliance matters.

Pre-Approval Policy

The audit committee of our general partner’s board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter, which is available 
on our website at http://www.calumetspecialty.com. The charter requires the audit committee to pre-approve all audit and non-
audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. The audit committee does not delegate its pre-
approval responsibilities to management or to an individual member of the audit committee. Services for the audit, tax and all 
other fee categories above were pre-approved by the audit committee.

190

 
 
Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. are included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data.”

In accordance with Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X, we are required to include in this Form 10-K for the period from January 
1, 2016 to June 27, 2016 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 (unaudited), consolidated financial 
statements of Dakota Prairie Refining, Inc., which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1. In accordance with Rule 3-09 
of Regulation S-X, only the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 are required to be audited. The 
Rule 3-09 financial statements for the period ended June 27, 2016 and as of the year ended December 31, 2014 are unaudited.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial 

statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report: 

Exhibit
Number
2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

4.1

4.2

Description

— Unit  Purchase Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  5,  2012,  by  and  among  Calumet  Lubricants  Co.,  Limited 
Partnership, Royal Purple, Inc. and the shareholders of Royal Purple, Inc. named therein (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 
8, 2012 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2012, among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 
and Connacher Oil and Gas Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 20, 2012 (File No.
000-51734)).

— Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2014, by and among ADF Holdings, Inc., Calumet 
Lubricants Co., Limited Partnership, the sellers listed therein, GarMark Advisors II L.L.C., as the sellers’ 
representative, and Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., as guarantor (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 26, 2014 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— Certificate of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference 
to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-1  filed  with  the  Commission  on 
October 7, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).

— Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment  No. 1  to  the  First  Amended  and  Restated Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  of  Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 11, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment No. 2 to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty 
Products  Partners,  L.P. (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 18, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Certificate of Formation of Calumet GP, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on October 7, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).
— Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Liability  Company Agreement  of  Calumet  GP, LLC  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Specimen  Unit  Certificate  representing  common  units  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.7  to  the 
Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form 10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  November 4,  2010 
(File No. 000-51734).

— Indenture, dated November 26, 2013, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance 
Corp., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on November 26, 2013 (File No. 000-51734)).

191

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

Description

— Indenture, dated March 31, 2014, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance Corp., 
certain  subsidiary  guarantors  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on March 31, 2014 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated March 27, 2015, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance Corp., 
certain  subsidiary  guarantors  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on March 30, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated April 20, 2016, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, relating to the 
offering of the 2021 Notes (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended Crude Oil Sale Contract, effective April 1, 2008, between Plains Marketing, L.P. and Calumet 
Shreveport Fuels, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 20, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 18, 
2008 and effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 22, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Form  of  Phantom  Unit  Grant Agreement (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 99.1  to  the  Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 28, 2009 (File No. 000-51734)).
— F. William Grube Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated and effective December 31, 2015 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the 
Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

10.5

— Omnibus Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on 

Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

— Form  of  Unit  Option  Grant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.4  to  the  Registrant’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Commission on November 16, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).
— Jennifer G. Straumins Severance and Consulting Agreement and General Release, dated May 18, 2015 and 
effective as of March 31, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— R. Patrick Murray, II Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 9, 2014 (File No. 000-51734)).
— Timothy R. Barnhart Severance and Consulting Agreement and General Release, dated March 13, 2015 
and effective March 13, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2014, by and among Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, 
the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, 
LLC,  as  Co-Syndication Agents,  U.S.  Bank  National Association  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company 
Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells 
Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 17, 2014 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by 
and among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain 
of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, U.S. Bank National Association 
and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A., 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book 
Runners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed 
with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016, by 
and among the Company and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, 
the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 
as Co-Syndication Agents, PNC Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Issuing Bank (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed with the commission on April 21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended and Restated Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016, among the Company, the 
obligors  party  thereto,  the  secured  hedge  counterparties  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National 
Association, as Trustee and Collateral Trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

192

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
10.14

10.15†

10.16†

12.1*

21.1*

23.1*

23.2*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1**

99.1*

Description

— Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated April 20, 2016, by and among the Collateral 
Trustee, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the obligors named therein (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 
21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Timothy Go  Employment,  Confidentiality, and  Non-Compete Agreement (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 16, 
2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of December 10, 2015 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
December 11, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).
— Statement regarding computation of ratios.
— List of Subsidiaries of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
— Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
— Consent of Eide Bailly LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of Timothy Go.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of D. West Griffin.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 906 certification of Timothy Go and D. West Griffin.
— Financial statements of Dakota Prairie Refining, Inc.

100.INS* — XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

†

*

Identifies management contract and compensatory plan arrangements.

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

193

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
PARTNERS, L.P.

By:

CALUMET GP, LLC
its general partner

By:

/s/    Timothy Go

Timothy Go

Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 6, 2017

194

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

/s/    Timothy Go

Timothy Go

/s/    D. West Griffin

D. West Griffin

Title

Date

Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman 
of the Board of Calumet GP, LLC
 (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 6, 2017

Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Calumet GP, LLC
(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 6, 2017

/s/    R. Patrick Murray, II

R. Patrick Murray, II

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
and Assistant Secretary of Calumet GP,
LLC (Principal Accounting Officer)

Date: March 6, 2017

/s/    Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.
Fred M. Fehsenfeld, Jr.

Director and Chairman of the Board of
Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 6, 2017

/s/    James S. Carter

James S. Carter

/s/    Robert E. Funk

Robert E. Funk

/s/    Stephen P. Mawer
Stephen P. Mawer

/s/    George C. Morris III
George C. Morris III

/s/    Daniel J. Sajkowski
Daniel J. Sajkowski

/s/    Amy M. Schumacher
Amy M. Schumacher

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 6, 2017

Date: March 6, 2017

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 6, 2017

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Director of Calumet GP, LLC

Date: March 6, 2017

Date: March 6, 2017

Date: March 6, 2017

195

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
2.1

Index to Exhibits

Description

— Unit  Purchase Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  5,  2012,  by  and  among  Calumet  Lubricants  Co.,  Limited 
Partnership, Royal Purple, Inc. and the shareholders of Royal Purple, Inc. named therein (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on June 
8, 2012 (File No. 000-51734)).

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

10.1

10.2†

10.3†

— Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2012, among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 
and Connacher Oil and Gas Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K 
(File  No.
000-51734)).

the  Commission  on  August  20,  2012 

filed  with 

— Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2014, by and among ADF Holdings, Inc., Calumet 
Lubricants Co., Limited Partnership, the sellers listed therein, GarMark Advisors II L.L.C., as the sellers’ 
representative, and Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., as guarantor (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 26, 2014 
(File No. 000-51734)).

— Certificate of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference 
to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-1  filed  with  the  Commission  on 
October 7, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).

— Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  of  Calumet  Specialty  Products  Partners,  L.P. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment  No. 1  to  the  First Amended  and  Restated Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  of  Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 11, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amendment No. 2 to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Calumet Specialty 
Products  Partners,  L.P. (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Registrant’s Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 18, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Certificate of Formation of Calumet GP, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on October 7, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).
— Amended  and  Restated  Limited  Liability  Company Agreement  of  Calumet  GP, LLC  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Specimen  Unit  Certificate  representing  common  units  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.7  to  the 
Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form 10-Q  filed  with  the  Commission  on  November 4,  2010 
(File No. 000-51734).

— Indenture, dated November 26, 2013, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance 
Corp., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on November 26, 2013 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated March 31, 2014, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance Corp., 
certain  subsidiary  guarantors  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on March 31, 2014 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated March 27, 2015, by and among Calumet Specialty Products, L.P., Calumet Finance Corp., 
certain  subsidiary  guarantors  party  thereto  and  Wilmington  Trust,  National  Association,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
Commission on March 30, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Indenture, dated April 20, 2016, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, relating to the 
offering of the 2021 Notes (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended Crude Oil Sale Contract, effective April 1, 2008, between Plains Marketing, L.P. and Calumet 
Shreveport Fuels, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 20, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 18, 
2008 and effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 22, 2008 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Form of Phantom Unit Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 28, 2009 (File No. 000-51734)).

196

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
10.4†

— F. William Grube Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated and effective December 31,
2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

Description

10.5

— Omnibus Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on 

Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 13, 2006 (File No. 000-51734)).

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15†

10.16†

12.1*

21.1*

23.1*
23.2*

31.1*

31.2*
32.1**

— Form  of  Unit  Option  Grant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.4  to  the  Registrant’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1/A filed with the Commission on November 16, 2005 (File No. 333-128880)).
— Jennifer G. Straumins Severance and Consulting Agreement and General Release, dated May 18, 2015 and 
effective as of March 31, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— R. Patrick Murray, II Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 9, 2014 (File No. 000-51734)).
— Timothy R. Barnhart Severance and Consulting Agreement and General Release, dated March 13, 2015 
and effective March 13, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Second Amended  and  Restated  Credit Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  14,  2014,  by  and  among  Calumet 
Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain of its subsidiaries as 
Guarantors, the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo 
Capital Finance, LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, U.S. Bank National Association and Deutsche Bank Trust 
Company Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 
and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
July 17, 2014 (File No. 000-51734)).

— First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2015, by 
and among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain 
of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, 
N.A. and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, U.S. Bank National Association 
and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Co-Documentation Agents and Bank of America, N.A., 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book 
Runners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed 
with the Commission on March 2, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016, by 
and among the Company and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers, certain of its subsidiaries as Guarantors, 
the Lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 
as Co-Syndication Agents, PNC Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Issuing Bank (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed with the commission on April 21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended and Restated Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2016, among the Company, the 
obligors  party  thereto,  the  secured  hedge  counterparties  party  thereto  and  Wilmington Trust,  National 
Association, as Trustee and Collateral Trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s 
Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  commission  on  April  21,  2016  (File  No.  000-51734)).
— Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated April 20, 2016, by and among the Collateral 
Trustee, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the obligors named therein (incorporated by 
reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the commission on April 
21, 2016 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Timothy Go Employment, Confidentiality, and Non-Compete Agreement (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 16, 
2015 (File No. 000-51734)).

— Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of December 10, 2015 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on 
December 11, 2015 (File No. 000-51734)).
— Statement regarding computation of ratios.
— List of Subsidiaries of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
— Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
— Consent of Eide Bailly LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of Timothy Go.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 302 certification of D. West Griffin.
— Sarbanes-Oxley Section 906 certification of Timothy Go and D. West Griffin.

197

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
99.1*

— Financial statements of Dakota Prairie Refining, Inc.

Description

100.INS* — XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE* — XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

†

*

Identifies management contract and compensatory plan arrangements.

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

198

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 23.1 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-208511) pertaining to 
the Calumet GP, LLC Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, 
L.P. of our reports dated March 6, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Calumet Specialty 
Products Partners, L.P. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2016.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

Indianapolis, Indiana 
March 6, 2017 

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use of our report dated February 24, 2016, related to the financial statements of Dakota Prairie Refining, 
LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Calumet Specialty Products 
Partners, L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Exhibit 23.2

/s/ Eide Bailly LLP

Fargo, North Dakota
March 6, 2017

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED 

I, Timothy Go, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “registrant”); 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report. 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which 
this report is being prepared; 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors 
(or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 6, 2017

/s/ Timothy Go

Timothy Go

Chief Executive Officer of Calumet GP, LLC, general partner of
Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED 

I, D. West Griffin, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “registrant”); 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were 
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and 
for, the periods presented in this report. 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which 
this report is being prepared; 

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles; 

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report 
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial 
reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors 
(or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and 

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 

in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 6, 2017

/s/ D. West Griffin
D. West Griffin
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Calumet GP, 
LLC, general partner of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
(Principal Financial Officer)

CERTIFICATION OF 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE 
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, 18 U.S.C. § 1350 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. (the “Company”) on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), each of the undersigned officers of Calumet GP, LLC, the general partner of the Company, does hereby 
certify that: 

(a) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934. 

(b) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and 

results of operations of the Company. 

March 6, 2017

March 6, 2017

/s/ Timothy Go
Timothy Go

Chief Executive Officer of Calumet GP, LLC

/s/ D. West Griffin
D. West Griffin
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Calumet
GP, LLC

 
 
Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.
2780 Waterfront Pkwy. E. Dr., Suite 200
Indianapolis, IN 46214
www.calumetspecialty.com

CL MT

L I S T ED

© 2017 Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.